Dynamic ARP entry check disables a device from supporting dynamic ARP entries with multicast MAC addresses. The device cannot learn dynamic ARP entries containing multicast MAC addresses. You cannot manually add static ARP entries that contain multicast MAC addresses.

When dynamic ARP entry check is disabled, ARP entries containing multicast MAC addresses are supported. The device can learn dynamic ARP entries containing multicast MAC addresses obtained from the ARP packets sourced from a unicast MAC address. You can also manually add static ARP entries containing multicast MAC addresses.

Examples

# Enable dynamic ARP entry check.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] arp check enable

arp check log enable

Use arp check log enable to enable the ARP logging feature.

Use undo arp check log enable to disable the ARP logging feature.

Syntax

arp check log enable

undo arp check log enable

Default

ARP logging is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

This feature enables a device to log ARP events when ARP cannot resolve IP addresses correctly. The device can log the following ARP events:

· On a proxy ARP-disabled interface, the target IP address of a received ARP packet is not one of the following IP addresses:

¡ The IP address of the receiving interface.

¡ The virtual IP address of the VRRP group.

¡ The public IP address after NAT.

· The sender IP address of a received ARP reply conflicts with one of the following IP addresses:

¡ The IP address of the receiving interface.

¡ The virtual IP address of the VRRP group.

¡ The public IP address after NAT.

The device sends ARP log messages to the information center. You can use the info-center source command to specify the log output rules for the information center. For more information about information center, see Network Management and Monitoring Configuration Guide.

The device can generate a large number of ARP logs. To conserve system resources, enable ARP logging only when you are troubleshooting or debugging ARP events.

Examples

# Enable ARP logging.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] arp check log enable

arp max-learning-num

Use arp max-learning-num to set the maximum number of dynamic ARP entries that an interface can learn.

Use undo arp max-learning-num to restore the default.

Syntax

arp max-learning-num max-number

undo arp max-learning-num

Default

The following matrix shows the default values for the max-number argument:

Hardware	Default
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS	4096
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	4096
MSR 2630	4096
MSR3600-28/3600-51	4096
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	4096
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	4096
MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	4096
MSR5620/5660/5680	16384

Views

Layer 2 Ethernet interface/Layer 2 aggregate interface view

Layer 3 Ethernet interface/subinterface view

Layer 3 aggregate interface/aggregate subinterface view

VLAN interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

max-number: Specifies the maximum number of dynamic ARP entries for an interface.

The following matrix shows the value ranges for the max-number argument:

Hardware	Value range
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS	0 to 4096
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	0 to 4096
MSR 2630	0 to 4096
MSR3600-28/3600-51	0 to 4096
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	0 to 4096
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	0 to 4096
MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	0 to 4096
MSR5620/5660/5680	0 to 16384

Usage guidelines

An interface can dynamically learn ARP entries. To prevent an interface from holding too many ARP entries, you can set the maximum number of dynamic ARP entries that the interface can learn. When the maximum number is reached, the interface stops learning ARP entries.

When the number argument is set to 0, the interface is disabled from learning dynamic ARP entries.

Examples

# Specify VLAN-interface 40 to learn a maximum of 10 dynamic ARP entries.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface vlan-interface 40

[Sysname-Vlan-interface40] arp max-learning-num 10

# Specify GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to learn a maximum of 10 dynamic ARP entries.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] arp max-learning-num 10

# Specify Layer 2 aggregate interface Bridge-Aggregation 1 to learn a maximum of 10 dynamic ARP entries.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface bridge-aggregation 1

[Sysname-Bridge-Aggregation1] arp max-learning-num 10

# Specify Layer 3 aggregate interface Route-Aggregation 1 to learn a maximum of 10 dynamic ARP entries.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface route-aggregation 1

[Sysname-Route-Aggregation1] arp max-learning-num 10

arp max-learning-number

Use arp max-learning-number to set the maximum number of dynamic ARP entries that a device can learn.

Use undo arp max-learning-number to restore the default.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

arp max-learning-number max-number

undo arp max-learning-number

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

arp max-learning-number max-number slot slot-number

undo arp max-learning-number slot slot-number

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

arp max-learning-number max-number chassis chassis-number slot slot-number

undo arp max-learning-number chassis chassis-number slot slot-number

Default

The following matrix shows the default values for the max-number argument:

Hardware	Default
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS	4096
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	4096
MSR 2630	4096
MSR3600-28/3600-51	4096
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	4096
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	4096
MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	4096
MSR5620/5660/5680	16384

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

max-number: Specifies the maximum number of dynamic ARP entries for a device.

The following matrix shows the value ranges for the max-number argument:

Hardware	Value range
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS	0 to 4096
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	0 to 4096
MSR 2630	0 to 4096
MSR3600-28/3600-51	0 to 4096
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	0 to 4096
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	0 to 4096
MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	0 to 4096
MSR5620/5660/5680	0 to 16384

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

A device can dynamically learn ARP entries. To prevent a device from holding too many ARP entries, you can set the maximum number of dynamic ARP entries that the device can learn. When the maximum number is reached, the device stops learning ARP entries.

When the number argument is set to 0, the device is disabled from learning dynamic ARP entries.

Examples

# Set the card in slot 1 to learn a maximum of 64 dynamic ARP entries.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] arp max-learning-number 64 slot 1

arp static

Use arp static to configure a static ARP entry.

Use undo arp to delete an ARP entry.

Syntax

arp static ip-address mac-address [ vlan-id interface-type interface-number | vsi-interface vsi-interface-id tunnel number vsi vsi-name ] [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

undo arp ip-address [ vpn-instance-name ]

Default

No static ARP entries exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ip-address: Specifies an IP address for the static ARP entry.

mac-address: Specifies a MAC address for the static ARP entry, in the format of H-H-H.

vlan-id: Specifies the ID of a VLAN to which the static ARP entry belongs. The value range is 1 to 4094.

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number.

vsi-interface vsi-interface-id: Specifies a VSI interface by its number. The value range for the following matrix shows the value ranges for the vsi-interface-id argument:

Hardware	Default
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS	0 to 8191
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	0 to 8191
MSR 2630	0 to 8191
MSR3600-28/3600-51	0 to 8191
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	0 to 8191
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	0 to 8191
MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	0 to 8191
MSR5620/5660/5680	0 to 8191

tunnel number: Specifies a tunnel interface by its number. The value range for the following matrix shows the value ranges for the number argument:

Hardware	Default
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK	0 to 10239
MASR810-LMS/810-LUS	0 to 1023
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	0 to 10239
MSR 2630	0 to 10239
MSR3600-28/3600-51	0 to 10239
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	0 to 10239
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	0 to 10239
MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	0 to 10239
MSR5620/5660/5680	0 to 10239

Hardware	Default
MSR810-LM-GL	0 to 10239
MSR810-W-LM-GL	0 to 10239
MSR830-6EI-GL	0 to 10239
MSR830-10EI-GL	0 to 10239
MSR830-6HI-GL	0 to 10239
MSR830-10HI-GL	0 to 10239
MSR2600-6-X1-GL	0 to 10239
MSR3600-28-SI-GL	0 to 10239

vsi vsi-name: Specifies a VSI by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN for the static ARP entry. The VPN instance name is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. The VPN instance must already exist. To specify a static ARP entry on the public network, do not specify this option.

Usage guidelines

A static ARP entry is manually configured and maintained. It does not age out and cannot be overwritten by any dynamic ARP entry.

Static ARP entries can be short or long. A resolved short static ARP entry becomes unresolved upon certain events, for example, when the resolved output interface goes down, or the corresponding VLAN or VLAN interface is deleted.

Long static ARP entries are effective or ineffective. Ineffective long static ARP entries cannot be used for packet forwarding. A long static ARP entry is ineffective when any of the following conditions exists:

· The corresponding VLAN interface or output interface is down.

· The IP address in the entry conflicts with a local IP address.

· No local interface has an IP address in the same subnet as the IP address in the ARP entry.

A long static ARP entry for a VLAN is deleted if the VLAN or VLAN interface is deleted.

If you specify the vlan-id interface-type interface-number argument, follow these restrictions and guidelines:

· The interface must be an Ethernet interface.

· The VLAN and VLAN interface must already exist. The specified Ethernet interface must belong to the specified VLAN.

· The IP address of the VLAN interface and the IP address specified by the ip-address argument must be on the same network.

On a VXLAN IP gateway that forwards traffic among VXLANs through VXLAN tunnels, a VSI interface can act as the gateway for multiple VXLANs. The VSI interface (input interface) might be connected to multiple VXLAN tunnel interfaces (output interfaces). In this case, you must specify the vsi-interface vsi-interface-id tunnel number vsi vsi-name parameters to identify a VSI interface-VSI-VXLAN tunnel interface binding. For more information about VSI interfaces, VSI, and VXLAN tunnel interfaces, see VXLAN Configuration Guide.

Examples

# Configure a long static ARP entry that contains IP address 202.38.10.2, MAC address 00e0-fc01-0000, and output interface GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 in VLAN 10.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] arp static 202.38.10.2 00e0-fc01-0000 10 gigabitethernet 1/0/1

# Configure a long static ARP entry that contains IP address 1.1.1.1, MAC address 00e0-fc01-0000, input interface VSI-interface 1, output interface Tunnel 1, and VSI a.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] arp static 1.1.1.1 00e0-fc01-0000 vsi-interface 1 tunnel 1 vsi a

Related commands

display arp

reset arp

arp timer aging

Use arp timer aging to set the aging timer for dynamic ARP entries.

Use undo arp timer aging to restore the default.

Syntax

arp timer aging aging-time

undo arp timer aging

Default

The aging timer for dynamic ARP entries is 20 minutes.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

aging-time: Sets the aging timer for dynamic ARP entries, in the range of 1 to 1440 minutes.

Usage guidelines

Each dynamic ARP entry in the ARP table has a limited lifetime, called an aging timer. The aging timer of a dynamic ARP entry is reset each time the dynamic ARP entry is updated. Dynamic ARP entries that are not updated before their aging timers expire are deleted from the ARP table.

Set the aging timer for dynamic ARP entries as needed. For example, when you configure proxy ARP, set a short aging time so that invalid dynamic ARP entries can be deleted in a timely manner.

Examples

# Set the aging timer for dynamic ARP entries to 10 minutes.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] arp timer aging 10

Related commands

display arp timer aging

display arp

Use display arp to display ARP entries.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

all: Displays all ARP entries.

dynamic: Displays dynamic ARP entries.

static: Displays static ARP entries.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays ARP entries for the active MPU. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays ARP entries for the master device. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays ARP entries for the global active MPU. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

vlan vlan-id: Specifies a VLAN by its VLAN ID. The VLAN ID is in the range of 1 to 4094.

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays ARP entries for all interfaces.

verbose: Displays detailed information about ARP entries.

Usage guidelines

This command displays information about ARP entries, including the IP address, MAC address, VLAN ID, output interface, entry type, and aging timer.

Examples

# Display all ARP entries.

<Sysname> display arp all

Type: S-Static D-Dynamic O-Openflow R-Rule M-Multiport I-Invalid

IP Address MAC Address SVLAN/VSI Interface/Link ID Aging Type

1.1.1.1 02e0-f102-0023 1 GE1/0/1 -- S

1.1.1.2 00e0-fc00-0001 12 GE1/0/2 16 D

1.1.1.3 00e0-fe50-6503 12 Tunnel1 15 D

1.1.1.4 000d-88f7-9f7d 12 0x1 16 D

# Display detailed information about all ARP entries.

<Sysname> display arp all verbose

Type: S-Static D-Dynamic O-Openflow R-Rule M-Multiport I-Invalid

IP Address: 1.1.1.1 SVLAN/CVLAN: 1000/1001 Aging: --

MAC Address: 02e0-f102-0023 Type: S Nickname: 0x0000

Interface/Link ID: GE1/0/1

VPN Instance: --

VXLAN ID: --

VSI Name: --

VSI Interface: --

MPLS PW ID: --

MPLS peer PE address: --

IP Address: 1.1.1.2 SVLAN/CVLAN: --/-- Aging: --

MAC Address: 0015-e944-adc5 Type: D Nickname: 0x0000

Interface/Link ID: GE1/0/2

VPN Instance: --

VXLAN ID: --

VSI Name: --

VSI Interface: --

MPLS PW ID: --

MPLS peer PE address: --

# Display the number of all ARP entries.

<Sysname> display arp all count

Total number of entries : 5

Table 1 Command output

Field	Description
IP Address	IP address in an ARP entry.
MAC Address	MAC address in an ARP entry.
SVLAN/VSI	ID of the SVLAN or index of the VSI to which the ARP entry belongs. This field displays hyphens (--) in either of the following situations: · The ARP entry is an unresolved short static ARP entry. · The output interface of the ARP entry does not belong to the VLAN.
SVLAN/CVLAN	ID of the SVLAN or CVLAN to which the ARP entry belongs. This field displays hyphens (--) in either of the following situations: · The ARP entry is an unresolved short static ARP entry. · The output interface of the ARP entry does not belong to a specific SVLAN or CVLAN.
Interface/Link ID	Output interface or the link ID in the ARP entry. This field displays hyphens (--) in either of the following situations: · The ARP entry is an unresolved short static ARP entry. · The ARP entry is a multiport ARP entry and has no output interface information. To obtain the output interface of the multiport ARP entry, look up the MAC address table according to the MAC address in the ARP entry.
Aging	Aging time for a dynamic ARP entry in minutes. If the aging time of the ARP entry is unknown or the ARP entry does not age out, this field displays hyphens (--).
Type	ARP entry type: · D—Dynamic. · S—Static. · O—OpenFlow. · R—Rule. · M—Multiport · I—Invalid.
Nickname	This field is not supported in the current software version. Nickname of the ARP entry. The nickname is a string of four hexadecimal numbers, for example, 0x012a.
VPN Instance	Name of VPN instance. If no VPN instance is configured for the ARP entry, this field displays hyphens (--).
VXLAN ID	VXLAN ID (also called VNI). This field displays hyphens (--) if the ARP entry does not belong to any VXLAN.
VSI Name	Name of the VSI to which the ARP entry belongs. This field displays hyphens (--) if the ARP entry does not belong to a specific VSI.
VSI Interface	VSI interface specified for the VSI. This field displays hyphens (--) if no VSI interface is specified for the VSI.
MPLS PW ID	ID of the PW to which the ARP entry belongs. This field displays two hyphens (--) if the ARP entry does not belong to a PW.
MPLS peer PE address	IP address of the remote PE on the PW. This field displays two hyphens (--) if the ARP entry does not belong to a PW.
Total number of entries	Total number of ARP entries.

Related commands

arp static

reset arp

display arp ip-address

Use display arp ip-address to display the ARP entry for an IP address.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display arp ip-address [ verbose ]

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display arp ip-address [ slot slot-number ] [ verbose ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display arp ip-address [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number ] [ verbose ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

ip-address: Displays the ARP entry for the specified IP address.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays information for the active MPU. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays information for the master device. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays information for the global active MPU. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

verbose: Displays the detailed information about the specified ARP entry.

Usage guidelines

The ARP entry information includes the IP address, MAC address, VLAN ID, output interface, entry type, and aging timer.

Examples

# Display the ARP entry for the IP address 20.1.1.1.

<Sysname> display arp 20.1.1.1

Type: S-Static D-Dynamic O-Openflow R-Rule I-Invalid

IP address MAC address SVID Interface Aging Type

20.1.1.1 00e0-fc00-0001 -- -- -- S

Related commands

arp static

reset arp

display arp timer aging

Use display arp timer aging to display the aging timer of dynamic ARP entries.

Syntax

display arp timer aging

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Examples

# Display the aging timer of dynamic ARP entries.

<Sysname> display arp timer aging

Current ARP aging time is 10 minute(s)

Related commands

arp timer aging

display arp vpn-instance

Use display arp vpn-instance to display the ARP entries for a VPN instance.

Syntax

display arp vpn-instance vpn-instance-name [ count ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. The VPN instance name cannot contain any spaces.

Usage guidelines

This command displays information about ARP entries for a VPN instance, including the IP address, MAC address, VLAN ID, output interface, entry type, and aging timer.

Examples

# Display ARP entries for the VPN instance named test.

<Sysname> display arp vpn-instance test

Type: S-Static D-Dynamic O-Openflow R-Rule I-Invalid

IP address MAC address SVID Interface Aging Type

20.1.1.1 00e0-fc00-0001 -- -- -- S

Related commands

arp static

reset arp

Use reset arp to clear ARP entries from the ARP table.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

reset arp { all | dynamic | interface interface-type interface-number | static }

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

reset arp { all | dynamic | interface interface-type interface-number | slot slot-number | static }

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

reset arp { all | chassis chassis-number slot slot-number | dynamic | interface interface-type interface-number | static }

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

all: Clears all ARP entries.

dynamic: Clears all dynamic ARP entries.

static: Clears all static ARP entries.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command clears ARP entries for the active MPU. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command clears ARP entries for the master device. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command clears ARP entries for the global active MPU. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command clears ARP entries for all interfaces.

Examples

# Clear all static ARP entries.

<Sysname> reset arp static

Related commands

arp static

display arp

Gratuitous ARP commands

arp ip-conflict log prompt

Use arp ip-conflict log prompt to enable IP conflict notification.

Use undo arp ip-conflict log prompt to restore the default.

Syntax

arp ip-conflict log prompt

undo arp ip-conflict log prompt

Default

IP conflict notification is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

By default, the device performs the following operations if it is using the sender IP address of a received ARP packet:

· Sends a gratuitous ARP request.

· Displays an error message after the device receives an ARP reply about the conflict.

Examples

# Enable IP conflict notification on the device.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] arp ip-conflict log prompt

arp send-gratuitous-arp

Use arp send-gratuitous-arp to enable periodic sending of gratuitous ARP packets on an interface.

Use undo arp send-gratuitous-arp to disable the interface from periodically sending gratuitous ARP packets.

Syntax

arp send-gratuitous-arp [ interval interval ]

undo arp send-gratuitous-arp

Default

Periodic sending of gratuitous ARP packets is disabled.

Views

Layer 3 Ethernet interface/subinterface view

Layer 3 aggregate interface/subinterface view

VLAN interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interval interval: Specifies the sending interval in the range of 200 to 200000 milliseconds. The default value is 2000 milliseconds.

Usage guidelines

This feature takes effect on an interface only when the interface has an IP address and the data link layer state of the interface is up.

This feature can send gratuitous ARP requests only for a VRRP virtual IP address, or the sending interface's primary IP address or manually configured secondary IP address. The primary IP address can be configured manually or automatically, whereas the secondary IP address must be configured manually.

If you change the sending interval for gratuitous ARP packets, the configuration takes effect at the next sending interval.

The sending interval for gratuitous ARP packets might be much longer than the set interval when any of the following conditions exist:

· This feature is enabled on multiple interfaces.

· Each interface is configured with multiple secondary IP addresses.

· A small sending interval is configured in the preceding cases.

Examples

# Enable GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to send gratuitous ARP packets every 300 milliseconds.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] arp send-gratuitous-arp interval 300

gratuitous-arp-learning enable

Use gratuitous-arp-learning enable to enable learning of gratuitous ARP packets.

Use undo gratuitous-arp-learning enable to disable learning of gratuitous ARP packets.

Syntax

gratuitous-arp-learning enable

undo gratuitous-arp-learning enable

Default

Learning of gratuitous ARP packets is enabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

The learning of gratuitous ARP packets feature allows a device to maintain its ARP table by creating or updating ARP entries based on received gratuitous ARP packets.

When this feature is disabled, the device uses received gratuitous ARP packets to update existing ARP entries only. ARP entries are not created based on the received gratuitous ARP packets, which saves ARP table space.

Examples

# Enable learning of gratuitous ARP packets.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] gratuitous-arp-learning enable

gratuitous-arp-sending enable

Use gratuitous-arp-sending enable to enable sending gratuitous ARP packets upon receiving ARP requests whose sender IP address is on a different subnet.

Use undo gratuitous-arp-sending enable to disable sending gratuitous ARP packets upon receiving ARP requests whose sender IP address is on a different subnet.

Syntax

gratuitous-arp-sending enable

undo gratuitous-arp-sending enable

Default

A device does not send gratuitous ARP packets when it receives ARP requests whose sender IP address is on a different subnet.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Examples

# Disable a device from sending gratuitous ARP packets upon receiving ARP requests whose sender IP address is on a different subnet.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] undo gratuitous-arp-sending enable

Proxy ARP commands

display local-proxy-arp

Use display local-proxy-arp to display the local proxy ARP status.

Syntax

display local-proxy-arp [ interface interface-type interface-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays the local proxy ARP status for all interfaces.

Usage guidelines

You can use this command to check whether local proxy ARP is enabled or disabled.

Examples

# Display the local proxy ARP status for VLAN-interface 2.

<Sysname> display local-proxy-arp interface vlan-interface 2

Interface Vlan-interface2

Local Proxy ARP status: enabled

Related commands

local-proxy-arp enable

display proxy-arp

Use display proxy-arp to display the proxy ARP status.

Syntax

display proxy-arp [ interface interface-type interface-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays the proxy ARP status for all interfaces.

Usage guidelines

You can use this command to check whether proxy ARP is enabled or disabled.

Examples

# Display the proxy ARP status on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> display proxy-arp interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

Interface GigabitEthernet1/0/1

Proxy ARP status: disabled

Related commands

proxy-arp enable

local-proxy-arp enable

Use local-proxy-arp enable to enable local proxy ARP.

Use undo local-proxy-arp enable to disable local proxy ARP.

Syntax

local-proxy-arp enable [ ip-range start-ip-address to end-ip-address ]

undo local-proxy-arp enable

Default

Local proxy ARP is disabled.

Views

VLAN interface view

Layer 3 Ethernet interface/subinterface view

Layer 3 aggregate interface/subinterface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ip-range start-ip-address to end-ip-address: Specifies the IP address range for which local proxy ARP is enabled. The start IP address must be lower than or equal to the end IP address.

Usage guidelines

Proxy ARP enables a device on a network to answer ARP requests for an IP address not on that network. With proxy ARP, hosts in different broadcast domains can communicate with each other as they do on the same network.

Proxy ARP includes common proxy ARP and local proxy ARP.

Common proxy ARP allows communication between hosts that connect to different Layer 3 interfaces and reside in different broadcast domains.

Local proxy ARP allows communication between hosts that connect to the same Layer 3 interface and reside in different broadcast domains.

If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Enable local proxy ARP on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] local-proxy-arp enable

# Enable local proxy ARP on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 for an IP address range.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] local-proxy-arp enable ip-range 1.1.1.1 to 1.1.1.20

Related commands

display local-proxy-arp

proxy-arp enable

Use proxy-arp enable to enable proxy ARP.

Use undo proxy-arp enable to disable proxy ARP.

Syntax

proxy-arp enable

undo proxy-arp enable

Default

Proxy ARP is disabled.

Views

VLAN interface view

Layer 3 Ethernet interface/subinterface view

Layer 3 aggregate interface/subinterface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

Proxy ARP includes common proxy ARP and local proxy ARP.

Common proxy ARP allows communication between hosts that connect to different Layer 3 interfaces and reside in different broadcast domains.

Local proxy ARP allows communication between hosts that connect to the same Layer 3 interface and reside in different broadcast domains.

Examples

# Enable proxy ARP on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] proxy-arp enable

Related commands

display proxy-arp

ARP snooping commands

The following matrix shows the feature and hardware compatibility:

Hardware	ARP snooping compatibility
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/MSR810-W-LM-HK	Yes
MSR810-LMS/810-LUS	No
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	Yes
MSR 2630	Yes
MSR3600-28/3600-51	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	Yes
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	Yes
MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	Yes
MSR5620/5660/5680	Yes

Hardware	ARP snooping compatibility
MSR810-LM-GL	Yes
MSR810-W-LM-GL	Yes
MSR830-6EI-GL	No
MSR830-10EI-GL	No
MSR830-6HI-GL	No
MSR830-10HI-GL	No
MSR2600-6-X1-GL	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI-GL	Yes

arp snooping enable

Use arp snooping enable to enable ARP snooping.

Use undo arp snooping enable to disable ARP snooping.

Syntax

arp snooping enable

undo arp snooping enable

Default

ARP snooping is disabled.

Views

VLAN view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Examples

# Enable ARP snooping for VLAN 2.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] vlan 2

[Sysname-vlan2] arp snooping enable

display arp snooping

Use display arp snooping to display ARP snooping entries.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display arp snooping [ vlan vlan-id ] [ count ]

display arp snooping ip ip-address

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display arp snooping [ vlan vlan-id ] [ slot slot-number ] [ count ]

display arp snooping ip ip-address [ slot slot-number ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display arp snooping [ vlan vlan-id ] [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number ] [ count ]

display arp snooping ip ip-address [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

vlan vlan-id: Displays ARP snooping entries for a VLAN. The vlan-id argument is in the range of 1 to 4094.

ip ip-address: Displays the ARP snooping entry for the specified IP address.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays ARP snooping entries for the active MPU. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays ARP snooping entries for the master device. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays ARP snooping entries for the global active MPU. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Examples

# Display ARP snooping entries for VLAN 2.

<Sysname> display arp snooping vlan 2

IP Address MAC Address VLAN ID Interface Aging Status

3.3.3.3 0003-0003-0003 2 GE1/0/1 20 Valid

3.3.3.4 0004-0004-0004 2 GE1/0/2 5 Invalid

# Display the number of the ARP snooping entries.

<Sysname> display arp snooping count

Total entries: 2

Table 2 Command output

Field	Description
IP Address	IP address in an ARP snooping entry.
MAC Address	MAC address in an ARP snooping entry.
VLAN ID	ID of the VLAN to which the ARP snooping entry belongs.
Interface	Input interface in an ARP snooping entry.
Aging	Aging time for an ARP snooping entry in minutes. If the card learns an ARP snooping entry from another card, the card cannot learn the aging time of the entry, and this field displays N/A.
Status	Status of an ARP snooping entry: Valid, Invalid, Collision.
Total entries	Number of ARP snooping entries.

Related commands

reset arp snooping

Use reset arp snooping to delete ARP snooping entries.

Syntax

reset arp snooping [ ip ip-address | vlan vlan-id ]

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ip ip-address: Deletes the ARP snooping entry for the specified IP address.

vlan vlan-id: Deletes ARP snooping entries for the specified VLAN. The value range for the vlan-id argument is 1 to 4094.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify any option, the command deletes all ARP snooping entries.

Examples

# Delete ARP snooping entries for VLAN 2.

<Sysname> reset arp snooping vlan 2

Related commands

display arp snooping

ARP fast-reply commands

The following matrix shows the feature and hardware compatibility:

Hardware	ARP fast-reply compatibility
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS	No
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	Yes
MSR 2630	Yes
MSR3600-28/3600-51	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	No
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	Yes
MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	Yes
MSR5620/5660/5680	Yes

Hardware	ARP fast-reply compatibility
MSR810-LM-GL	No
MSR810-W-LM-GL	No
MSR830-6EI-GL	No
MSR830-10EI-GL	No
MSR830-6HI-GL	No
MSR830-10HI-GL	No
MSR2600-6-X1-GL	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI-GL	No

arp fast-reply enable

Use arp fast-reply enable to enable ARP fast-reply for a VLAN.

Use undo arp fast-reply enable to disable ARP fast-reply for a VLAN.

Syntax

arp fast-reply enable

undo arp fast-reply enable

Default

ARP fast-reply is disabled on a VLAN.

Views

VLAN view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Examples

# Enable ARP fast-reply for VLAN 2.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] vlan 2

[Sysname-vlan2] arp fast-reply enable

ARP PnP commands

arp pnp

Use arp pnp to enable the ARP plug and play (PnP) feature.

Use undo arp pnp to disable the ARP PnP feature.

Syntax

arp pnp

undo arp pnp

Default

The ARP PnP feature is disabled.

Views

Layer 3 Ethernet interface view

Layer 3 Ethernet subinterface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

The following matrix shows the command and hardware compatibility:

Hardware	Command compatibility
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK	No
MSR810-LMS/810-LUS	Yes
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	Yes
MSR 2630	Yes
MSR3600-28/3600-51	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	Yes
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	Yes
MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	Yes
MSR5620/5660/5680	Yes

Hardware	Command compatibility
MSR810-LM-GL	No
MSR810-W-LM-GL	No
MSR830-6EI-GL	Yes
MSR830-10EI-GL	Yes
MSR830-6HI-GL	No
MSR830-10HI-GL	Yes
MSR2600-6-X1-GL	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI-GL	Yes

This command is typically configured on a gateway. The ARP PnP feature allows end users to access the gateway without changing their IP addresses on subnets different from the subnet where the gateway resides.

The ARP PnP feature generates agent IP addresses based on the primary IP address and mask length of the interface. The maximum number of agent IP addresses allowed on an interface is the smaller value of the following items:

· The device's limit on the maximum number of agent IP addresses on the interface.

· The maximum number of host IP addresses allowed by the mask length. The interface's primary IP address is excluded. For example, if the mask length is 24, a maximum of 253 agent IP addresses can be generated.

To make ARP PnP operate correctly on an interface, make sure the following requirements are met:

· The interface has a primary IP address.

· NAT is configured on the interface that connects to the external network.

· ARP entries on the interface are all deleted by using the reset arp command before you enable the ARP PnP feature.

Features that use ARP entries, for example, static routes and proxy ARP, cannot operate correctly when the ARP PnP feature is enabled.

Examples

# Enable the ARP PnP feature.

<Sysname> system-view

[sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] arp pnp

display arp pnp

Use display arp pnp to display ARP PnP mappings.

Syntax

display arp pnp [ interface interface-type interface-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, the command displays ARP PnP mappings for all interfaces.

Examples

# Display all ARP PnP mappings.

<Sysname> display arp pnp

Total number of entries : 5

Agent IP address User IP address MAC address Interface Aging

1.1.1.2 20.1.1.1 00e0-fc00-0001 GE1/0/1 10

1.1.1.3 193.1.1.70 00e0-fe50-6503 GE1/0/1 5

2.2.2.2 192.168.0.115 000d-88f7-9f7d GE1/0/2 11

3.3.3.3 192.168.0.39 0012-a990-2241 GE1/0/3 5

3.3.3.4 22.1.1.1 000c-299d-c041 GE1/0/3 14

# Display ARP PnP mappings on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> display arp pnp interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

Total number of entries : 2

Agent IP address User IP address MAC address Interface Aging

1.1.1.2 20.1.1.1 00e0-fc00-0001 GE1/0/1 10

1.1.1.3 193.1.1.70 00e0-fe50-6503 GE1/0/1 5

Table 3 Command output

Field	Description
Agent IP address	Agent IP address the ARP PnP feature generates for the user.
User IP address	IP address of the user.
MAC address	MAC address of the user.
Interface	Interface that connects to the user.
Aging	Remaining aging time of the mapping, in minutes.

ARP suppression commands

The following matrix shows the feature and hardware compatibility:

Hardware	ARP suppression compatibility
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/MSR810-W-LM-HK	Yes
MSR810-LMS/810-LUS	No
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	Yes
MSR 2630	Yes
MSR3600-28/3600-51	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	No
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	Yes
MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	Yes
MSR5620/5660/5680	Yes

Hardware	ARP suppression compatibility
MSR810-LM-GL	Yes
MSR810-W-LM-GL	Yes
MSR830-6EI-GL	Yes
MSR830-10EI-GL	Yes
MSR830-6HI-GL	No
MSR830-10HI-GL	Yes
MSR2600-6-X1-GL	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI-GL	No

arp suppression enable

Use arp suppression enable to enable ARP suppression.

Use undo arp suppression enable to disable ARP suppression.

Syntax

arp suppression enable

undo arp suppression enable

Default

ARP suppression is disabled.

Views

Cross-connect view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

You must enable L2VPN before you enter cross-connect view.

Examples

# Enable ARP suppression for cross-connect 2 in cross-connect group 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] xconnect-group 1

[Sysname-xcg-1] connection 2

[Sysname-xcg-1-2] arp suppression enable

Related commands

arp suppression push interval

Use arp suppression push interval to enable the ARP suppression push feature and set a push interval.

Use undo arp suppression push interval to disable the ARP suppression push feature.

Syntax

arp suppression push interval interval

undo arp suppression push interval

Default

The ARP suppression push feature is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interval: Specifies a push interval for ARP suppression, in the range of 1 to 1440 minutes.

Usage guidelines

The ARP suppression push feature regularly pushes ARP suppression entries by broadcasting gratuitous ARP packets.

Examples

# Configure the device to push ARP suppression entries every 2 minutes.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] arp suppression push interval 2

Related commands

arp suppression enable

display arp suppression xconnect-group

Use display arp suppression xconnect-group to display ARP suppression entries.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display arp suppression xconnect-group [ name group-name ] [ count ]

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display arp suppression xconnect-group [ name group-name ] [ slot slot-number ] [ count ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display arp suppression xconnect-group [ name group-name ] [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number ] [ count ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

name group-name: Specifies a cross-connect group by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters excluding hyphens (-). If you do not specify a cross-connect group, this command display ARP suppression entries for all cross-connect groups.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays ARP suppression entries for the active MPU. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays ARP suppression entries for the master device. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays ARP suppression entries for the global active MPU. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Examples

# Display ARP suppression entries for all cross-connect groups.

<Sysname> display arp suppression xconnect-group

IP address MAC address Xconnect-group Connection Aging

100.1.1.1 000c-29fe-5a8f vpna svc 12

100.1.1.2 000c-29fe-5aa3 vpna svc 25

# Display the total number of ARP suppression entries.

<Sysname> display arp suppression xconnect-group count

Total entries: 2

Table 4 Command output

Field	Description
IP address	IP address in the ARP suppression entry.
MAC address	MAC address in the ARP suppression entry.
Xconnect-group	Name of the cross-connect group to which the ARP suppression entry belongs.
Connection	Name of the cross-connect to which the ARP suppression entry belongs.
Aging	Remaining aging time of the ARP suppression entry, in minutes.

Related commands

reset arp suppression xconnect-group

Use reset arp suppression xconnect-group to clear ARP suppression entries.

Syntax

reset arp suppression xconnect-group [ name group-name ]

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

name group-name: Specifies a cross-connect group by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters excluding hyphens (-). If you do not specify a cross-connect group, this command clears ARP suppression entries for all cross-connect groups.

Examples

# Clear ARP suppression entries for all cross-connect groups.

<Sysname> reset arp suppression xconnect-group

Related commands

display arp suppression xconnect-group

ARP direct route advertisement commands

arp route-direct advertise

Use arp route-direct advertise to enable ARP direct route advertisement.

Use undo arp route-direct advertise to disable ARP direct route advertisement.

Syntax

arp route-direct advertise

undo arp route-direct advertise

Default

ARP direct route advertisement is disabled.

Views

L3VE interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Examples

# Enable ARP direct route advertisement on L3VE interface VE-L3VPN 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface ve-l3vpn 1

[Sysname-VE-L3VPN1] arp route-direct advertise

IP addressing commands

display ip interface

Use display ip interface to display IP configuration and statistics for Layer 3 interfaces.

Syntax

display ip interface [ interface-type interface-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays IP configuration and statistics for all Layer 3 interfaces except VA interfaces.

Usage guidelines

Use the display ip interface command to display IP configuration and statistics for the specified Layer 3 interface. The statistics include the following information:

· The number of unicast packets, bytes, and multicast packets the interface has sent and received.

· The number of TTL-invalid packets and ICMP packets the interface has received.

The packet statistics helps you locate a possible attack on the network.

Examples

# Display IP configuration and statistics for GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> display ip interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

GigabitEthernet1/0/1 current state : DOWN

Line protocol current state : DOWN

Internet Address is 1.1.1.1/8 Primary

Broadcast address : 1.255.255.255

The Maximum Transmit Unit : 1500 bytes

input packets : 0, bytes : 0, multicasts : 0

output packets : 0, bytes : 0, multicasts : 0

TTL invalid packet number: 0

ICMP packet input number: 0

Echo reply: 0

Unreachable: 0

Source quench: 0

Routing redirect: 0

Echo request: 0

Router advert: 0

Router solicit: 0

Time exceed: 0

IP header bad: 0

Timestamp request: 0

Timestamp reply: 0

Information request: 0

Information reply: 0

Netmask request: 0

Netmask reply: 0

Unknown type: 0

Table 5 Command output

Field	Description
current state	Current physical state of the interface: · Administrative DOWN—The interface is shut down by using the shutdown command. · DOWN—The interface is administratively up but its physical state is down, possibly because of a connection or link failure. · UP—Both the administrative and physical states of the interface are up.
Line protocol current state	Current state of the link layer protocol: · DOWN—The protocol state of the interface is down. · UP—The protocol state of the interface is up. · UP (spoofing)—The link protocol state of the interface is up, but the link is temporarily established on demand or does not exist.
Internet Address	IP address of an interface followed by: · Primary—A primary IP address. · Sub—A secondary IP address. · MTunnel—An MTunnel interface IP address. · SSLVPN—An SSL VPN interface IP address. · PPP-Negotiated—A PPP negotiated IP address. · Unnumbered—An unnumbered IP address. · DHCP-Allocated—An IP address obtained through DHCP. · BOOTP-Allocated—An IP address obtained through BOOTP. · Cluster—A cluster IP address. · Mad—A MAD IP address.
Broadcast address	Broadcast address of the subnet attached to an interface.
The Maximum Transmit Unit	Maximum transmission unit on the interface, in bytes.
input packets, bytes, multicasts output packets, bytes, multicasts	Unicast packets, bytes, and multicast packets received on an interface (statistics start at the device startup).
TTL invalid packet number	Number of TTL-invalid packets received on the interface (statistics start at the device startup).
ICMP packet input number: Echo reply: Unreachable: Source quench: Routing redirect: Echo request: Router advert: Router solicit: Time exceed: IP header bad: Timestamp request: Timestamp reply: Information request: Information reply: Netmask request: Netmask reply: Unknown type:	Total number of ICMP packets received on the interface (statistics start at the device startup): · Echo reply packets. · Unreachable packets. · Source quench packets. · Routing redirect packets. · Echo request packets. · Router advertisement packets. · Router solicitation packets. · Time exceeded packets. · IP header bad packets. · Timestamp request packets. · Timestamp reply packets. · Information request packets. · Information reply packets. · Netmask request packets. · Netmask reply packets. · Unknown type packets.

Related commands

display ip interface brief

ip address

display ip interface brief

Use display ip interface brief to display brief IP configuration for Layer 3 interfaces.

Syntax

display ip interface [ interface-type [ interface-number ] ] brief [ description ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface-type: Specifies an interface type. If you do not specify an interface type, this command displays brief IP configuration for all Layer 3 interfaces except VA interfaces.

interface-number: Specifies an interface number. If you do not specify an interface number, this command displays brief IP configuration for all Layer 3 interfaces of the specified type.

description: Displays complete interface descriptions. If you do not specify this keyword, the command displays a maximum of 16 characters for each interface description. If the description is longer than 16 characters, the first 14 characters are displayed, followed by an ellipsis (...).

Usage guidelines

Information displayed by the command includes the state of the physical and link layer protocols, IP address, and interface descriptions.

Examples

# Display brief IP configuration for GigabitEthernet interfaces.

<Sysname> display ip interface gigabitethernet brief

*down: administratively down

(s): spoofing (l): loopback

Interface Physical Protocol IP Address Description

GE1/0/1 up up 5.5.5.1 Link to CoreRo...

<Sysname> display ip interface gigabitethernet brief description

*down: administratively down

(s): spoofing (l): loopback

Interface Physical Protocol IP Address Description

GE1/0/1 up up 5.5.5.1 Link to CoreRouter

Table 6 Command output

Field	Description
*down: administratively down	The interface is administratively shut down by using the shutdown command.
(s) : spoofing	Spoofing attribute of the interface. The link protocol state of the interface is up, but the link is temporarily established on demand or does not exist.
Interface	Interface name.
Physical	Physical state of the interface: · *down—The interface is administratively shut down by using the shutdown command. · down—The interface is administratively up but its physical state is down, possibly because of a connection or link failure. · up—Both the administrative and physical states of the interface are up.
Protocol	Link layer protocol state of the interface: · down—The protocol state of the interface is down. · down(l)—The protocol state of the interface is down (loopback). · up—The protocol state of the interface is up. · up(l)—The protocol state of the interface is up (loopback). · up(s)—The protocol state of the interface is up (spoofing).
IP Address	IP address of the interface. If no IP address is configured, this field displays hyphens (--).
Description	Interface description information. If no description is configured, this field displays hyphens (--).

Related commands

display ip interface

ip address

Use ip address to assign an IP address to the interface.

Use undo ip address to remove the IP address from the interface.

Syntax

ip address ip-address { mask-length | mask } [ sub ]

undo ip address [ ip-address { mask-length | mask } [ sub ] ]

Default

No IP address is assigned to an interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ip-address: Specifies the IP address of the interface, in dotted decimal notation.

mask-length: Specifies the subnet mask length in the range of 1 to 31. For a loopback interface, the value range is 1 to 32.

mask: Specifies the subnet mask in dotted decimal notation.

sub: Assigns a secondary IP address to the interface.

Usage guidelines

Use the command to assign a primary or secondary IP address to an interface.

An interface can have only one primary IP address. A newly configured primary IP address overwrites the previous address. If the interface connects to multiple subnets, configure primary and secondary IP addresses on the interface so the subnets can communicate with each other through the interface.

You cannot assign secondary IP addresses to an interface that obtains an IP address through BOOTP, DHCP, PPP address negotiation, or IP unnumbered.

If you do not specify any parameters, the undo ip address command removes all IP addresses from the interface. The undo ip address ip-address { mask | mask-length } command removes the primary IP address. The undo ip address ip-address { mask | mask-length } sub command removes a secondary IP address.

The primary and secondary IP addresses assigned to the interface can be located on the same network segment. Different interfaces on your device must reside on different network segments.

Examples

# Assign GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 a primary IP address 129.102.0.1 and a secondary IP address 202.38.160.1, with the subnet masks both 255.255.255.0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ip address 129.102.0.1 255.255.255.0

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ip address 202.38.160.1 255.255.255.0 sub

Related commands

display ip interface

display ip interface brief

ip address unnumbered

Use ip address unnumbered to configure the current interface as IP unnumbered to borrow an IP address from the specified interface.

Use undo ip address unnumbered to restore the default.

Syntax

ip address unnumbered interface interface-type interface-number

undo ip address unnumbered

Default

The interface does not borrow IP addresses from other interfaces.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface from which the current interface can borrow an IP address.

Usage guidelines

Typically, you assign an IP address to an interface either manually or through DHCP. If the IP addresses are not enough, or the interface is used only occasionally, you can configure an interface to borrow an IP address from other interfaces. This is called IP unnumbered, and the interface borrowing the IP address is called IP unnumbered interface.

Loopback interfaces cannot borrow IP addresses of other interfaces, but other interfaces can borrow IP addresses of loopback interfaces.

Multiple interfaces can use the same unnumbered IP address. If an interface has multiple manually configured IP addresses, only the primary IP address manually configured can be borrowed.

You cannot enable a dynamic routing protocol on the interface that has no IP address configured. To enable the interface to communicate with other devices, you must configure a static route to the peer device on the interface.

Examples

# Configure the tunnel interface Tunnel 0 to borrow the IP address of the interface GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface tunnel 0 mode gre

[Sysname-Tunnel0] ip address unnumbered interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

DHCP commands

Commands and descriptions for centralized devices apply to the following routers:

· MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS.

· MSR2600-10-X1.

· MSR 2630.

· MSR3600-28/3600-51.

· MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI.

· MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC.

· MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660.

· MSR810-LM-GL/810-W-LM-GL/830-6EI-GL/830-10EI-GL/830-6HI-GL/830-10HI-GL/2600-6-X1-GL/3600-28-SI-GL.

Commands and descriptions for distributed devices apply to the following routers:

· MSR5620.

· MSR 5660.

· MSR 5680.

Common DHCP commands

dhcp client-detect

Use dhcp client-detect to enable client offline detection on the DHCP server or DHCP relay agent.

Use undo dhcp client-detect to disable client offline detection on the DHCP server or DHCP relay agent.

Syntax

dhcp client-detect

undo dhcp client-detect

Default

Client offline detection is disabled on the DHCP server or DHCP relay agent.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

The client offline detection feature on the DHCP server reclaims an assigned IP address and deletes the binding entry when the ARP entry ages out for the IP address.

This feature on the DHCP relay agent deletes the related relay entry and sends a RELEASE message to the DHCP server when an ARP entry ages out.

Examples

# Enable client offline detection.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] dhcp client-detect

dhcp dscp

Use dhcp dscp to set the DSCP value for DHCP packets sent by the DHCP server or the DHCP relay agent.

Use undo dhcp dscp to restore the default.

Syntax

dhcp dscp dscp-value

undo dhcp dscp

Default

The DSCP value is 56 in DHCP packets sent by the DHCP server or the DHCP relay agent.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

dscp-value: Specifies the DSCP value for DHCP packets, in the range of 0 to 63.

Usage guidelines

The DSCP value of a packet specifies the priority level of the packet and affects the transmission priority of the packet. A bigger DSCP value represents a higher priority.

Examples

# Set the DSCP value to 30 for DHCP packets sent by the DHCP server or the DHCP relay agent.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp dscp 30

dhcp enable

Use dhcp enable to enable DHCP.

Use undo dhcp enable to disable DHCP.

Syntax

dhcp enable

undo dhcp enable

Default

DHCP is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

DHCP related configuration takes effect only after you enable DHCP.

Enable DHCP before you configure the DHCP server or relay agent.

Examples

# Enable DHCP.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp enable

dhcp log enable

Use dhcp log enable to enable DHCP server logging.

Use undo dhcp log enable to disable DHCP server logging.

Syntax

dhcp log enable

undo dhcp log enable

Default

DHCP server logging is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

This command enables the DHCP server to generate DHCP logs and send them to the information center. For information about the log destination and output rule configuration in the information center, see Network Management and Monitoring Configuration Guide.

As a best practice, disable this feature if the log generation affects the device performance or reduces the address allocation efficiency. For example, this situation might occur when a large number of clients frequently come online or go offline.

Examples

# Enable DHCP server logging.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp log enable

dhcp select

Use dhcp select to enable the DHCP server or DHCP relay agent on an interface.

Use undo dhcp select to disable the DHCP server or DHCP relay agent on an interface. The interface discards incoming DHCP packets.

Syntax

dhcp select { relay [ proxy ] | server }

undo dhcp select { relay | server }

Default

The interface operates in DHCP server mode and responds to DHCP requests with configuration parameters.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

relay: Enables the DHCP relay agent on the interface.

proxy: Enables DHCP server proxy on the relay agent.

server: Enables the DHCP server on the interface.

Usage guidelines

Before enabling the DHCP relay agent on an interface, use the reset dhcp server ip-in-use command to remove address bindings and authorized ARP entries. These authorized ARP entries might conflict with ARP entries that are created after the DHCP relay agent is enabled.

When DHCP server proxy is enabled on the relay agent, the proxy forwards packets between the DHCP clients and DHCP server.

· When receiving DHCP packets from DHCP clients, the proxy forwards them to the DHCP server.

· When receiving DHCP responses from the DHCP server, the proxy modified the server's IP address in these responses as its own IP address.

Examples

# Enable the DHCP relay agent on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] dhcp select relay

Related commands

dhcp smart-relay enable

reset dhcp server ip-in-use

DHCP server commands

address range

Use address range to configure an IP address range in a DHCP address pool for dynamic allocation.

Use undo address range to restore the default.

Syntax

address range start-ip-address end-ip-address

undo address range

Default

No IP address range exists.

Views

DHCP address pool view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

start-ip-address: Specifies the start IP address.

end-ip-address: Specifies the end IP address.

Usage guidelines

If no IP address range is specified, all IP addresses in the subnet specified by the network command in address pool view are assignable. If an IP address range is specified, only the IP addresses in the IP address range are assignable.

After you use the address range command, you cannot use the network secondary command to specify a secondary subnet in the address pool.

If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

The address range specified by the address range command must be within the subnet specified by the network command. The addresses out of the address range cannot be assigned.

Examples

# Specify an address range of 192.168.8.1 through 192.168.8.150 in address pool 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp server ip-pool 1

[Sysname-dhcp-pool-1] address range 192.168.8.1 192.168.8.150

Related commands

class

dhcp class

display dhcp server pool

network

bims-server

Use bims-server to specify the IP address, port number, and shared key of the BIMS server in a DHCP address pool.

Use undo bims-server to restore the default.

Syntax

bims-server ip ip-address [ port port-number ] sharekey { cipher | simple } string

undo bims-server

Default

No BIMS server information is specified.

Views

DHCP address pool view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ip ip-address: Specifies the IP address of the BIMS server.

port port-number: Specifies the port number of the BIMS server, in the range of 1 to 65534.

cipher: Specifies a key in encrypted form.

simple: Specifies a key in plaintext form. For security purposes, the key specified in plaintext form will be stored in encrypted form.

string: Specifies the key string. Its plaintext form is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 16 characters. Its encrypted form is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 53 characters. The DHCP client uses the shared key to encrypt packets sent to the BIMS server.

Usage guidelines

If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Specify the BIMS server IP address 1.1.1.1, port number 80, and shared key aabbcc in address pool 0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp server ip-pool 0

[Sysname-dhcp-pool-0] bims-server ip 1.1.1.1 port 80 sharekey simple aabbcc

Related commands

display dhcp server pool

bootfile-name

Use bootfile-name to specify a configuration file name or URL.

Use undo bootfile-name to restore the default.

Syntax

bootfile-name { bootfile-name | url }

undo bootfile-name

Default

No configuration file name or URL is specified.

Views

DHCP address pool view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

bootfile-name: Specifies the configuration file name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 63 characters.

url: Specifies the HTTP URL of the configuration file. It is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 63 characters.

Usage guidelines

If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

To specify a configuration file on a TFTP server, use the bootfile-name argument.

To specify a configuration file on an HTTP server, use the url argument.

Examples

# Specify the configuration file name boot.cfg in DHCP address pool 0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp server ip-pool 0

[Sysname-dhcp-pool-0] bootfile-name boot.cfg

# Specify the configuration file URL http://10.1.1.1/boot.cfg in DHCP address pool 0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp server ip-pool 0

[Sysname-dhcp-pool-0] bootfile-name http://10.1.1.1/boot.cfg

Related commands

display dhcp server pool

next-server

tftp-server domain-name

tftp-server ip-address

class ip-pool

Use class ip-pool to specify a DHCP address pool for a DHCP user class.

Use undo class ip-pool to remove the DHCP address pool specified for a DHCP user class.

Syntax

class class-name ip-pool pool-name

undo class class-name ip-pool

Default

No DHCP address pool is specified for a DHCP user class.

Views

DHCP policy view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

class-name: Specifies a DHCP user class by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters.

pool-name: Specifies a DHCP address pool by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters.

Usage guidelines

You can specify only one DHCP address pool for a DHCP user class in a DHCP policy. If you execute this command multiple times for a user class, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Specify DHCP address pool pool1 for DHCP user class test in DHCP policy 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp policy 1

[Sysname-dhcp-policy-1] class test ip-pool pool1

Related commands

default ip-pool

dhcp policy

dhcp server ip-pool

class option-group

Use class option-group to specify a DHCP option group for a DHCP user class.

Use undo class option-group to remove the configuration.

Syntax

class class-name option-group option-group-number

undo class class-name option-group

Default

No DHCP option group is specified for a DHCP user class.

Views

DHCP address pool view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

class-name: Specifies a DHCP user class by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters.

option-group-number: Specifies a DHCP option group by its number in the range of 1 to 32768.

Usage guidelines

When receiving a DHCP-DISCOVER message, the server compares the client against the user classes in the order that they are specified by this command. If a match is found, the server assigns the client the DHCP options in the option group. If multiple matches are found, the server selects option groups by using the following methods:

· If the option groups have options in common, the server selects the option group specified for the first matching user class.

· If the option groups have different options, the server selects all the matching option groups.

You can specify only one option group for a DHCP user class in a DHCP address pool. If you execute this command multiple times for a user class, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Specify DHCP option group 1 for user class user in DHCP address pool 0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp server ip-pool 0

[Sysname-dhcp-pool-0] class user option-group 1

Related commands

dhcp option group

class range

Use class range to specify an IP address range for a DHCP user class.

Use undo class range to remove the IP address range for the DHCP user class.

Syntax

class class-name range start-ip-address end-ip-address

undo class class-name range

Default

No IP address range is specified for a DHCP user class.

Views

DHCP address pool view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

class-name: Specifies a DHCP user class name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. If the specified user class does not exist, the DHCP server will not assign the addresses in the address range specified for the user class to any clients.

start-ip-address: Specifies the start IP address.

end-ip-address: Specifies the end IP address.

Usage guidelines

The class range command allows you to divide an address range into multiple address ranges for different DHCP user classes. The address range for a user class must be within the primary subnet specified by the network command. If the DHCP client does not match any DHCP user class, the DHCP server selects an address in the IP address range specified by the address range command. If the address range has no assignable IP addresses or no address range is configured, the address allocation fails.

After you specify an address range for a user class, you cannot use the network secondary command to specify a secondary subnet in the address pool.

You can specify only one address range for a DHCP user class in an address pool. If you execute this command multiple times for a DHCP user class, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Specify an IP address range of 192.168.8.1 through 192.168.8.150 for the DHCP user class user in DHCP address pool 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp server ip-pool 1

[Sysname-dhcp-pool-1] class user range 192.168.8.1 192.168.8.150

Related commands

address range

dhcp class

display dhcp server pool

default ip-pool

Use default ip-pool to specify the default DHCP address pool.

Use undo default ip-pool to restore the default.

Syntax

default ip-pool pool-name

undo default ip-pool

Default

No default DHCP address pool is specified.

Views

DHCP policy view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

pool-name: Specifies a DHCP address pool by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters.

Usage guidelines

In a DHCP policy, the DHCP server uses the default DHCP address pool to assign IP addresses and other parameters to clients that do not match any user class.

You can specify only one default address pool in a DHCP policy. If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Specify DHCP address pool pool1 as the default DHCP address pool in DHCP policy 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp policy 1

[Sysname-dhcp-policy-1] default ip-pool pool1

Related commands

class ip-pool

dhcp policy

dhcp apply-policy

Use dhcp apply-policy to apply a DHCP policy to an interface.

Use undo dhcp apply-policy to restore the default.

Syntax

dhcp apply-policy policy-name

undo dhcp apply-policy

Default

No DHCP policy is applied to an interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

policy-name: Specifies a DHCP policy by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters.

Usage guidelines

You can apply only one DHCP policy to an interface. If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Apply the DHCP policy test to GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] dhcp apply-policy test

Related commands

dhcp policy

dhcp class

Use dhcp class to create a DHCP user class and enter its view, or enter the view of an existing DHCP user class.

Use undo dhcp class to delete the specified DHCP user class.

Syntax

dhcp class class-name

undo dhcp class class-name

Default

No DHCP user classes exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

class-name: Specifies the name of a DHCP user class, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters.

Usage guidelines

In the DHCP user class view, you can use the if-match command to configure match rules to group clients to the user class.

Examples

# Create a DHCP user class test and enter DHCP user class view.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp class test

[Sysname-dhcp-class-test]

Related commands

address range

class ip-pool

class option-group

class range

dhcp policy

if-match

dhcp option-group

Use dhcp option-group to create a DHCP option group and enter its view, or enter the view of an existing DHCP option group.

Use undo dhcp option-group to delete a DHCP option group.

Syntax

dhcp option-group option-group-number

undo dhcp option-group option-group-number

Default

No DHCP option groups exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

option-group-number: Assigns a number to the DHCP option group, in the range of 1 to 32768.

Examples

# Create DHCP option group 1 and enter DHCP option group view.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp option-group 1

[Sysname-dhcp-option-group-1]

Related commands

class option-group

option

dhcp policy

Use dhcp policy to create a DHCP policy and enter its view, or enter the view of an existing DHCP policy.

Use undo dhcp policy to delete a DHCP policy.

Syntax

dhcp policy policy-name

undo dhcp policy policy-name

Default

No DHCP policies exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

policy-name: Assigns a name to the DHCP policy. The policy name is a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters.

Usage guidelines

In DHCP policy view, you can specify address pools for different user classes. Clients matching a user class will obtain IP addresses and other parameters from the specified address pool.

For a DHCP policy to take effect, you must apply it to an interface.

Examples

# Create DHCP policy test and enter its view.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp policy test

[Sysname-dhcp-policy-test]

Related commands

class ip-pool

default ip-pool

dhcp apply-policy

dhcp class

dhcp server always-broadcast

Use dhcp server always-broadcast to enable the DHCP server to broadcast all responses.

Use undo dhcp server always-broadcast to restore the default.

Syntax

dhcp server always-broadcast

undo dhcp server always-broadcast

Default

The DHCP server reads the broadcast flag in a DHCP request to decide whether to broadcast or unicast the response.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

This command enables the DHCP server to ignore the broadcast flag in DHCP requests and broadcast all responses.

The DHCP server always unicasts a response in the following situations, regardless of whether this command is executed:

· The DHCP request is from a DHCP client that has an IP address (the ciaddr field is not 0).

· The DHCP request is forwarded by a DHCP relay agent from a DHCP client (the giaddr field is not 0).

Examples

# Enable the DHCP server to broadcast all responses.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp server always-broadcast

dhcp server apply ip-pool

Use dhcp server apply ip-pool to apply an address pool to an interface.

Use undo dhcp server apply ip-pool to restore the default.

Syntax

dhcp server apply ip-pool pool-name

undo dhcp server apply ip-pool

Default

No address pool is applied to an interface

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

pool-name: Specifies the name of a DHCP address pool, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters.

Usage guidelines

Upon receiving a DHCP request from the interface, the DHCP server searches for a static binding for the client from all address pools. If no static binding is found, the server assigns configuration parameters from the address pool applied on the interface to the client. If the address pool has no assignable IP address or does not exist, the DHCP client cannot obtain an IP address.

If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Apply DHCP address pool 0 to GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] dhcp server apply ip-pool 0

Related commands

dhcp server ip-pool

dhcp server bootp ignore

Use dhcp server bootp ignore to configure the DHCP server to ignore BOOTP requests.

Use undo dhcp server bootp ignore to restore the default.

Syntax

dhcp server bootp ignore

undo dhcp server bootp ignore

Default

The DHCP server does not ignore BOOTP requests.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

The lease duration of IP addresses obtained by BOOTP clients is unlimited. For scenarios that do not allow unlimited leases, you can configure the DHCP server to ignore BOOTP requests.

Examples

# Configure the DHCP server to ignore BOOTP requests.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp server bootp ignore

dhcp server bootp reply-rfc-1048

Use dhcp server bootp reply-rfc-1048 to enable the sending of BOOTP responses in RFC 1048 format.

Use undo dhcp server bootp reply-rfc-1048 to disable this feature.

Syntax

dhcp server bootp reply-rfc-1048

undo dhcp server bootp reply-rfc-1048

Default

This feature is disabled. The DHCP server does not process the Vend field of RFC 1048-incompliant requests but copies the Vend field into responses.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

Not all BOOTP clients can send requests compliant with RFC 1048. This command enables the DHCP server to fill the Vend field in RFC 1048-compliant format in DHCP responses to RFC 1048-incompliant requests sent by BOOTP clients.

This command takes effect only when the BOOTP clients request statically bound addresses.

Examples

# Enable the sending of BOOTP responses in RFC 1048 format on the DHCP server.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp server bootp reply-rfc-1048

dhcp server database filename

Use dhcp server database filename to configure the DHCP server to back up the DHCP bindings to a file.

Use undo dhcp server database filename to restore the default.

Syntax

dhcp server database filename { filename | url url [ username username [ password { cipher | simple } string ] ] }

undo dhcp server database filename

Default

The DHCP server does not back up the DHCP bindings.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

filename: Specifies the name of a local backup file. For information about the filename argument, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide.

url url: Specifies the URL of a remote backup file, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 255 characters. Do not include a username or password in the URL.

username username: Specifies the username for accessing the URL of the remote backup file, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 32 characters. Do not specify this option if a username is not required for accessing the URL of the remote backup file.

cipher: Specifies a password in encrypted form.

simple: Specifies a password in plaintext form. For security purposes, the password specified in plaintext form will be stored in encrypted form.

string: Specifies the password. Its plaintext form is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 32 characters. Its encrypted form is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 73 characters. Do not specify this argument if a password is not required for accessing the URL of the remote backup file.

Usage guidelines

The command automatically creates the file if you specify a nonexistent file.

With this command executed, the DHCP server backs up its bindings immediately and runs auto backup. The server, by default, waits 300 seconds after a binding change to update the backup file. You can use the dhcp server database update interval command to change the waiting time. If no DHCP binding changes, the backup file is not updated.

As a best practice, back up the bindings to a remote file. If you use the local storage medium, the frequent erasing and writing might damage the medium and then cause the DHCP server to malfunction.

When the backup file is on a remote device, follow these restrictions and guidelines to specify the URL, username, and password:

· If the file is on an FTP server, enter URL in the following format: ftp://server address:port/file path, where the port number is optional.

· If the file is on a TFTP server, enter URL in the following format: tftp://server address:port/file path, where the port number is optional.

· The username and password must be the same as those configured on the FTP server. If the server authenticates only the username, the password can be omitted.

· If the IP address of the server is an IPv6 address, enclose the address in a pair of brackets, for example, ftp://[1::1]/database.dhcp.

· You can also specify the DNS domain name for the server address field, for example, ftp://company/database.dhcp.

Examples

# Configure the DHCP server to back up its bindings to the file database.dhcp.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp server database filename database.dhcp

# Configure the DHCP server to back up its bindings to the file database.dhcp in the working directory of the FTP server at 10.1.1.1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp server database filename url ftp://10.1.1.1/database.dhcp username 1 password simple 1

Related commands

dhcp server database update interval

dhcp server database update now

dhcp server database update stop

dhcp server database update interval

Use dhcp server database update interval to set the waiting time for the DHCP server to update the backup file after a DHCP binding change.

Use undo dhcp server database update interval to restore the default.

Syntax

dhcp server database update interval interval

undo dhcp server database update interval

Default

The DHCP server waits 300 seconds to update the backup file after a DHCP binding change. If no DHCP binding changes, the backup file is not updated.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interval: Specifies the waiting time in the range of 60 to 864000 seconds.

Usage guidelines

The waiting time takes effect only after you configure the DHCP binding auto backup by using the dhcp server database filename command.

When a DHCP binding is created, updated, or removed, the waiting period starts. The DHCP server updates the backup file when the waiting period is reached. All bindings changed during the period will be saved to the backup file.

Examples

# Set the waiting time to 10 minutes for the DHCP server to update the backup file.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp server database update interval 600

Related commands

dhcp server database filename

dhcp server database update now

dhcp server database update stop

dhcp server database update now

Use dhcp server database update now to manually save the DHCP bindings to the backup file.

Syntax

dhcp server database update now

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

Each time this command is executed, the DHCP bindings are saved to the backup file.

For this command to take effect, you must configure the DHCP auto backup by using the dhcp server database filename command.

Examples

# Manually save the DHCP bindings to the backup file.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp server database update now

Related commands

dhcp server database filename

dhcp server database update interval

dhcp server database update stop

Use dhcp server database update stop to terminate the download of DHCP bindings from the backup file.

Syntax

dhcp server database update stop

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

The DHCP server does not provide services during the binding download process. If the connection disconnects during the process, the waiting timeout timer is 60 minutes. When the timer expires, the DHCP server stops waiting and starts providing address allocation services.

To enable the DHCP server to provide services without waiting for the connection to be repaired, use this command to terminate the download immediately. The IP addresses associated with the undownloaded bindings will be assigned to clients. Address conflicts might occur.

Examples

# Terminate the download of the backup DHCP bindings.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp server database update stop

Related commands

dhcp server database filename

dhcp server database update interval

dhcp server database update now

dhcp server forbidden-ip

Use dhcp server forbidden-ip to exclude specific IP addresses from dynamic allocation.

Use undo dhcp server forbidden-ip to remove the configuration.

Syntax

dhcp server forbidden-ip start-ip-address [ end-ip-address ] [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

undo dhcp server forbidden-ip start-ip-address [ end-ip-address ] [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

Default

No IP addresses are excluded from dynamic allocation.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

start-ip-address: Specifies the start IP address.

end-ip-address: Specifies the end IP address, which cannot be lower than the start-ip-address. If you do not specify this argument, only the start-ip-address is excluded from dynamic allocation.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name. The MPLS L3VPN instance name is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. To specify an IP address on the public network, do not specify this option.

Usage guidelines

The IP addresses of some devices such as the gateway and FTP server cannot be assigned to clients. Use this command to exclude such addresses from dynamic allocation.

You can execute this command multiple times to exclude multiple IP address ranges from dynamic allocation.

If the excluded IP address is in a static DHCP binding, the address can be still assigned to the client.

The address or address range specified in the undo dhcp server forbidden-ip command must be the same as that specified in the dhcp server forbidden-ip command. To remove an IP address from the specified address range, you must remove the entire address range.

You can execute this command multiple times to exclude multiple IP address ranges from dynamic allocation.

Examples

# Exclude the IP addresses of 10.110.1.1 through 10.110.1.63 from dynamic allocation.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp server forbidden-ip 10.110.1.1 10.110.1.63

Related commands

forbidden-ip

static-bind

dhcp server ip-pool

Use dhcp server ip-pool to create a DHCP address pool and enter its view, or enter the view of an existing DHCP address pool.

Use undo dhcp server ip-pool to delete the specified DHCP address pool.

Syntax

dhcp server ip-pool pool-name

undo dhcp server ip-pool pool-name

Default

No DHCP address pools exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

pool-name: Specifies a DHCP address pool name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. The pool name uniquely identifies an address pool.

Usage guidelines

A DHCP address pool is used to store the configuration parameters to be assigned to DHCP clients.

Examples

# Create a DHCP address pool named pool1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp server ip-pool pool1

[Sysname-dhcp-pool-pool1]

Related commands

class ip-pool

dhcp server apply ip-pool

display dhcp server pool

dhcp server ping packets

Use dhcp server ping packets to set the maximum number of ping packets.

Use undo dhcp server ping packets to restore the default.

Syntax

dhcp server ping packets number

undo dhcp server ping packets

Default

The maximum number of ping packets is 1.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

number: Sets the maximum number of ping packets, in the range of 0 to 10. To disable the address conflict detection, set the value to 0.

Usage guidelines

To avoid IP address conflicts, the DHCP server pings an IP address before assigning it to a DHCP client.

If a ping attempt succeeds, the server determines that the IP address is in use and picks a new IP address. If all the ping attempts fail, the server assigns the IP address to the requesting DHCP client.

Examples

# Set the maximum number of ping packets to 10.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp server ping packets 10

Related commands

dhcp server ping timeout

display dhcp server conflict

reset dhcp server conflict

dhcp server ping timeout

Use dhcp server ping timeout to set the ping response timeout time on the DHCP server.

Use undo dhcp server ping timeout to restore the default.

Syntax

dhcp server ping timeout milliseconds

undo dhcp server ping timeout

Default

The ping response timeout time is 500 milliseconds.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

milliseconds: Specifies the timeout time in the range of 0 to 10000 milliseconds. To disable the ping operation for address conflict detection, set the value to 0 milliseconds.

Usage guidelines

To avoid IP address conflicts, the DHCP server pings an IP address before assigning it to a DHCP client.

Examples

# Set the response timeout time to 1000 milliseconds.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp server ping timeout 1000

Related commands

dhcp server ping packets

display dhcp server conflict

reset dhcp server conflict

dhcp server relay information enable

Use dhcp server relay information enable to enable the DHCP server to handle Option 82.

Use undo dhcp server relay information enable to configure the DHCP server to ignore Option 82.

Syntax

dhcp server relay information enable

undo dhcp server relay information enable

Default

The DHCP server handles Option 82.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

Upon receiving a DHCP request that contains Option 82, the server copies the original Option 82 into the response. If the server is configured to ignore Option 82, the response will not contain Option 82.

Examples

# Configure the DHCP server to ignore Option 82.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] undo dhcp server relay information enable

dhcp server reply-exclude-option60

Use dhcp server reply-exclude-option60 to disable the DHCP server from encapsulating Option 60 in DHCP replies.

Use undo dhcp server reply-exclude-option60 to restore the default.

Syntax

dhcp server reply-exclude-option60

undo dhcp server reply-exclude-option60

Default

The DHCP server can encapsulate Option 60 in DHCP replies.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

If you do not disable the capability, the DHCP server encapsulates Option 60 in a DHCP reply in the following situations:

· The received DHCP packet contains Option 60.

· Option 60 is configured for the address pool.

If you disable the capability, the DHCP server does not encapsulate Option 60 in DHCP replies.

Examples

# Disable the DHCP server from encapsulating Option 60 in DHCP replies.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp server reply-exclude-option60

display dhcp server conflict

Use display dhcp server conflict to display information about IP address conflicts.

Syntax

display dhcp server conflict [ ip ip-address ] [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

ip ip-address: Displays conflict information about the specified IP address. If you do not specify this option, this command displays information about all IP address conflicts.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name. The MPLS L3VPN instance name is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. To display conflict information about IP addresses on the public network, do not specify this option.

Usage guidelines

The DHCP server generates IP address conflict information in the following situations:

· Before assigning an IP address to a DHCP client, the DHCP server pings the IP address and discovers that another host is using the address.

· The DHCP client sends a DECLINE packet to the DHCP server to inform the server of an IP address conflict.

· The DHCP server discovers that the only assignable address in the address pool is its own IP address.

Examples

# Display information about all IP address conflicts.

<Sysname> display dhcp server conflict

IP address Detect time

4.4.4.1 Apr 25 16:57:20 2007

4.4.4.2 Apr 25 17:00:10 2007

Table 7 Command output

Field	Description
IP address	Conflicted IP address.
Detect time	Time when the conflict was discovered.

Related commands

reset dhcp server conflict

display dhcp server database

Use display dhcp server database to display information about DHCP binding auto backup.

Syntax

display dhcp server database

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Examples

# Display information about DHCP binding auto backup.

<Sysname> display dhcp server database

File name : database.dhcp

Username :

Password :

Update interval : 600 seconds

Latest write time : Feb 8 16:09:53 2014

Status : Last write succeeded.

Table 8 Command output

Field	Description
File name	Name of the DHCP binding backup file.
Username	Username for accessing the URL of the remote backup file.
Password	Password for accessing the URL of the remote backup file. This field displays ****** if a password is configured.
Update interval	Waiting time in seconds after a DHCP binding change for the DHCP server to update the backup file.
Latest write time	Time of the latest update.
Status	Status of the update: · Writing—The backup file is being updated. · Last write succeeded—The backup file was successfully updated. · Last write failed—The backup file failed to be updated.

display dhcp server expired

Use display dhcp server expired to display the lease expiration information.

Syntax

display dhcp server expired [ [ ip ip-address ] [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] | pool pool-name ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

ip ip-address: Displays lease expiration information about the specified IP address. If you do not specify an IP address, this command displays lease expiration information about all IP addresses.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name. The MPLS L3VPN instance name is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. To display lease expiration information about IP addresses on the public network, do not specify this option.

pool pool-name: Displays lease expiration information about the specified address pool. The pool name is a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. If you do not specify an address pool, this command displays lease expiration information about all address pools.

Usage guidelines

DHCP assigns these expired IP addresses to DHCP clients when all available addresses have been assigned.

Examples

# Display all lease expiration information.

<Sysname> display dhcp server expired

IP address Client-identifier/Hardware address Lease expiration

4.4.4.6 3030-3066-2e65-3230-302e-3130-3234 Apr 25 17:10:47 2007

-2d45-7468-6572-6e65-7430-2f31

Table 9 Command output

Field	Description
IP address	Expired IP address.
Client-identifier/Hardware address	Client ID or MAC address. For the client ID: · If an ASCII string is used as the client ID value, the type value is 00. · If the MAC address of an interface is used as the client ID value, the type value is 01. · If a hexadecimal string is used as the client ID value, the type value is the first two digits of the string.
Lease expiration	Time when the lease expired.

Related commands

reset dhcp server expired

display dhcp server free-ip

Use display dhcp server free-ip to display information about assignable IP addresses.

Syntax

display dhcp server free-ip [ pool pool-name | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

pool pool-name: Displays assignable IP addresses in the specified address pool. The pool name is a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. If you do not specify an address pool, this command displays all assignable IP addresses for all address pools.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name. The MPLS L3VPN instance name is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. To display assignable IP addresses in address pools for the public network, do not specify this option.

Examples

# Display assignable IP addresses in all address pools.

<Sysname> display dhcp server free-ip

Pool name: 1

Network: 10.0.0.0 mask 255.0.0.0

IP ranges from 10.0.0.10 to 10.0.0.100

IP ranges from 10.0.0.105 to 10.0.0.255

Secondary networks:

10.1.0.0 mask 255.255.0.0

IP ranges from 10.1.0.0 to 10.1.0.255

10.2.0.0 mask 255.255.0.0

IP Ranges from 10.2.0.0 to 10.2.0.255

Pool name: 2

Network: 20.1.1.0 mask 255.255.255.0

IP ranges from 20.1.1.0 to 20.1.1.255

Table 10 Command output

Field	Description
Pool name	Name of the address pool.
Network	Assignable network.
IP ranges	Assignable IP address range.
Secondary networks	Assignable secondary networks.

Related commands

address range

dhcp server ip-pool

network

display dhcp server ip-in-use

Use display dhcp server ip-in-use to display binding information about assigned IP addresses.

Syntax

display dhcp server ip-in-use [ [ ip ip-address ] [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] | pool pool-name ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

ip ip-address: Displays binding information about the specified assigned IP address. If you do not specify an IP address, this command displays binding information about all assigned IP addresses.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name. The MPLS L3VPN instance name is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. To display binding information on the public network, do not specify this option.

pool pool-name: Displays binding information about assigned IP addresses in the specified address pool. The pool name is a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. If you do not specify an address pool, this command displays binding information about assigned IP addresses in all address pools.

Usage guidelines

The binding information can be used by other security modules only when the DHCP server is configured on the gateway of DHCP clients.

If the lease deadline exceeds the year 2100, the lease expiration time is displayed as After 2100.

Examples

# Display binding information about all assigned DHCP addresses.

<Sysname> display dhcp server ip-in-use

IP address Client identifier/ Lease expiration Type

Hardware address

10.1.1.1 652e-3030-2e34 Not used Static(F)

10.1.1.2 3030-3030-2e30 May 1 14:02:49 2015 Auto(C)

10.1.1.3 652e-3030-2e54 After 2100 Static(C)

Table 11 Command output

Field	Description
IP address	IP address assigned.
Client identifier/Hardware address	Client ID or hardware address.
Lease expiration	Lease expiration time: · Exact time (May 1 14:02:49 2015 in this example)—Time when the lease will expire. · Not used—The IP address of the static binding has not been assigned to the specific client. · Unlimited—Infinite lease expiration time. · After 2100—The lease will expire after 2100.
Type	Binding types: · Static(F)—A free static binding whose IP address has not been assigned. · Static(O)—An offered static binding whose IP address has been selected and sent by the DHCP server in a DHCP-OFFER packet to the client. Static(C)—A committed static binding whose IP address has been assigned to the DHCP client. · Auto(O)—An offered temporary dynamic binding whose IP address has been dynamically selected by the DHCP server and sent in a DHCP-OFFER packet to the DHCP client. · Auto(C)—A committed dynamic binding whose IP address has been dynamically assigned to the DHCP client.

Related commands

reset dhcp server ip-in-use

display dhcp server pool

Use display dhcp server pool to display information about a DHCP address pool.

Syntax

display dhcp server pool [ pool-name | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

pool-name: Displays information about the specified address pool. The pool name is a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. If you do not specify the pool-name argument, this command displays information about all address pools.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name. The MPLS L3VPN instance name is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. To display information about address pools for the public network, do not specify this option.

Examples

# Display information about all DHCP address pools.

<Sysname> display dhcp server pool

Pool name: 0

Network 20.1.1.0 mask 255.255.255.0

class a range 20.1.1.50 20.1.1.60

bootfile-name abc.cfg

dns-list 20.1.1.66 20.1.1.67 20.1.1.68

domain-name www.aabbcc.com

bims-server ip 192.168.0.51 sharekey cipher $c$3$K13OmQPi791YvQoF2Gs1E+65LOU=

option 2 ip-address 1.1.1.1

expired 1 2 3 0

Pool name: 1

Network 20.1.1.0 mask 255.255.255.0

secondary networks:

20.1.2.0 mask 255.255.255.0

20.1.3.0 mask 255.255.255.0

bims-server ip 192.168.0.51 port 50 sharekey cipher $c$3$K13OmQPi791YvQoF2Gs1E+65LOU=

forbidden-ip 20.1.1.22 20.1.1.36 20.1.1.37

forbidden-ip 20.1.1.22 20.1.1.23 20.1.1.24

gateway-list 10.1.1.3 11.2.2.2 12.4.4.4

nbns-list 11.5.5.5 12.6.6.4 12.7.7.7

netbios-type m-node

option 2 ip-address 1.1.1.1

expired 1 0 0 0

Pool name: 2

Network 20.1.1.0 mask 255.255.255.0

address range 20.1.1.1 to 20.1.1.15

class departmentA range 20.1.1.20 to 20.1.1.29

class departmentB range 20.1.1.30 to 20.1.1.40

next-server 20.1.1.33

tftp-server domain-name www.dian.org.cn

tftp-server ip-address 192.168.0.120

voice-config ncp-ip 10.1.1.2

voice-config as-ip 10.1.1.5

voice-config voice-vlan 3 enable

voice-config fail-over 10.1.1.1 123*

option 2 ip-address 1.1.1.3

expired 1 0 0 0

Pool name: 3

static bindings:

ip-address 10.10.1.2 mask 255.0.0.0

hardware-address 00e0-00fc-0001 ethernet

ip-address 10.10.1.3 mask 255.0.0.0

client-identifier aaaa-bbbb

expired unlimited

Table 12 Command output

Field	Description
Pool name	Name of an address pool.
Network	Assignable network.
secondary networks	Assignable secondary networks.
address range	Assignable address range.
class class-name range	DHCP user class and its address range.
static bindings	Static IP-to-MAC/client ID bindings.
option	Customized DHCP option.
expired	Lease duration: 1 2 3 4 in this example refers to 1 day 2 hours 3 minutes 4 seconds.
bootfile-name	Boot file name
dns-list	DNS server IP address.
domain-name	Domain name suffix.
bims-server	BIMS server information.
forbidden-ip	IP addresses excluded from dynamic allocation.
gateway-list	Gateway addresses.
nbns-list	WINS server addresses.
netbios-type	NetBIOS node type.
next-server	Next server IP address.
tftp-server domain-name	TFTP server name.
tftp-server ip-address	TFTP server address.
voice-config ncp-ip	Primary network calling processor address.
voice-config as-ip	Backup network calling processor address.
voice-config voice-vlan	Voice VLAN.
voice-config fail-over	Failover route.

display dhcp server statistics

Use display dhcp server statistics to display the DHCP server statistics.

Syntax

display dhcp server statistics [ pool pool-name | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

pool pool-name: Specifies an address pool by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. If you do not specify this option, this command displays information about all address pools.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name. The MPLS L3VPN instance name is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. To display DHCP server statistics for the public network, do not specify this option.

Examples

# Display the DHCP server statistics.

<Sysname> display dhcp server statistics

Pool number: 1

Pool utilization: 0.39%

Bindings:

Automatic: 1

Manual: 0

Expired: 0

Conflict: 1

Messages received: 10

DHCPDISCOVER: 5

DHCPREQUEST: 3

DHCPDECLINE: 0

DHCPRELEASE: 2

DHCPINFORM: 0

BOOTPREQUEST: 0

Messages sent: 6

DHCPOFFER: 3

DHCPACK: 3

DHCPNAK: 0

BOOTPREPLY: 0

Bad Messages: 0

Table 13 Command output

Field	Description
Pool number	Total number of address pools. This field is not displayed when you display statistics for a specific address pool.
Pool utilization	Pool usage rate: · If you display statistics for all address pools, this field displays the usage rate of all address pools. · If you display statistics for an address pool, this field displays the pool usage rate of the specified address pool.
Bindings	Bindings include the following types: · Automatic—Number of dynamic bindings. · Manual—Number of static bindings. · Expired—Number of expired bindings.
Conflict	Total number of conflict addresses. This field is not displayed if you display statistics for a specific address pool.
Messages received	DHCP packets received from clients: · DHCPDISCOVER. · DHCPREQUEST. · DHCPDECLINE. · DHCPRELEASE. · DHCPINFORM. · BOOTPREQUEST. This field is not displayed if you display statistics for a specific address pool.
Messages sent	DHCP packets sent to clients: · DHCPOFFER. · DHCPACK. · DHCPNAK. · BOOTPREPLY. This field is not displayed if statistics about a specific address pool are displayed.
Bad Messages	Number of bad messages. This field is not displayed if you display statistics for a specific address pool.

Related commands

reset dhcp server statistics

dns-list

Use dns-list to specify DNS server addresses in a DHCP address pool.

Use undo dns-list to remove DNS server addresses from a DHCP address pool.

Syntax

dns-list ip-address&<1-8>

undo dns-list [ ip-address&<1-8> ]

Default

No DNS server address is specified.

Views

DHCP address pool view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ip-address&<1-8>: Specifies a space-separated list of up to eight DNS servers.

Usage guidelines

If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

If you do not specify any parameters, the undo dns-list command deletes all DNS server addresses in the DHCP address pool.

Examples

# Specify the DNS server address 10.1.1.254 in DHCP address pool 0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp server ip-pool 0

[Sysname-dhcp-pool-0] dns-list 10.1.1.254

Related commands

display dhcp server pool

domain-name

Use domain-name to specify a domain name in a DHCP address pool.

Use undo domain-name to restore the default.

Syntax

domain-name domain-name

undo domain-name

Default

No domain name is specified.

Views

DHCP address pool view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

domain-name: Specifies the domain name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 50 characters.

Usage guidelines

If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Specify the domain name company.com in address pool 0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp server ip-pool 0

[Sysname-dhcp-pool-0] domain-name company.com

Related commands

display dhcp server pool

expired

Use expired to set the lease duration in a DHCP address pool.

Use undo expired to restore the default lease duration for a DHCP address pool.

Syntax

expired { day day [ hour hour [ minute minute [ second second ] ] ] | unlimited }

undo expired

Default

The lease duration of a dynamic DHCP address pool is one day.

Views

DHCP address pool view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

day day: Specifies the number of days, in the range of 0 to 365.

hour hour: Specifies the number of hours, in the range of 0 to 23. The default is 0.

minute minute: Specifies the number of minutes, in the range of 0 to 59. The default is 0.

second second: Specifies the number of seconds, in the range of 0 to 59. The default is 0.

unlimited: Specifies the unlimited lease duration, which is actually 136 years.

Usage guidelines

The DHCP server assigns an IP address together with the lease duration to the DHCP client. Before the lease expires, the DHCP client must extend the lease duration.

· If the lease extension operation succeeds, the DHCP client can continue to use the IP address.

· If the lease extension operation does not succeed, both of the following events occur:

¡ The DHCP client cannot use the IP address after the lease duration expires.

¡ The DHCP server will label the IP address as an expired address.

Examples

# Set the lease duration to 1 day, 2 hours, 3 minutes, and 4 seconds in DHCP address pool 0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp server ip-pool 0

[Sysname-dhcp-pool-0] expired day 1 hour 2 minute 3 second 4

Related commands

display dhcp server expired

display dhcp server pool

reset dhcp server expired

forbidden-ip

Use forbidden-ip to exclude IP addresses from dynamic allocation in an address pool.

Use undo forbidden-ip to cancel the configuration.

Syntax

forbidden-ip ip-address&<1-8>

undo forbidden-ip [ ip-address&<1-8> ]

Default

No IP addresses are excluded from dynamic allocation in an address pool.

Views

DHCP address pool view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ip-address&<1-8>: Specifies a space-separated list of up to eight excluded IP addresses.

Usage guidelines

The excluded IP addresses in an address pool are still assignable in other address pools.

You can exclude a maximum of 4096 IP addresses in an address pool.

If you do not specify any parameters, the undo forbidden-ip command deletes all excluded IP addresses.

Examples

# Exclude IP addresses 192.168.1.3 and 192.168.1.10 from dynamic allocation in DHCP address pool 0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp server ip-pool 0

[Sysname-dhcp-pool-0] forbidden-ip 192.168.1.3 192.168.1.10

Related commands

dhcp server forbidden-ip

display dhcp server pool

gateway-list

Use gateway-list to specify gateway addresses in a DHCP address pool or a DHCP secondary subnet.

Use undo gateway-list to remove the specified gateway addresses from a DHCP address pool or a DHCP secondary subnet.

Syntax

gateway-list ip-address&<1-64> [ export-route ]

undo gateway-list [ ip-address&<1-64> ] [ export-route ]

Default

No gateway address is configured in a DHCP address pool or a DHCP secondary subnet.

Views

DHCP address pool view

DHCP secondary subnet view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ip-address&<1-64>: Specifies a space-separated list of up to 64 gateway addresses. Gateway addresses must reside on the same subnet as the assignable IP addresses.

export-route: Binds the gateways to the device's MAC address in the address management module. The ARP module will use the entries to reply to ARP requests from the DHCP clients. If you do not specify this keyword, the gateways will not be bound to the device's MAC address.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify any parameters, the undo gateway-list command deletes all gateway addresses.

The DHCP server assigns gateway addresses to clients on a secondary subnet in the following ways:

· If gateways are specified in both address pool view and secondary subnet view, DHCP assigns those specified in the secondary subnet view.

· If gateways are specified in address pool view but not in secondary subnet view, DHCP assigns those specified in address pool view.

Examples

# Specify the gateway address 10.1.1.1 in DHCP address pool 0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp server ip-pool 0

[Sysname-dhcp-pool-0] gateway-list 10.1.1.1

Related commands

display dhcp server pool

if-match

Use if-match to configure a match rule for a DHCP user class.

Use undo if-match to delete a match rule for a DHCP user class.

Syntax

if-match rule rule-number { hardware-address hardware-address mask hardware-address-mask | option option-code [ ascii ascii-string [ offset offset | partial ] | hex hex-string [ mask mask | offset offset length length | partial ] ] | relay-agent gateway-address }

undo if-match rule rule-number

Default

No match rules are configured for the DHCP user class.

Views

DHCP user class view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

rule rule-number: Assigns the match rule an ID in the range of 1 to 128. A smaller ID represents a higher match priority.

hardware-address hardware-address: Specifies a hardware address, a string of 4 to 39 characters. The string contains hyphen-separated hexadecimal numbers. The last hexadecimal number can be a two-digit or four-digit number, and the other hexadecimal numbers must be four-digit numbers. For example, aabb-ccdd-ee is valid, and aabb-c-dddd or aabb-cc-dddd is invalid.

mask hardware-address-mask: Specifies the mask for the match operation. The length of the mask must be the same as that of the hardware address.

option option-code: Specifies a DHCP option by its number in the range of 1 to 254.

ascii ascii-string: Specifies an ASCII string of 1 to 128 characters.

offset offset: Specifies the offset in bytes after which the match operation starts. The value range is 0 to 254. If you specify an ASCII string, a packet matches the rule if the option content after the offset is the same as the ASCII string. If you specify a hexadecimal string, a packet matches the rule if the option content of the specified length after the offset is the same as the hexadecimal string.

partial: Enables partial match. A packet matches a rule if the specified option in the packet contains the ASCII or hexadecimal string specified in the rule. For example, if the specified string is abc, option content xabc, xyzabca, xabcyz, and abcxyz all match the rule.

hex hex-string: Specifies a hexadecimal string. The length of the hexadecimal string must be an even number in the range of 2 to 256.

mask mask: Specifies the mask for the match operation. The mask is a hexadecimal string whose length is an even number in the range of 2 to 256 and must be the same as the hex-string length. The DHCP server selects a string of the mask length from the start of the option, and ANDs the selected string and the specified hexadecimal string with the mask. The packet matches the rule if the two AND operation results are the same.

length length: Specifies the length of the option content to be matched, in the range of 1 to 128 bytes. The length must be the same as the hex-string length.

relay-agent gateway-address: Specifies a giaddr field value. The value is an IPv4 address in the dotted decimal notation. A packet matches the rule if its giaddr field value is the same as that in the rule.

Usage guidelines

You can configure multiple match rules for a DHCP user class. Each match rule is uniquely identified by a rule ID within its type (hardware address, option, or relay agent address). The DHCP server compares the hardware address, option content, or relay agent address in the DHCP requests against the match rules. If a match is found, the DHCP client matches the DHCP user class.

As a best practice, do not configure rules of different types to use the same ID. Two rules cannot have the same content.

· If the rule that you are configuring has the same ID and type as an existing rule, the new rule overwrites the existing rule.

· If the rule that you are configuring has the same ID as an existing rule but a different type, the new rule takes effect and coexists with the existing rule.

When you configure an if-match hardware-address rule, follow these guidelines:

· A rule applies only to clients with MAC addresses. It does not match clients with hardware addresses of other types.

· The specified hardware address must be of the same length as the client hardware addresses to be matched. To match MAC addresses, the specified hardware address must be six bytes long.

· The fs and 0s in the mask for the hardware match operation can be noncontiguous. For example, the rule if-match rule 1 hardware-address 0094-0000-1100 mask ffff-0000-ff00 matches hardware addresses in which the first two bytes are 0094 and the fifth byte is 11.

When you configure an if-match option rule, follow these guidelines:

· To match packets that contain an option, specify only the option code.

· To match a hexadecimal string by AND operations, specify the option option-code hex hex-string mask mask options.

· To match a hexadecimal string directly, specify the option option-code hex hex-string [ offset offset length length | partial ] options.

If you do not specify the optional parameters, a packet matches a rule if the option content starts with the hexadecimal string.

· To match an ASCII string, specify the option option-code ascii ascii-string [ offset offset | partial ] options.

If you do not specify the optional parameters, a packet matches a rule if the option content starts with the ASCII string.

Examples

# Configure match rule 1 for the DHCP user class exam to match DHCP requests in which the hardware address is six bytes long and begins with 0094.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp class exam

[Sysname-dhcp-class-exam] if-match rule 1 hardware-address 0094-0000-0101 mask ffff-0000-0000

# Configure match rule 2 for the DHCP user class exam to match DHCP requests that contain Option 82.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp class exam

[Sysname-dhcp-class-exam] if-match rule 2 option 82

# Configure match rule 3 for the DHCP user class exam to match DHCP requests in which the highest bit of the fourth byte in Option 82 is 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp class exam

[Sysname-dhcp-class-exam] if-match rule 3 option 82 hex 00000080 mask 00000080

# Configure match rule 4 for the DHCP user class exam to match DHCP requests in which the first three bytes of Option 82 are 0x13ae92.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp class exam

[Sysname-dhcp-class-exam] if-match rule 4 option 82 hex 13ae92 offset 0 length 3

# Configure match rule 5 for the DHCP user class exam to match DHCP requests in which the Option 82 contains the string 0x13ae.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp class exam

[Sysname-dhcp-class-exam] if-match rule 5 option 82 hex 13ae partial

# Configure match rule 6 for the DHCP user class exam to match DHCP requests in which the giaddr field is 10.1.1.1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp class exam

[Sysname-dhcp-class-exam] if-match rule 6 relay-agent 10.1.1.1

Related commands

dhcp class

ip-in-use threshold

Use ip-in-use threshold to set a threshold for the address pool usage alarming.

Use undo ip-in-use threshold to restore the default.

Syntax

ip-in-use threshold threshold-value

undo ip-in-use threshold

Default

The address pool usage threshold is 100%.

Views

DHCP address pool view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

threshold-value: Specifies the threshold for the address pool usage percentage. The value range is 1 to 100.

Usage guidelines

If you execute this command in the same address pool view multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

When the address pool usage exceeds the threshold, the system sends log messages to the information center. According to the log information, you can optimize the address pool configuration. For more information about the information center, see Network Management and Monitoring Configuration Guide.

Examples

# Set the address pool usage threshold to 85%.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp server ip-pool p1

[Sysname-dhcp-pool-p1] ip-in-use threshold 85

nbns-list

Use nbns-list to specify WINS server addresses in a DHCP address pool.

Use undo nbns-list to remove the specified WINS server addresses.

Syntax

nbns-list ip-address&<1-8>

undo nbns-list [ ip-address&<1-8> ]

Default

No WINS server address is specified.

Views

DHCP address pool view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ip-address&<1-8>: Specifies a space-separated list of up to eight WINS server IP addresses.

Usage guidelines

If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

If you do not specify any parameters, the undo nbns-list command deletes all WINS server addresses.

Examples

# Specify the WINS server IP address 10.1.1.1 in DHCP address pool 0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp server ip-pool 0

[Sysname-dhcp-pool-0] nbns-list 10.1.1.1

Related commands

display dhcp server pool

netbios-type

Use netbios-type to specify the NetBIOS node type in a DHCP address pool.

Use undo netbios-type to restore the default.

Syntax

netbios-type { b-node | h-node | m-node | p-node }

undo netbios-type

Default

No NetBIOS node type is specified.

Views

DHCP address pool view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

b-node: Specifies the broadcast node. A b-node client sends the destination name in a broadcast message to get the name-to-IP mapping from a server.

h-node: Specifies the hybrid node. An h-node client unicasts the destination name to a WINS server. If it does not receive a response, the h-node client broadcasts the destination name to get the mapping from a server.

m-node: Specifies the mixed node. An m-node client broadcasts the destination name. If it does not receive a response, the m-node client unicasts the destination name to the WINS server to get the mapping.

p-node: Specifies the peer-to-peer node. A p-node client sends the destination name in a unicast message to get the mapping from the WINS server.

Usage guidelines

If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Specify the NetBIOS node type as p-node in DHCP address pool 0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp server ip-pool 0

[Sysname-dhcp-pool-0] netbios-type p-node

Related commands

display dhcp server pool

nbns-list

network

Use network to specify the subnet for dynamic allocation in a DHCP address pool.

Use undo network to remove the specified subnet.

Syntax

network network-address [ mask-length | mask mask ] [ export-route ] [ secondary ]

undo network network-address [ mask-length | mask mask ] [ secondary ]

Default

No subnet is specified in a DHCP address pool.

Views

DHCP address pool view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

network-address: Specifies the subnet for dynamic allocation. If no mask length or mask is specified, the natural mask will be used.

mask-length: Specifies the mask length in the range of 1 to 30.

mask mask: Specifies the mask in dotted decimal format.

export-route: Advertises the subnet assigned to DHCP clients. If you do not specify this keyword, the subnet will not be advertised.

secondary: Specifies the subnet as a secondary subnet. If you do not specify this keyword, this command specifies the primary subnet. If the addresses in the primary subnet are used up, the DHCP server can select addresses from a secondary subnet for clients.

Usage guidelines

You can use the secondary keyword to specify a secondary subnet and enter its view. In secondary subnet view, you can specify gateways by using the gateway-list command for DHCP clients in the secondary subnet.

You can specify only one primary subnet for a DHCP address pool. If you execute the network command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

You can specify up to 32 secondary subnets for a DHCP address pool.

The primary subnet and secondary subnets in a DHCP address pool must not have the same network address and mask.

If you have used the address range or class command in an address pool, you cannot specify a secondary subnet in the same address pool.

Modifying or removing the network configuration deletes the assigned addresses from the current address pool.

If you execute the network export-route command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Specify primary subnet 192.168.8.0/24 and secondary subnet 192.168.10.0/24 in DHCP address pool 0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp server ip-pool 0

[Sysname-dhcp-pool-0] network 192.168.8.0 mask 255.255.255.0

[Sysname-dhcp-pool-0] network 192.168.10.0 mask 255.255.255.0 secondary

[Sysname-dhcp-pool-0-secondary]

Related commands

display dhcp server pool

gateway-list

next-server

Use next-server to specify the IP address of a server in a DHCP address pool.

Use undo next-server to restore the default.

Syntax

next-server ip-address

undo next-server

Default

No server's IP address is specified in a DHCP address pool.

Views

DHCP address pool view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ip-address: Specifies the IP address of a server.

Usage guidelines

Upon startup, the DHCP client obtains an IP address and the specified server IP address. Then it contacts the specified server, such as a TFTP server, to get other boot information.

If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Specify a server's IP address 10.1.1.254 in DHCP address pool 0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp server ip-pool 0

[Sysname-dhcp-pool-0] next-server 10.1.1.254

Related commands

display dhcp server pool

option

Use option to customize a DHCP option.

Use undo option to remove a customized DHCP option.

Syntax

option code { ascii ascii-string | hex hex-string | ip-address ip-address&<1-8> }

undo option code

Default

No DHCP option is customized.

Views

DHCP address pool view

DHCP option group view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

code: Specifies the number of the customized option, in the range of 2 to 254, excluding 50 through 54, 56, 58, 59, 61, and 82.

ascii ascii-string: Specifies a case-sensitive ASCII string of 1 to 255 characters as the option content.

hex hex-string: Specifies a hexadecimal string as the option content. The string length must be an even number in the range of 2 to 256.

ip-address ip-address&<1-8>: Specifies a space-separated list of up to eight IP addresses as the option content.

Usage guidelines

The DHCP server fills the customized option with the specified ASCII string, hexadecimal string, or IP addresses, and sends it in a response to the client.

You can customize options for the following purposes:

· Add newly released options.

· Add options for which the vendor defines the contents, for example, Option 43.

· Add options for which the CLI does not provide a dedicated configuration command. For example, you can use the option 4 ip-address 1.1.1.1 command to define the time server address 1.1.1.1 for DHCP clients.

· Add all option values if the actual requirement exceeds the limit for a dedicated option configuration command. For example, the dns-list command can specify up to eight DNS servers. To specify more than eight DNS server, you must use the option 6 command to define all DNS servers.

DHCP options specified by dedicated commands take precedence over those specified by the option commands. For example, if a DNS server address is specified by both the dns-list command and the option 6 command, the server uses the address specified by the dns-list command.

DHCP options specified in DHCP option groups take precedence over those specified in DHCP address pools.

If you execute the option command multiple times with the same code specified, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Configure Option 7 to specify the log server address 2.2.2.2 in address pool 0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp server ip-pool 0

[Sysname-dhcp-pool-0] option 7 ip-address 2.2.2.2

Related commands

display dhcp server pool

reset dhcp server conflict

Use reset dhcp server conflict to clear IP address conflict information.

Syntax

reset dhcp server conflict [ ip ip-address ] [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ip ip-address: Clears conflict information about the specified IP address. If you do not specify this option, this command clears all address conflict information.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name. The MPLS L3VPN instance name is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. To clear conflict information about IP addresses on the public network, do not specify this option.

Usage guidelines

Address conflicts occur when dynamically assigned IP addresses have been statically configured for other hosts. After you modify the address pool configuration, the conflicted addresses might become assignable. To assign these addresses, use the reset dhcp server conflict command to clear the conflict information first.

Examples

# Clear all IP address conflict information.

<Sysname> reset dhcp server conflict

Related commands

display dhcp server conflict

reset dhcp server expired

Use reset dhcp server expired to clear binding information about expired IP addresses.

Syntax

reset dhcp server expired [ [ ip ip-address ] [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] | pool pool-name ]

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ip ip-address: Clears binding information about the specified expired IP address. If you do not specify an IP address, this command clears binding information about all expired IP addresses.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name. The MPLS L3VPN instance name is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. To clear lease expiration information about IP addresses on the public network, do not specify this option.

pool pool-name: Clears binding information about the expired IP addresses in the specified address pool. The pool name is a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. If you do not specify an address pool, this command clears binding information about expired IP addresses in all address pools.

Examples

# Clear binding information about all expired IP addresses.

<Sysname> reset dhcp server expired

Related commands

display dhcp server expired

reset dhcp server ip-in-use

Use reset dhcp server ip-in-use to clear binding information about assigned IP addresses.

Syntax

reset dhcp server ip-in-use [ [ ip ip-address ] [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] | pool pool-name ]

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ip ip-address: Clears binding information about the specified assigned IP address. If you do not specify an IP address, this command clears binding information about all assigned IP addresses.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name. The MPLS L3VPN instance name is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. To clear binding information on the public network, do not specify this option.

pool pool-name: Clears binding information about assigned IP addresses in the specified address pool. The pool name is a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. If you do not specify an address pool, this command clears binding information about assigned IP addresses in all address pools.

Usage guidelines

If you use this command to clear information about an assigned static binding, the static binding becomes an unassigned static binding.

Examples

# Clear binding information about the IP address 10.110.1.1.

<Sysname> reset dhcp server ip-in-use ip 10.110.1.1

Related commands

display dhcp server ip-in-use

reset dhcp server statistics

Use reset dhcp server statistics to clear DHCP server statistics.

Syntax

reset dhcp server statistics [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name. The MPLS L3VPN instance name is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. To clear DHCP server statistics for the public network, do not specify this option.

Examples

# Clear DHCP server statistics.

<Sysname> reset dhcp server statistics

Related commands

display dhcp server statistics

static-bind

Use static-bind to statically bind a client ID or MAC address to an IP address.

Use undo static-bind to remove a static binding.

Syntax

static-bind ip-address ip-address [ mask-length | mask mask ] { client-identifier client-identifier | hardware-address hardware-address [ ethernet | token-ring ] }

undo static-bind ip-address ip-address

Default

No static binding is specified in a DHCP address pool.

Views

DHCP address pool view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ip-address ip-address: Specifies the IP address of the static binding. The natural mask is used if no mask length or mask is specified.

mask-length: Specifies the mask length in the range of 1 to 30.

mask mask: Specifies the mask, in dotted decimal format.

client-identifier client-identifier: Specifies the client ID of the static binding, a string of 4 to 254 characters. The string can contain only hexadecimal numbers and hyphen (-), in the format of H-H-H…. The last H can be a two-digit or four-digit hexadecimal number while the other Hs must be all four-digit hexadecimal numbers. For example, aabb-cccc-dd is correct, and aabb-c-dddd and aabb-cc-dddd are not correct.

hardware-address hardware-address: Specifies the client hardware address of the static binding, a string of 4 to 39 characters. The string can contain only hexadecimal numbers and hyphen (-), in the format of H-H-H…. The last H can be a two-digit or four-digit hexadecimal number while the other Hs must be all four-digit hexadecimal numbers. For example, aabb-cccc-dd is correct, and aabb-c-dddd and aabb-cc-dddd are not correct.

ethernet: Specifies the client hardware address type as Ethernet. The default type is Ethernet.

token-ring: Specifies the client hardware address type as token ring.

Usage guidelines

The IP address of a static binding must not be an interface address of the DHCP server. Otherwise, an IP address conflict occurs, and the bound client cannot obtain the IP address.

You can specify multiple static bindings in an address pool. The total number of static bindings in all address pools cannot exceed 8192.

An IP address can be bound to only one DHCP client. To modify the binding for a DHCP client, first execute the undo form of the command to delete the existing binding and then create a new binding.

Examples

# Bind the IP address 10.1.1.1/24 to the client ID 00aa-aabb in DHCP address pool 0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp server ip-pool 0

[Sysname-dhcp-pool-0] static-bind ip-address 10.1.1.1 mask 255.255.255.0 client-identifier 00aa-aabb

Related commands

display dhcp server pool

tftp-server domain-name

Use tftp-server domain-name to specify a TFTP server name in a DHCP address pool.

Use undo tftp-server domain-name to restore the default.

Syntax

tftp-server domain-name domain-name

undo tftp-server domain-name

Default

No TFTP server name is specified.

Views

DHCP address pool view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

domain-name: Specifies the TFTP server name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 63 characters.

Usage guidelines

If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Specify the TFTP server name aaa in DHCP address pool 0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp server ip-pool 0

[Sysname-dhcp-pool-0] tftp-server domain-name aaa

Related commands

display dhcp server pool

tftp-server ip-address

Use tftp-server ip-address to specify a TFTP server address in a DHCP address pool.

Use undo tftp-server ip-address to restore the default.

Syntax

tftp-server ip-address ip-address

undo tftp-server ip-address

Default

No TFTP server address is specified.

Views

DHCP address pool view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ip-address: Specifies the IP address of a TFTP server.

Usage guidelines

If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Specify the TFTP server address 10.1.1.1 in DHCP address pool 0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp server ip-pool 0

[Sysname-dhcp-pool-0] tftp-server ip-address 10.1.1.1

Related commands

display dhcp server pool

tftp-server domain-name

valid class

Use valid class to add DHCP user classes to the whitelist.

Use undo valid class to remove DHCP user classes from the whitelist.

Syntax

valid class class-name&<1-8>

undo valid class class-name&<1-8>

Default

No DHCP user class is listed on the whitelist.

Views

DHCP address pool view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

class-name&<1-8>: Specifies a space-separated list of up to eight DHCP user classes by their names, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters.

Usage guidelines

For this command to take effect, you must enable the DHCP user class whitelist.

Examples

# Add DHCP user classes test1 and test2 to the whitelist in DHCP address pool 0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp server ip-pool 0

[Sysname-dhcp-pool-0] valid class test1 test2

Related commands

dhcp class

verify class

Use verify class to enable the DHCP user class whitelist.

Use undo verify class to disable the DHCP user class whitelist.

Syntax

verify class

undo verify class

Default

The DHCP user class whitelist is disabled.

Views

DHCP address pool view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

After you enable the DHCP user class whitelist, the DHCP server processes requests only from clients on the DHCP user class whitelist.

The DHCP user class whitelist does not take effect on clients that request static IP addresses, and the server always processes their requests.

Examples

# Enable the DHCP user class whitelist in DHCP address pool 0.

[Sysname] system-view

[Sysname] dhcp server ip-pool 0

[Sysname-dhcp-pool-0] verify class

Related commands

valid class

voice-config

Use voice-config to configure the content for Option 184 in a DHCP address pool.

Use undo voice-config to remove the Option 184 content from a DHCP address pool.

Syntax

voice-config { as-ip ip-address | fail-over ip-address dialer-string | ncp-ip ip-address | voice-vlan vlan-id { disable | enable } }

undo voice-config [ as-ip | fail-over | ncp-ip | voice-vlan ]

Default

No Option 184 content is configured in a DHCP address pool.

Views

DHCP address pool view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

as-ip ip-address: Specifies the IP address of the backup network calling processor.

fail-over ip-address dialer-string: Specifies the failover IP address and dialer string. The dialer-string is a string of 1 to 39 characters. Valid characters are digits and asterisk (*).

ncp-ip ip-address: Specifies the IP address of the primary network calling processor.

voice-vlan vlan-id: Specifies the voice VLAN ID in the range of 2 to 4094.

· disable: Disables the specified VLAN. DHCP clients will not take this VLAN as their voice VLAN.

· enable: Enables the specified VLAN. DHCP clients will take this VLAN as their voice VLAN.

Usage guidelines

If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Configure Option 184 in DHCP address pool 0. The primary and backup network calling processors are at 10.1.1.1 and 10.2.2.2, respectively. The voice VLAN 3 is enabled. The failover IP address is 10.3.3.3. The dialer string is 99*.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp server ip-pool 0

[Sysname-dhcp-pool-0] voice-config ncp-ip 10.1.1.1

[Sysname-dhcp-pool-0] voice-config as-ip 10.2.2.2

[Sysname-dhcp-pool-0] voice-config voice-vlan 3 enable

[Sysname-dhcp-pool-0] voice-config fail-over 10.3.3.3 99*

Related commands

display dhcp server pool

vpn-instance

Use vpn-instance to apply a DHCP address pool to a VPN instance.

Use undo vpn-instance to restore the default.

Syntax

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name

undo vpn-instance

Default

The DHCP address pool is not applied to any VPN instance.

Views

DHCP address pool view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name. The MPLS L3VPN instance name is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

Usage guidelines

If a DHCP address pool is applied to a VPN instance, the DHCP server assigns IP addresses in this address pool to clients in the specified VPN instance.

The DHCP server identifies the VPN instance to which a DHCP client belongs according to the following information:

· The client's VPN information stored in authentication modules.

· The VPN information of the DHCP server's interface that receives DHCP packets from the client.

The VPN information from authentication modules takes priority over the VPN information of the receiving interface.

Examples

# Apply address pool 0 to VPN instance abc.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp server ip-pool 0

[Sysname-dhcp-pool-0] vpn-instance abc

DHCP relay agent commands

dhcp relay check mac-address

Use dhcp relay check mac-address to enable MAC address check on the relay agent.

Use undo dhcp relay check mac-address to disable MAC address check on the relay agent.

Syntax

dhcp relay check mac-address

undo dhcp relay check mac-address

Default

The MAC address check feature is disabled.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

After you enable this feature, the DHCP relay agent processes a DHCP request as follows:

· Directly forwards the DHCP request if the giaddr field is not zero.

· Compares the chaddr field in the DHCP request with the source MAC address in the frame header if the giaddr field is zero. If they are the same, the DHCP relay agent forwards the request to the DHCP server. If they are not the same, the DHCP relay agent discards the request.

The MAC address check feature takes effect only when the dhcp select relay command has already been configured on the interface.

A DHCP relay agent changes the source MAC address of DHCP packets before sending them. You can enable MAC address check only on the DHCP relay agent directly connected to the DHCP clients.

Examples

# Enable MAC address check on the relay agent.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] dhcp relay check mac-address

Related commands

dhcp select relay

dhcp relay check mac-address aging time

Use dhcp relay check mac-address aging time to set the aging time for MAC address check entries on the DHCP relay agent.

Use undo dhcp relay check mac-address aging time to restore the default.

Syntax

dhcp relay check mac-address aging-time time

undo dhcp relay check mac-address aging-time

Default

The aging time is 30 seconds.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

time: Specifies the aging time for MAC address check entries, in the range of 30 to 600 seconds.

Usage guidelines

This command takes effect only after you execute the dhcp relay check mac-address command.

Examples

# Set the aging time to 60 seconds for MAC address check entries on the DHCP relay agent.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp relay check mac-address aging-time 60

dhcp relay client-information record

Use dhcp relay client-information record to enable recording client information in relay entries.

Use undo dhcp relay client-information record to disable the feature.

Syntax

dhcp relay client-information record

undo dhcp relay client-information record

Default

The DHCP relay agent does not record client information in relay entries.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

Client information is recorded only when the DHCP relay agent is configured on the gateway of DHCP clients. A relay entry contains information about a client such as the client's IP and MAC addresses.

Disabling recording of client information deletes all recorded relay entries.

Examples

# Enable recording of relay entries on the relay agent.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp relay client-information record

Related commands

dhcp relay client-information refresh

dhcp relay client-information refresh enable

dhcp relay client-information refresh

Use dhcp relay client-information refresh to set the interval at which the DHCP relay agent refreshes relay entries.

Use undo dhcp relay client-information refresh to restore the default.

Syntax

dhcp relay client-information refresh [ auto | interval interval ]

undo dhcp relay client-information refresh

Default

The refresh interval is automatically calculated based on the number of relay entries.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

auto: Automatically calculates the refresh interval. The more the entries, the shorter the refresh interval. The shortest interval is 50 ms.

interval interval: Specifies the refresh interval in the range of 1 to 120 seconds.

Usage guidelines

If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Set the refresh interval to 100 seconds.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp relay client-information refresh interval 100

Related commands

dhcp relay client-information record

dhcp relay client-information refresh enable

Use dhcp relay client-information refresh enable to enable the DHCP relay agent to periodically refresh dynamic relay entries.

Use undo dhcp relay client-information refresh enable to disable the DHCP relay agent to periodically refresh dynamic relay entries.

Syntax

dhcp relay client-information refresh enable

undo dhcp relay client-information refresh enable

Default

The DHCP relay agent periodically refreshes relay entries.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

A DHCP client unicasts a DHCP-RELEASE message to the DHCP server to release its IP address. The DHCP relay agent conveys the message to the DHCP server and does not remove the IP-to-MAC entry of the client.

With this feature, the DHCP relay agent uses a client's IP address and the relay interface's MAC address to periodically send a DHCP-REQUEST message to the DHCP server.

· If the server returns a DHCP-ACK message or does not return any message within an interval, the DHCP relay agent performs the following operations:

¡ Removes the relay entry.

¡ Sends a DHCP-RELEASE message to the DHCP server to release the IP address.

· If the server returns a DHCP-NAK message, the relay agent keeps the entry.

With this feature disabled, the DHCP relay agent does not remove relay entries automatically. After a DHCP client releases its IP address, you must use the reset dhcp relay client-information on the relay agent to remove the corresponding relay entry.

Examples

# Disable periodic refresh of relay entries.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] undo dhcp relay client-information refresh enable

Related commands

dhcp relay client-information record

dhcp relay client-information refresh

reset dhcp relay client-information

dhcp relay forward reply by-option82

Use dhcp relay forward reply by-option82 to configure the DHCP relay agent to forward DHCP replies based on Option 82.

Use undo dhcp relay forward reply by-option82 to restore the default.

Syntax

dhcp relay forward reply by-option82

undo dhcp relay forward reply by-option82

Default

The DHCP relay agent does not forward DHCP replies based on Option 82.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

This command takes effect only after you execute the dhcp relay information enable and dhcp relay information circuit-id commands.

Examples

# Configure the DHCP relay agent to forward DHCP replies based on Option 82.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] dhcp relay forward reply by-option82

Related commands

dhcp relay information circuit-id

dhcp relay information enable

dhcp relay gateway

Use dhcp relay gateway to specify a gateway address for DHCP clients on the DHCP relay interface.

Use undo dhcp relay gateway to restore the default.

Syntax

dhcp relay gateway ip-address

undo dhcp relay gateway

Default

The primary IP address of the DHCP relay interface is used as the gateway address for DHCP clients.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ip-address: Specifies a gateway address. The IP address must be the IP address of the relay interface.

Usage guidelines

The DHCP relay agent uses the specified IP address instead of the primary IP address of the relay interface as the gateway address for DHCP clients.

If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Specify 10.1.1.1 as the gateway address for DHCP clients on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] dhcp relay gateway 10.1.1.1

Related commands

gateway-list

dhcp relay information circuit-id

Use dhcp relay information circuit-id to configure the padding mode and padding format for the Circuit ID sub-option of Option 82.

Use undo dhcp relay information circuit-id to restore the default.

Syntax

dhcp relay information circuit-id { bas [ sub-interface-vlan ] | string circuit-id | { normal | verbose [ node-identifier { mac | sysname | user-defined node-identifier } ] [ interface ] } [ sub-interface-vlan ] [ format { ascii | hex } ] }

undo dhcp relay information circuit-id

Default

The padding mode is normal and the padding format is hex.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

bas: Specifies the bas mode that uses the interface and VLAN information to pad the Circuit ID sub-option.

sub-interface-vlan: Specifies the VLAN ID of the L2VE subinterface as the content for the Circuit ID sub-option. If you do not specify this keyword, the VLAN ID of the interface on which you configure this command is written to the sub-option. This keyword is available only for L3VE interfaces.

string circuit-id: Specifies the string mode that uses a case-sensitive string of 3 to 63 characters as the content of the Circuit ID sub-option.

normal: Specifies the normal mode, in which the padding content consists of the VLAN ID and port number.

verbose: Specifies the verbose mode. The padding content includes the node identifier, interface information, and VLAN ID. The default node identifier is the MAC address of the access node. The default interface information consists of the Ethernet type (fixed to eth), chassis number, slot number, sub-slot number, and interface number.

node-identifier { mac | sysname | user-defined node-identifier }: Specifies the access node identifier.

· mac: Uses the MAC address of the access node as the node identifier.

· sysname: Uses the device name as the node identifier. You can set the device name by using the sysname command in system view. The padding format for the device name is always ASCII regardless of the specified padding format.

NOTE:

If sysname is used as the node identifier, do not include any spaces when you set the device name. Otherwise, the DHCP relay agent fails to add or replace Option 82.

· user-defined node-identifier: Uses a case-sensitive string of 1 to 50 characters as the node identifier. The padding format for the specified character string is always ASCII regardless of the specified padding format.

interface: Uses the interface name as the interface information. The padding format for the interface name is always ASCII regardless of the specified padding format.

format: Specifies the padding format for the Circuit ID sub-option.

ascii: Specifies the ASCII padding format.

hex: Specifies the hex padding format.

Usage guidelines

The Circuit ID sub-option cannot carry information about interface splitting or subinterfaces. For more information about interface splitting and subinterfaces, see Interface Configuration Guide.

If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

The padding format for the normal mode or the verbose mode varies by command configuration. Table 14 shows how the padding format is determined for different modes.

Table 14 Padding format for different modes

Keyword (mode)	If no padding format is set	If the padding format is ascii	If the padding format is hex
normal	Hex.	ASCII.	Hex.
verbose	Hex for the VLAN ID. ASCII for the node identifier, Ethernet type, chassis number, slot number, sub-slot number, and interface number.	ASCII.	ASCII for the node identifier and Ethernet type. Hex for the chassis number, slot number, sub-slot number, interface number, and VLAN ID.

Keyword (mode)

If no padding format is set

If the padding format is ascii

If the padding format is hex

normal

Hex.

ASCII.

Hex.

verbose

Hex for the VLAN ID.

ASCII for the node identifier, Ethernet type, chassis number, slot number, sub-slot number, and interface number.

ASCII.

ASCII for the node identifier and Ethernet type.

Hex for the chassis number, slot number, sub-slot number, interface number, and VLAN ID.

Examples

# Specify the content mode as verbose, node identifier as the device name, and the padding format as ASCII for the Circuit ID sub-option.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] dhcp relay information enable

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] dhcp relay information strategy replace

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] dhcp relay information circuit-id verbose node-identifier sysname format ascii

Related commands

dhcp relay forward reply by-option82

dhcp relay information enable

dhcp relay information strategy

display dhcp relay information

dhcp relay information enable

Use dhcp relay information enable to enable the DHCP relay agent to support Option 82.

Use undo dhcp relay information enable to disable Option 82 support.

Syntax

dhcp relay information enable

undo dhcp relay information enable

Default

The DHCP relay agent does not support Option 82.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

This command enables the DHCP relay agent to add Option 82 to DHCP requests that do not contain Option 82 before forwarding the requests to the DHCP server. The content of Option 82 is determined by the dhcp relay information circuit-id and dhcp relay information remote-id commands. If the DHCP requests contain Option 82, the relay agent handles the requests according to the strategy configured with the dhcp relay information strategy command.

If this feature is disabled, the relay agent forwards requests that contain or do not contain Option 82 to the DHCP server.

Examples

# Enable Option 82 support on the relay agent.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] dhcp relay information enable

Related commands

dhcp relay forward reply by-option82

dhcp relay information circuit-id

dhcp relay information remote-id

dhcp relay information strategy

display dhcp relay information

dhcp relay information remote-id

Use dhcp relay information remote-id to configure the padding mode and padding format for the Remote ID sub-option of Option 82.

Use undo dhcp relay information remote-id to restore the default.

Syntax

dhcp relay information remote-id { normal [ format { ascii | hex } ] | string remote-id | sysname }

undo dhcp relay information remote-id

Default

The padding mode is normal and the padding format is hex.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

normal: Specifies the normal mode in which the padding content is the MAC address of the receiving interface.

format: Specifies the padding format for the Remote ID sub-option. The default padding format is hex.

ascii: Specifies the ASCII padding format.

hex: Specifies the Hex padding format.

string remote-id: Specifies the string mode that uses a case-sensitive string of 1 to 63 characters as the content of the Remote ID sub-option.

sysname: Specifies the sysname mode that uses the device name as the content of the Remote ID sub-option. You can set the device name by using the sysname command.

Usage guidelines

The padding format for the specified character string (string) or the device name (sysname) is always ASCII. The padding format for the normal mode is determined by the command.

If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Specify the padding content for the Remote ID sub-option of Option 82 as device001.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] dhcp relay information enable

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] dhcp relay information strategy replace

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] dhcp relay information remote-id string device001

Related commands

dhcp relay information enable

dhcp relay information strategy

display dhcp relay information

dhcp relay information strategy

Use dhcp relay information strategy to configure the strategy for the DHCP relay agent to handle messages containing Option 82.

Use undo dhcp relay information strategy to restore the default handling strategy.

Syntax

dhcp relay information strategy { drop | keep | replace }

undo dhcp relay information strategy

Default

The handling strategy for messages that contain Option 82 is replace.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

drop: Drops DHCP messages that contain Option 82 messages.

keep: Keeps the original Option 82 intact and forwards the DHCP messages.

replace: Replaces the original Option 82 with the configured Option 82 before forwarding the DHCP messages.

Usage guidelines

This command takes effect only on DHCP requests that contain Option 82.

For DHCP requests that do not contain Option 82, the DHCP relay agent always adds Option 82 to the requests before forwarding the requests to the DHCP server.

If the handling strategy is replace, configure a padding mode and padding format for Option 82. If the handling strategy is keep or drop, you do not need to configure any padding mode or padding format. The settings do not take effect even if you configure them.

Examples

# Specify the handling strategy for Option 82 as keep.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] dhcp relay information enable

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] dhcp relay information strategy keep

Related commands

dhcp relay forward reply by-option82

dhcp relay information enable

display dhcp relay information

dhcp relay release ip

Use dhcp relay release ip to release a client IP address.

Syntax

dhcp relay release ip ip-address [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ip-address: Specifies the IP address to be released.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies the MPLS L3VPN instance of the IP address. The vpn-instance-name is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If you do not specify a VPN instance, this command releases the IP address in the public network.

Usage guidelines

After you execute this command, the relay agent sends a DHCP-RELEASE packet to the DHCP server and removes the relay entry of the IP address. Upon receiving the packet, the server removes binding information about the specified IP address to release the IP address.

Examples

# Release the IP address 1.1.1.1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp relay release ip 1.1.1.1

dhcp relay server-address

Use dhcp relay server-address to specify DHCP servers on the DHCP relay agent.

Use undo dhcp relay server-address to remove DHCP servers.

Syntax

dhcp relay server-address ip-address

undo dhcp relay server-address [ ip-address ]

Default

No DHCP server is specified on the DHCP relay agent.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ip-address: Specifies the IP address of a DHCP server. The DHCP relay agent forwards DHCP packets received from DHCP clients to this DHCP server.

Usage guidelines

The specified IP address of the DHCP server must not reside on the same subnet as the IP address of the DHCP relay agent interface. Otherwise, the DHCP clients might fail to obtain IP addresses.

You can specify a maximum of eight DHCP servers on an interface. The DHCP relay agent forwards the packets from the clients to all the specified DHCP servers.

If you do not specify an IP address, the undo dhcp relay server-address command removes all DHCP servers on the interface.

Examples

# Specify the DHCP server 1.1.1.1 on the relay agent interface GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] dhcp relay server-address 1.1.1.1

Related commands

dhcp select relay

display dhcp relay interface

dhcp relay source-address

Use dhcp relay source-address to specify the source IP address for relayed DHCP requests.

Use undo dhcp relay source-address to restore the default.

Syntax

dhcp relay source-address { ip-address | gateway | relay-interface }

undo dhcp relay source-address

Default

The DHCP relay agent uses the IP address of the interface that connects to the DHCP server as the source IP address for relayed DHCP requests.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ip-address: Specifies the source IP address for relayed DHCP requests.

gateway: Uses the IP address in the giaddr field as the source IP address of the relayed DHCP requests. If the giaddr field is empty, the relay agent follows the default rule to specify the source IP address for relayed DHCP requests.

relay-interface: Uses the primary IP address of the relay interface as the source IP address. If this interface does not have an IP address, the relay agent follows the default rule to specify the source IP address for relayed DHCP requests.

Usage guidelines

If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Specify 1.1.1.1 as the source IP address for relayed DHCP requests on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] dhcp relay source-address 1.1.1.1

dhcp smart-relay enable

Use dhcp smart-relay enable to enable the DHCP smart relay feature.

Use undo dhcp smart-relay enable to disable the DHCP smart relay feature.

Syntax

dhcp smart-relay enable

undo dhcp smart-relay enable

Default

The DHCP smart relay feature is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

This command enables the smart relay feature on interfaces that are configured as the relay agent on the device.

The smart relay feature allows the relay agent to use secondary IP addresses as the gateway address when the DHCP server does not reply the DHCP-OFFER message. Without this feature, the relay agent always uses the primary IP address as the gateway address.

Examples

# Enable the DHCP smart relay feature.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp smart-relay enable

Related commands

dhcp select

gateway-list

display dhcp relay check mac-address

Use display dhcp relay check mac-address to display MAC address check entries on the relay agent.

Syntax

display dhcp relay check mac-address

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Examples

# Display MAC address check entries on the DHCP relay agent.

<Sysname> display dhcp relay check mac-address

Source-MAC Interface Aging-time

23f3-1122-adf1 GE1/0/1 10

23f3-1122-2230 GE1/0/2 30

Table 15 Command output

Field	Description
Source MAC	Source MAC address of the attacker.
Interface	Interface where the attack comes from.
Aging-time	Aging time of the MAC address check entry, in seconds.

display dhcp relay client-information

Use display dhcp relay client-information to display relay entries on the relay agent.

Syntax

display dhcp relay client-information [ interface interface-type interface-number | ip ip-address [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface interface-type interface-number: Displays relay entries on the specified interface. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays relay entries on all interfaces.

ip ip-address: Displays the relay entry for the specified IP address. If you do not specify an IP address, this command displays relay entries for all IP addresses.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Displays the relay entry for the specified IP address in the specified MPLS L3VPN instance. The vpn-instance-name is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If you do not specify a VPN instance, this command displays relay entries in the public network.

Usage guidelines

The DHCP relay agent records relay entries only when the dhcp relay client-information record command has been issued.

Examples

# Display all relay entries on the relay agent.

<Sysname> display dhcp relay client-information

Total number of client-information items: 2

Total number of dynamic items: 1

Total number of temporary items: 1

IP address MAC address Type Interface VPN name

10.1.1.1 00e0-0000-0001 Dynamic GE1/0/1 VPN1

10.1.1.5 00e0-0000-0000 Temporary Vlan2 VPN2

Table 16 Command output

Field	Description
Total number of client-information items	Total number of relay entries.
Total number of dynamic items	Total number of dynamic relay entries.
Total number of temporary items	Total number of temporary relay entries.
IP address	IP address of the DHCP client.
MAC address	MAC address of the DHCP client.
Type	Relay entry type: · Dynamic—The relay agent creates a dynamic relay entry upon receiving an ACK response from the DHCP server. · Temporary—The relay agent creates a temporary relay entry upon receiving a REQUEST packet from a DHCP client.
Interface	Layer 3 interface connected to the DHCP client. N/A is displayed for relay entries without interface information.
VPN name	Name of the VPN instance to which the DHCP client belongs. If the DHCP client does not belong to any VPN, this field displays N/A.

Related commands

dhcp relay client-information record

reset dhcp relay client-information

display dhcp relay information

Use display dhcp relay information to display Option 82 configuration information for the DHCP relay agent.

Syntax

display dhcp relay information [ interface interface-type interface-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface interface-type interface-number: Displays Option 82 configuration information for the specified interface. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays Option 82 configuration information about all interfaces.

Examples

# Display Option 82 configuration information for all interfaces.

<Sysname> display dhcp relay information

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

Status: Enable

Strategy: Replace

Circuit ID Pattern: Verbose

Remote ID Pattern: Sysname

Circuit ID format: Undefined

Remote ID format: ASCII

Node identifier: aabbcc

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/2

Status: Enable

Strategy: Replace

Circuit ID Pattern: User Defined

Remote ID Pattern: User Defined

Circuit ID format: ASCII

Remote ID format: ASCII

User defined:

Circuit ID: vlan100

Remote ID: device001

Table 17 Command output

Field			Description
Interface			Interface name.
Status		Option 82 states: · Enable—DHCP relay agent support for Option 82 is enabled. · Disable—DHCP relay agent support for Option 82 is disabled.
Strategy	Handling strategy for request messages containing Option 82, Drop, Keep, or Replace.
Circuit ID Pattern	Padding content mode of the Circuit ID sub-option, Verbose, Normal, or User Defined.
Remote ID Pattern	Padding content mode of the Remote ID sub-option, Sysname, Normal, or User Defined.
Circuit ID format-type	Padding format of the Circuit ID sub-option, ASCII, Hex, or Undefined.
Remote ID format-type	Padding format of the Remote ID sub-option, ASCII, Hex, or Undefined.
Node identifier				Access node identifier.
User defined				Content of the user-defined sub-options.
Circuit ID				User-defined content of the Circuit ID sub-option.
Remote ID				User-defined content of the Remote ID sub-option.

display dhcp relay server-address

Use display dhcp relay server-address to display DHCP server addresses configured on an interface.

Syntax

display dhcp relay server-address [ interface interface-type interface-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface interface-type interface-number: Displays DHCP server addresses on the specified interface. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays DHCP server addresses on all interfaces.

Examples

# Display DHCP server addresses on all interfaces.

<Sysname> display dhcp relay server-address

Interface name Server IP address

GE1/0/1 2.2.2.2

Table 18 Command output

Field	Description
Interface name	Interface name.
Server IP address	DHCP server IP address.

Related commands

dhcp relay server-address

display dhcp relay statistics

Use display dhcp relay statistics to display DHCP packet statistics on the DHCP relay agent.

Syntax

display dhcp relay statistics [ interface interface-type interface-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface interface-type interface-number: Displays DHCP packet statistics on the specified interface. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays all DHCP packet statistics on the DHCP relay agent.

Examples

# Display all DHCP packet statistics on the DHCP relay agent.

<Sysname> display dhcp relay statistics

DHCP packets dropped: 0

DHCP packets received from clients: 0

DHCPDISCOVER: 0

DHCPREQUEST: 0

DHCPINFORM: 0

DHCPRELEASE: 0

DHCPDECLINE: 0

BOOTPREQUEST: 0

DHCP packets received from servers: 0

DHCPOFFER: 0

DHCPACK: 0

DHCPNAK: 0

BOOTPREPLY: 0

DHCP packets relayed to servers: 0

DHCPDISCOVER: 0

DHCPREQUEST: 0

DHCPINFORM: 0

DHCPRELEASE: 0

DHCPDECLINE: 0

BOOTPREQUEST: 0

DHCP packets relayed to clients: 0

DHCPOFFER: 0

DHCPACK: 0

DHCPNAK: 0

BOOTPREPLY: 0

DHCP packets sent to servers: 0

DHCPDISCOVER: 0

DHCPREQUEST: 0

DHCPINFORM: 0

DHCPRELEASE: 0

DHCPDECLINE: 0

BOOTPREQUEST: 0

DHCP packets sent to clients: 0

DHCPOFFER: 0

DHCPACK: 0

DHCPNAK: 0

BOOTPREPLY: 0

Related commands

reset dhcp relay statistics

gateway-list

Use gateway-list to specify a list of gateways for DHCP clients in the relay address pool.

Use undo gateway-list to remove the specified gateway addresses from a DHCP relay address pool.

Syntax

gateway-list ip-address&<1-64> [ export-route ]

undo gateway-list [ ip-address&<1-64> ] [ export-route ]

Default

No gateway address is specified in a DHCP relay address pool.

Views

DHCP relay address pool view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ip-address&<1-64>: Specifies a space-separated list of up to 64 addresses. Gateway IP addresses must reside on the same subnet as the IP addresses assigned to the DHCP clients.

export-route: Binds the gateways to the device's MAC address in the address management module. The ARP module will use the entry to reply to ARP requests from the DHCP clients. If you do not specify this keyword, the gateways will not be bound to the device's MAC address.

Usage guidelines

DHCP clients of the same access type can be classified into different types by their locations. In this case, the relay interface typically has no IP address configured. You can use the gateway-list command to specify the gateway for clients matching the same relay address pool and bind the gateway address to the device's MAC address.

Upon receiving a DHCP DISCOVER or REQUEST from a client that matches a relay address pool, the relay agent processes the packet as follows:

1. Fills the giaddr field of the packet with the specified gateway address.

2. Forwards the packet to all DHCP servers in the matching relay address pool.

The DHCP servers select an address pool according to the gateway address.

Examples

# Specify the gateway address 10.1.1.1 in DHCP relay address pool 0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp server ip-pool 0

[Sysname-dhcp-pool-0] gateway-list 10.1.1.1

Related commands

dhcp smart-relay enable

remote-server

Use remote-server to specify a list of DHCP servers for a DHCP relay address pool.

Use undo remote-server to remove the configuration.

Syntax

remote-server ip-address&<1-8>

undo remote-server [ ip-address&<1-8> ]

Default

No DHCP server is specified for the DHCP relay address pool.

Views

DHCP relay address pool view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ip-address&<1-8>: Specifies a space-separated list of up to eight DHCP server addresses.

Usage guidelines

If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

If you do not specify a DHCP server address, the undo remote-server command removes all DHCP servers in the relay address pool.

Examples

# Specify DHCP server 10.1.1.1 for DHCP relay address pool 0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp server ip-pool 0

[Sysname-dhcp-pool-0] remote-server 10.1.1.1

reset dhcp relay client-information

Use reset dhcp relay client-information to clear relay entries on the DHCP relay agent.

Syntax

reset dhcp relay client-information [ interface interface-type interface-number | ip ip-address [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] ]

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interface interface-type interface-number: Clears relay entries on the specified interface. If you do not specify an interface, this command clears relay entries on all interfaces.

ip ip-address: Clears the relay entry for the specified IP address. If you do not specify an IP address, this command clears relay entries for all IP addresses.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Clears the relay entry for the specified IP address in the specified MPLS L3VPN instance. The vpn-instance-name is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If you do not specify a VPN instance, this command clears the relay entry in the public network.

Examples

# Clear all relay entries on the DHCP relay agent.

<Sysname> reset dhcp relay client-information

Related commands

display dhcp relay client-information

reset dhcp relay statistics

Use reset dhcp relay statistics to clear relay agent statistics.

Syntax

reset dhcp relay statistics [ interface interface-type interface-number ]

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command clears all DHCP relay agent statistics.

Examples

# Clear all DHCP relay agent statistics.

<Sysname> reset dhcp relay statistics

Related commands

display dhcp relay statistics

DHCP client commands

dhcp client dad enable

Use dhcp client dad enable to enable duplicate address detection.

Use undo dhcp client dad enable to disable duplicate address detection.

Syntax

dhcp client dad enable

undo dhcp client dad enable

Default

Duplicate address detection is enabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

DHCP client detects IP address conflict through ARP packets. An attacker can act as the IP address owner to send an ARP reply. This makes the client unable to use the IP address assigned by the server. As a best practice, disable duplicate address detection when ARP attacks exist on the network.

Examples

# Disable the duplicate address.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] undo dhcp client dad enable

dhcp client dscp

Use dhcp client dscp to set the DSCP value for DHCP packets sent by the DHCP client.

Use undo dhcp client dscp to restore the default.

Syntax

dhcp client dscp dscp-value

undo dhcp client dscp

Default

The DSCP value is 56 in DHCP packets sent by the DHCP client.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

dscp-value: Sets the DSCP value for DHCP packets, in the range of 0 to 63.

Usage guidelines

The DSCP value of a packet specifies the priority level of the packet and affects the transmission priority of the packet. A bigger DSCP value represents a higher priority.

Examples

# Set the DSCP value to 30 for DHCP packets sent by the DHCP client.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp client dscp 30

dhcp client identifier

Use dhcp client identifier to configure a DHCP client ID for an interface.

Use undo dhcp client identifier to restore the default.

Syntax

dhcp client identifier { ascii ascii-string | hex hex-string | mac interface-type interface-number }

undo dhcp client identifier

Default

An interface generates the DHCP client ID based on its MAC address. If the interface has no MAC address, it uses the MAC address of the first Ethernet interface to generate its client ID.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ascii ascii-string: Specifies a case-sensitive ASCII string of 1 to 63 characters as the client ID.

hex hex-string: Specifies a hexadecimal string of 4 to 64 characters as the client ID.

mac interface-type interface-number: Uses the MAC address of the specified interface as a DHCP client ID. The interface-type interface-number argument specifies an interface by its type and number.

Usage guidelines

A DHCP client ID is added to the DHCP option 61. A DHCP server can specify IP addresses for clients based on the DHCP client ID. You can specify a DHCP client ID by performing one of the following operations:

· Naming an ASCII string or hexadecimal string as the client ID.

· Using the MAC address of an interface to generate a client ID.

Whichever method you use, make sure the IDs for different DHCP clients are unique.

Examples

# Use the MAC address of GigabitEthernet 1/0/2 as the DHCP client ID for GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] dhcp client identifier mac gigabitethernet 1/0/2

Related commands

display dhcp client

Use display dhcp client to display DHCP client information.

Syntax

display dhcp client [ verbose ] [ interface interface-type interface-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

verbose: Displays detailed DHCP client information. If you do not specify this keyword, the command displays summary DHCP client information.

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays DHCP client information on all interfaces.

Examples

# Display DHCP client information on all interfaces.

<Sysname> display dhcp client

GigabitEthernet1/0/1 DHCP client information:

Current state: BOUND

Allocated IP: 40.1.1.20 255.255.255.0

Allocated lease: 259200 seconds, T1: 129600 seconds, T2: 226800 seconds

DHCP server: 40.1.1.2

# Display verbose DHCP client information on all interfaces.

<Sysname> display dhcp client verbose

GigabitEthernet1/0/1 DHCP client information:

Current state: BOUND

Allocated IP: 40.1.1.20 255.255.255.0

Allocated lease: 259200 seconds, T1: 129600 seconds, T2: 226800 seconds

Lease from May 21 19:00:29 2012 to May 31 19:00:29 2012

DHCP server: 40.1.1.2

Transaction ID: 0x1c09322d

Default router: 40.1.1.2

Classless static routes:

Destination: 1.1.0.1, Mask: 255.0.0.0, NextHop: 192.168.40.16

Destination: 10.198.122.63, Mask: 255.255.255.255, NextHop: 192.168.40.16

DNS servers: 44.1.1.11 44.1.1.12

Domain name: ddd.com

Boot servers: 200.200.200.200 1.1.1.1

ACS parameter:

URL: http://192.168.1.1:7547/acs

Username: bims

Password: ******

Client ID type: acsii(type value=00)

Client ID value: 000c.29d3.8659-GE1/0/1

Client ID (with type) hex: 0030-3030-632e-3239-

6433-2e38-3635-392d-

4574-6830-2f30-2f32

T1 will timeout in 1 day 11 hours 58 minutes 52 seconds.

Table 19 Command output

Field	Description
DHCP client information	Information about the interface that acts as the DHCP client.
Current state	Current state of the DHCP client: · HALT—The client stops applying for an IP address. · INIT—The initialization state. · SELECTING—The client has sent out a DHCP-DISCOVER message in search for a DHCP server and is waiting for the response from DHCP servers. · REQUESTING—The client has sent out a DHCP-REQUEST message requesting for an IP address and is waiting for the response from DHCP servers. · BOUND—The client has received the DHCP-ACK message from a DHCP server and obtained an IP address successfully. · RENEWING—The T1 timer expires. · REBOUNDING—The T2 timer expires.
Allocated IP	IP address allocated by the DHCP server.
Allocated lease	Allocated lease time.
T1	1/2 lease time (in seconds) of the DHCP client IP address.
T2	7/8 lease time (in seconds) of the DHCP client IP address.
Lease from….to….	Start and end time of the lease.
DHCP server	DHCP server IP address that assigned the IP address.
Transaction ID	Transaction ID, a random number chosen by the client to identify an IP address allocation.
Default router	Gateway address assigned to the client.
Classless static routes	Classless static routes assigned to the client.
Static routes	Classful static routes assigned to the client.
DNS servers	DNS server address assigned to the client.
Domain name	Domain name suffix assigned to the client.
Boot servers	PXE server addresses (up to 16 addresses) specified for the DHCP client, which are obtained through Option 43.
ACS parameter	Parameters about the ACS.
URL	URL of the ACS.
Username	Username for logging in to the ACS.
Password	Password for logging in to the ACS. If a password is configured, this field displays ******. If no password is configured, this field is not displayed.
Client ID type	DHCP client ID type: · If an ASCII string is used as the client ID value, the type value is 00. · If the MAC address of a specific interface is used as the client ID value, the type value is 01. · If a hexadecimal string is used as the client ID value, the type value is the first two characters in the string.
Client ID value	Value of the DHCP client ID.
Client ID (with type) hex	DHCP client ID with the type field, a hexadecimal string.
T1 will timeout in 1 day 11 hours 58 minutes 52 seconds.	How long the T1 (1/2 lease time) timer will timeout.

Related commands

dhcp client identifier

ip address dhcp-alloc

Use ip address dhcp-alloc to configure an interface to use DHCP for IP address acquisition.

Use undo ip address dhcp-alloc to cancel an interface from using DHCP.

Syntax

ip address dhcp-alloc

undo ip address dhcp-alloc

Default

An interface does not use DHCP for IP address acquisition.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

When you execute the undo ip address dhcp-alloc command, the interface sends a DHCP-RELEASE message to release the IP address obtained through DHCP. If the interface is down, the message cannot be sent out. This situation can occur when a subinterface obtained an IP address through DHCP, and the shutdown command is executed on its primary interface. The subinterface will fail to send a DHCP-RELEASE message.

Examples

# Configure interface GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to use DHCP for IP address acquisition.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ip address dhcp-alloc

Related commands

display dhcp client

DHCP snooping commands

DHCP snooping works between the DHCP client and the DHCP server or between the DHCP client and the relay agent. DHCP snooping does not work between the DHCP server and the DHCP relay agent.

The following matrix shows the feature and hardware compatibility:

Hardware	DHCP snooping compatibility
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE /810-LM-HK/MSR810-W-LM-HK	Yes
MSR810-LMS/810-LUS	No
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	Yes
MSR 2630	Yes
MSR3600-28/3600-51	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	Yes
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	Yes
MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	Yes
MSR 5620/5660/5680	Yes

dhcp snooping binding database filename

Use dhcp snooping binding database filename to configure the DHCP snooping device to back up DHCP snooping entries to a file.

Use undo dhcp snooping binding database filename to restore the default.

Syntax

dhcp snooping binding database filename { filename | url url [ username username [ password { cipher | simple } string ] ] }

undo dhcp snooping binding database filename

Default

The DHCP snooping device does not back up DHCP snooping entries.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

filename: Specifies the name of a local backup file. For information about the filename argument, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide.

url url: Specifies the URL of a remote backup file, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 255 characters. Do not include a username or password in the URL. Case sensitivity and the supported path format type vary by server.

cipher: Specifies a password in encrypted form.

simple: Specifies a password in plaintext form. For security purposes, the password specified in plaintext form will be stored in encrypted form.

Usage guidelines

This command automatically creates the file if you specify a nonexistent file.

With this command executed, the DHCP snooping device backs up DHCP snooping entries immediately and runs auto backup. The DHCP snooping device, by default, waits 300 seconds after a DHCP snooping entry change to update the backup file. To change the waiting period, use the dhcp snooping binding database update interval command. If no DHCP snooping entry changes, the backup file is not updated.

As a best practice, back up the DHCP snooping entries to a remote file. If you use the local storage medium, the frequent erasing and writing might damage the medium and then cause the DHCP snooping device to malfunction.

When the file is on a remote device, follow these restrictions and guidelines to specify the URL, username, and password:

· If the file is on an FTP server, enter URL in the following format: ftp://server address:port/file path, where the port number is optional.

· If the file is on a TFTP server, enter URL in the following format: tftp://server address:port/file path, where the port number is optional.

· The username and password must be the same as those configured on the FTP server. If the server authenticates only the username, the password can be omitted.

· If the IP address of the server is an IPv6 address, enclose the address in a pair of brackets, for example, ftp://[1::1]/database.dhcp.

· You can also specify the DNS domain name for the server address field, for example, ftp://company/database.dhcp.

Examples

# Configure the DHCP snooping device to back up DHCP snooping entries to the file database.dhcp.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp snooping binding database filename database.dhcp

# Configure the DHCP snooping device to back up DHCP snooping entries to the file database.dhcp in the working directory of the FTP server at 10.1.1.1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp snooping binding database filename url ftp://10.1.1.1/database.dhcp username 1 password simple 1

# Configure the DHCP snooping device to back up DHCP snooping entries to the file database.dhcp in the working directory of the TFTP server at 10.1.1.1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp snooping binding database filename tftp://10.1.1.1/database.dhcp

Related commands

dhcp snooping binding database update interval

Use dhcp snooping binding database update interval to set the waiting time for the DHCP snooping device to update the backup file after a DHCP snooping entry change.

Use undo dhcp snooping binding database update interval to restore the default.

Syntax

dhcp snooping binding database update interval interval

undo dhcp snooping binding database update interval

Default

The DHCP snooping device waits 300 seconds to update the backup file after a DHCP snooping entry change. If no DHCP snooping entry changes, the backup file is not updated.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interval: Specifies the waiting time in seconds, in the range of 60 to 864000.

Usage guidelines

When a DHCP snooping entry is learned, updated, or removed, the waiting period starts. The DHCP snooping device updates the backup file when the waiting period is reached. All changed entries during the period will be saved to the backup file.

The waiting time takes effect only after you configure the DHCP snooping entry auto backup by using the dhcp snooping binding database filename command.

Examples

# Set the waiting time to 600 seconds for the DHCP snooping device to update the backup file.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp snooping binding database update interval 600

Related commands

dhcp snooping binding database filename

dhcp snooping binding database update now

Use dhcp snooping binding database update now to manually save DHCP snooping entries to the backup file.

Syntax

dhcp snooping binding database update now

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

Each time this command is executed, the DHCP snooping entries are saved to the backup file.

This command takes effect only after you configure the DHCP snooping auto backup by using the dhcp snooping binding database filename command.

Examples

# Manually save DHCP snooping entries to the backup file.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp snooping binding database update now

Related commands

dhcp snooping binding database filename

dhcp snooping binding record

Use dhcp snooping binding record to enable recording of client information in DHCP snooping entries.

Use undo dhcp snooping binding record to disable recording of client information in DHCP snooping entries.

Syntax

dhcp snooping binding record

undo dhcp snooping binding record

Default

DHCP snooping does not record client information.

Views

Layer 2 Ethernet interface/Layer 2 aggregate interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

This command enables DHCP snooping on the port directly connecting to the clients to record client information in DHCP snooping entries.

Examples

# Enable recording of client information in DHCP snooping entries on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] dhcp snooping binding record

dhcp snooping check mac-address

Use dhcp snooping check mac-address to enable MAC address check for DHCP snooping.

Use undo dhcp snooping check mac-address to disable MAC address check for DHCP snooping.

Syntax

dhcp snooping check mac-address

undo dhcp snooping check mac-address

Default

MAC address check for DHCP snooping is disabled.

Views

Layer 2 Ethernet interface/Layer 2 aggregate interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

With MAC address check enabled, DHCP snooping compares the chaddr field of a received DHCP request with the source MAC address field in the frame header. If they are the same, DHCP snooping considers this request valid and forwards it to the DHCP server. If they are not the same, DHCP snooping discards the DHCP request.

Examples

# Enable MAC address check for DHCP snooping.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] dhcp snooping check mac-address

dhcp snooping check request-message

Use dhcp snooping check request-message to enable DHCP-REQUEST check for DHCP snooping.

Use undo dhcp snooping check request-message to disable DHCP-REQUEST check for DHCP snooping.

Syntax

dhcp snooping check request-message

undo dhcp snooping check request-message

Default

DHCP-REQUEST check for DHCP snooping is disabled.

Views

Layer 2 Ethernet interface/Layer 2 aggregate interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

DHCP-REQUEST packets include lease renewal packets, DHCP-DECLINE packets, and DHCP-RELEASE packets. This feature prevents unauthorized clients that forge DHCP-REQUEST packets from attacking the DHCP server.

With this feature enabled, DHCP snooping looks for a matching DHCP snooping entry for each received DHCP-REQUEST message.

· If a match is found, DHCP snooping compares the entry with the message. If they have consistent information, DHCP snooping considers the packet valid and forwards it to the DHCP server. If they have different information, DHCP snooping considers the message invalid and discards it.

· If no match is found, DHCP snooping forwards the message to the DHCP server.

Examples

# Enable DHCP-REQUEST check for DHCP snooping.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] dhcp snooping check request-message

dhcp snooping deny

Use dhcp snooping deny to configure a port as DHCP packet blocking port.

Use undo dhcp snooping deny to restore the default.

Syntax

dhcp snooping deny

undo dhcp snooping deny

Default

A port does not block DHCP requests.

Views

Layer 2 Ethernet interface/Layer 2 aggregate interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

A DHCP packet blocking port drops all incoming DHCP requests.

Examples

# Configure GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 as a DHCP packet blocking port.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-gigabitethernet 1/0/1] dhcp snooping deny

dhcp snooping enable

Use dhcp snooping enable to enable DHCP snooping.

Use undo dhcp snooping enable to disable DHCP snooping.

Syntax

dhcp snooping enable

undo dhcp snooping enable

Default

DHCP snooping is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

Use the DHCP snooping feature together with trusted port configuration. Before trusted ports are configured, all ports on the DHCP snooping device are untrusted and the device discards all responses sent from DHCP servers.

When DHCP snooping is disabled, the device forwards all responses from DHCP servers.

Examples

# Enable DHCP snooping.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp snooping enable

dhcp snooping information circuit-id

Use dhcp snooping information circuit-id to configure the padding mode and padding format for the Circuit ID sub-option.

Use undo dhcp snooping information circuit-id to restore the default.

Syntax

dhcp snooping information circuit-id { [ vlan vlan-id ] string circuit-id | { normal | verbose [ node-identifier { mac | sysname | user-defined node-identifier } ] } [ format { ascii | hex } ] }

undo dhcp snooping information circuit-id [ vlan vlan-id ]

Default

The padding mode is normal and the padding format is hex.

Views

Layer 2 Ethernet interface/Layer 2 aggregate interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

vlan vlan-id: Pads the Circuit ID sub-option for packets received from the specified VLAN. If you do not specify a VLAN, the device pads the Circuit ID sub-option for packets received from the default VLAN.

string circuit-id: Specifies the string mode, in which the padding content for the Circuit ID sub-option is a case-sensitive string of 3 to 63 characters.

normal: Specifies the normal mode. The padding content includes the VLAN ID and interface number.

verbose: Specifies the verbose mode.

node-identifier { mac | sysname | user-defined node-identifier }: Specifies the access node identifier. The padding content includes the node identifier, Ethernet type (fixed to eth), chassis number, slot number, sub-slot number, interface number, and VLAN ID. The node identifier varies by keyword mac, sysname, and user-defined.

· mac: Uses the MAC address of the access node as the node identifier. It is the default node identifier.

NOTE:

If sysname is used as the node identifier, do not include any spaces when you set the device name. Otherwise, the DHCP snooping device fails to add or replace the Option 82.

format: Specifies the padding format for the Circuit ID sub-option.

ascii: Specifies the ASCII padding format.

hex: Specifies the hex padding format.

Usage guidelines

The Circuit ID sub-option cannot carry information about interface splitting or subinterfaces. For more information about interface splitting and subinterfaces, see Interface Configuration Guide.

If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

The padding format for the user-defined string, the normal mode, or the verbose mode varies by command configuration. Table 20 shows how the padding format is determined for different modes.

Table 20 Padding format for different modes

Keyword (mode)	If no padding format is set	If the padding format is ascii	If the padding format is hex
string circuit-id	You cannot set a padding format, and the padding format is always ASCII.	N/A	N/A
normal	Hex.	ASCII.	Hex.
verbose	Hex for the VLAN ID. ASCII for the node identifier, Ethernet type, chassis number, slot number, sub-slot number, and interface number.	ASCII.	ASCII for the node identifier and Ethernet type. Hex for the chassis number, slot number, sub-slot number, interface number, and VLAN ID.

Examples

# Configure verbose as the padding mode, device name as the node identifier, and ASCII as the padding format for the Circuit ID sub-option.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] dhcp snooping information enable

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] dhcp snooping information strategy replace

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] dhcp snooping information circuit-id verbose node-identifier sysname format ascii

Related commands

dhcp snooping information enable

dhcp snooping information strategy

display dhcp snooping information

dhcp snooping information enable

Use dhcp snooping information enable to enable DHCP snooping to support Option 82.

Use undo dhcp snooping information enable to disable this feature.

Syntax

dhcp snooping information enable

undo dhcp snooping information enable

Default

DHCP snooping does not support Option 82.

Views

Layer 2 Ethernet interface/Layer 2 aggregate interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

This command enables DHCP snooping to add Option 82 into DHCP requests that do not contain Option 82 before forwarding the requests to the DHCP server. The content of Option 82 is determined by the dhcp snooping information circuit-id and dhcp snooping information remote-id commands. If the received DHCP request packets contain Option 82, DHCP snooping handles the packets according to the strategy configured with the dhcp snooping information strategy command.

If this feature is disabled, DHCP snooping forwards requests that contain or do not contain Option 82 to the DHCP server.

Examples

# Enable DHCP snooping to support Option 82.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] dhcp snooping information enable

Related commands

dhcp snooping information circuit-id

dhcp snooping information remote-id

dhcp snooping information strategy

dhcp snooping information remote-id

Use dhcp snooping information remote-id to configure the padding mode and padding format for the Remote ID sub-option.

Use undo dhcp snooping information remote-id to restore the default.

Syntax

dhcp snooping information remote-id { normal [ format { ascii | hex } ] | [ vlan vlan-id ] { string remote-id | sysname } }

undo dhcp snooping information remote-id [ vlan vlan-id ]

Default

The padding mode is normal and the padding format is hex.

Views

Layer 2 Ethernet interface/Layer 2 aggregate interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

vlan vlan-id: Pads the Remote ID sub-option for packets received from the specified VLAN. If you do not specify a VLAN, the device pads the Remote ID sub-option for packets received from the default VLAN.

string remote-id: Specifies the string mode that uses a case-sensitive string of 1 to 63 characters as the content of the Remote ID sub-option.

sysname: Specifies the sysname mode that uses the device name as the Remote ID sub-option. You can configure the device name by using the sysname command in system view.

normal: Specifies the normal mode. The padding content is the MAC address of the receiving interface.

format: Specifies the padding format for the Remote ID sub-option. The default padding format is hex.

ascii: Specifies the ASCII padding format.

hex: Specifies the hex padding format.

Usage guidelines

DHCP snooping uses ASCII to pad the specified string or device name for the Remote ID sub-option. The padding format for the normal padding mode is determined by the command configuration.

If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Pad the Remote ID sub-option with the character string device001.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] dhcp snooping information enable

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] dhcp snooping information strategy replace

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] dhcp snooping information remote-id string device001

Related commands

dhcp snooping information enable

dhcp snooping information strategy

display dhcp snooping information

dhcp snooping information strategy

Use dhcp snooping information strategy to configure the handling strategy for Option 82 in request messages.

Use undo dhcp snooping information strategy to restore the default.

Syntax

dhcp snooping information strategy { drop | keep | replace }

undo dhcp snooping information strategy

Default

The handling strategy for Option 82 in request messages is replace.

Views

Layer 2 Ethernet interface/Layer 2 aggregate interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

drop: Drops DHCP messages that contain Option 82.

keep: Keeps the original Option 82 intact and forwards the DHCP messages.

replace: Replaces the original Option 82 with the configured Option 82 before forwarding the DHCP messages.

Usage guidelines

This command takes effect only on DHCP requests that contain Option 82. For DHCP requests that do not contain Option 82, the DHCP snooping device always adds Option 82 into the requests before forwarding them to the DHCP server.

If the handling strategy is replace, configure a padding mode and padding format for Option 82. If the handling strategy is keep or drop, you do not need to configure any padding mode or padding format for Option 82. The settings do not take effect even if you configure them.

Examples

# Specify the handling strategy for Option 82 in request messages as keep.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] dhcp snooping information enable

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] dhcp snooping information strategy keep

Related commands

dhcp snooping information circuit-id

dhcp snooping information remote-id

dhcp snooping log enable

Use dhcp snooping log enable to enable DHCP snooping logging.

Use undo dhcp snooping log enable to disable DHCP snooping logging.

Syntax

dhcp snooping log enable

undo dhcp snooping log enable

Default

DHCP snooping logging is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

This command enables the DHCP snooping device to generate DHCP snooping logs and send them to the information center. For information about the log destination and output rule configuration in the information center, see Network Management and Monitoring Configuration Guide.

As a best practice, disable this feature if the log generation affects the device performance.

Examples

# Enable DHCP snooping logging.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dhcp snooping log enable

dhcp snooping max-learning-num

Use dhcp snooping max-learning-num to set the maximum number of DHCP snooping entries that an interface can learn.

Use undo dhcp snooping max-learning-num to restore the default.

Syntax

dhcp snooping max-learning-num max-number

undo dhcp snooping max-learning-num

Default

The maximum number of DHCP snooping entries for an interface to learn is unlimited.

Views

Layer 2 Ethernet interface/Layer 2 aggregate interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

max-number: Specifies the maximum number of DHCP snooping entries for an interface to learn. The value range is 1 to 4294967295.

Examples

# Allow the Layer 2 Ethernet interface GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to learn a maximum of 10 DHCP snooping entries.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] dhcp snooping max-learning-num 10

dhcp snooping trust

Use dhcp snooping trust to configure a port as a trusted port.

Use undo dhcp snooping trust to restore the default state of a port.

Syntax

dhcp snooping trust

undo dhcp snooping trust

Default

After you enable DHCP snooping, all ports are untrusted.

Views

Layer 2 Ethernet interface/Layer 2 aggregate interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

Specify the ports facing the DHCP server as trusted ports and specify the other ports as untrusted ports so DHCP clients can obtain valid IP addresses.

Examples

# Specify the Layer 2 Ethernet interface GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 as a trusted port.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] dhcp snooping trust

Related commands

display dhcp snooping trust

display dhcp snooping binding

Use display dhcp snooping binding to display DHCP snooping entries.

Syntax

display dhcp snooping binding [ ip ip-address [ vlan vlan-id ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

ip ip-address: Displays the DHCP snooping entry for the specified IP address. If you do not specify an IP address, this command displays DHCP snooping entries for all IP addresses.

vlan vlan-id: Specifies the VLAN ID where the IP address resides. If you do not specify a VLAN, this command displays DHCP snooping entries for the IP address in all VLANs.

Examples

# Display all DHCP snooping entries.

<Sysname> display dhcp snooping binding

2 DHCP snooping entries found

IP address MAC address Lease VLAN SVLAN Interface

=============== ============== ============ ===== ===== =================

1.1.1.7 0000-0101-0107 16907533 2 3 GE1/0/1

1.1.1.11 0000-0101-010b 16907537 2 3 GE1/0/3

Table 21 Command output

Field	Description
DHCP snooping entries found	Number of DHCP snooping entries.
IP address	IP address assigned to the DHCP client.
MAC address	MAC address of the DHCP client.
Lease	Remaining lease duration in seconds.
VLAN	When both DHCP snooping and QinQ are enabled or the DHCP packet contains two VLAN tags, this field identifies the outer VLAN tag. Otherwise, it identifies the VLAN where the port connecting the DHCP client resides.
SVLAN	When both DHCP snooping and QinQ are enabled or the DHCP packet contains two VLAN tags, this field identifies the inner VLAN tag. Otherwise, it displays N/A.
Interface	Port connected to the DHCP client.

Related commands

dhcp snooping enable

reset dhcp snooping binding

display dhcp snooping binding database

Use display dhcp snooping binding database to display information about DHCP snooping entry auto backup.

Syntax

display dhcp snooping binding database

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Examples

# Display information about DHCP snooping entry auto backup.

<Sysname> display dhcp snooping binding database

File name : database.dhcp

Username :

Password :

Update interval : 600 seconds

Latest write time : Feb 27 18:48:04 2012

Status : Last write succeeded.

Table 22 Command output

Field	Description
File name	Name of the DHCP snooping entry backup file.
Username	Username for accessing the URL of the remote backup file.
Password	Password for accessing the URL of the remote backup file. This field displays ****** if a password is configured.
Update interval	Waiting time in seconds after a DHCP snooping entry change for the DHCP snooping device to update the backup file.
Latest write time	Time of the latest update.
Status	Status of the update: · Writing—The backup file is being updated. · Last write succeeded—The backup file was successfully updated. · Last write failed—The backup file failed to be updated.

display dhcp snooping information

Use display dhcp snooping information to display Option 82 configuration on the DHCP snooping device.

Syntax

display dhcp snooping information { all | interface interface-type interface-number }

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

all: Displays Option 82 configuration on all Layer 2 Ethernet interfaces.

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number.

Examples

# Display Option 82 configuration on all interfaces.

<Sysname> display dhcp snooping information all

Interface: Bridge-Aggregation1

Status: Disable

Strategy: Drop

Circuit ID:

Padding format: User Defined

User defined: abcd

Format: ASCII

Remote ID:

Padding format: Normal

Format: ASCII

VLAN 10:

Circuit ID: abcd

Remote ID: company

Table 23 Command output

Field	Description
Interface	Interface name.
Status	Option 82 status, Enable or Disable.
Strategy	Handling strategy for DHCP requests that contain Option 82, Drop, Keep, or Replace.
Circuit ID	Content of the Circuit ID sub-option.
Padding format	Padding format of Option 82: · For Circuit ID sub-option, the padding format can be Normal, User Defined, Verbose (sysname), Verbose (MAC), or Verbose (user defined). · For Remote ID sub-option, the padding format can be Normal, Sysname, or User Defined.
Node identifier	Access node identifier.
User defined	Content of the user-defined sub-option.
Format	Code type of Option 82 sub-option: · For Circuit ID sub-option, the code type can be ASCII, Default, or Hex. · For Remote ID sub-option, the code type can be ASCII or Hex.
Remote ID	Content of the Remote ID sub-option.
VLAN	Pads Circuit ID sub-option and Remote ID sub-option in the DHCP packets received in the specified VLAN.

display dhcp snooping packet statistics

Use display dhcp snooping packet statistics to display DHCP packet statistics for DHCP snooping.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display dhcp snooping packet statistics

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display dhcp snooping packet statistics [ slot slot-number ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display dhcp snooping packet statistics [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by the slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays DHCP packet statistics for the active MPU. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays DHCP packet statistics for the master device. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays DHCP packet statistics for the global active MPU. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Examples

# Display DHCP packet statistics for DHCP snooping.

<Sysname> display dhcp snooping packet statistics

DHCP packets received : 100

DHCP packets sent : 200

Invalid DHCP packets dropped : 0

Related commands

reset dhcp snooping packet statistics

display dhcp snooping trust

Use display dhcp snooping trust to display information about trusted ports.

Syntax

display dhcp snooping trust

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Examples

# Display information about trusted ports.

<Sysname> display dhcp snooping trust

DHCP snooping is enabled.

Interface Trusted

=====================================

GigabitEthernet1/0/1 Trusted

Related commands

dhcp snooping trust

reset dhcp snooping binding

Use reset dhcp snooping binding to clear DHCP snooping entries.

Syntax

reset dhcp snooping binding { all | ip ip-address [ vlan vlan-id ] }

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

all: Clears all DHCP snooping entries.

ip ip-address: Clears the DHCP snooping entry for the specified IP address.

vlan vlan-id: Clears DHCP snooping entries for the specified VLAN. If you do not specify a VLAN, this command clears DHCP snooping entries for the default VLAN.

Usage guidelines

This command applies to all slots on a distributed device.

Examples

# Clear all DHCP snooping entries.

<Sysname> reset dhcp snooping binding all

Related commands

display dhcp snooping binding

reset dhcp snooping packet statistics

Use reset dhcp snooping packet statistics to clear DHCP packet statistics for DHCP snooping.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

reset dhcp snooping packet statistics

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

reset dhcp snooping packet statistics [ slot slot-number ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

reset dhcp snooping packet statistics [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number ]

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by the slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command clears DHCP packet statistics for the active MPU. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command clears DHCP packet statistics for the master device. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command clears DHCP packet statistics for the global active MPU. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Examples

# Clear DHCP packet statistics for DHCP snooping.

<Sysname> reset dhcp snooping packet statistics

Related commands

display dhcp snooping packet statistics

BOOTP client commands

display bootp client

Use display bootp client to display information about a BOOTP client.

Syntax

display bootp client [ interface interface-type interface-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays BOOTP client information on all interfaces.

Examples

# Display BOOTP client information on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> display bootp client interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

GigabitEthernet1/0/1 BOOTP client information:

Allocated IP: 169.254.0.2 255.255.0.0

Transaction ID: 0x3d8a7431

MAC Address: 00e0-fc0a-c3ef

Table 24 Command output

Field	Description
GigabitEthernet1/0/1 BOOTP client information	Information about the interface that acts as a BOOTP client.
Allocated IP	BOOTP client's IP address allocated by the BOOTP server.
Transaction ID	Value of the XID field in a BOOTP message. The BOOTP client chooses a random number for the XID field when sending a BOOTP request to the BOOTP server. It is used to match a response message from the BOOTP server. If the values of the XID field are different in the BOOTP response and request, the BOOTP client drops the BOOTP response.
Mac Address	MAC address of a BOOTP client.

Related commands

ip address bootp-alloc

Use ip address bootp-alloc to configure an interface to use BOOTP for IP address acquisition.

Use undo ip address bootp-alloc to cancel an interface from using BOOTP.

Syntax

ip address bootp-alloc

undo ip address bootp-alloc

Default

An interface does not use BOOTP for IP address acquisition.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Examples

# Configure GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to use BOOTP for IP address acquisition.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ip address bootp-alloc

Related commands

display bootp client

DNS commands

IPv6-related features are not supported on the following routers:

· MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS.

· MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI.

display dns domain

Use display dns domain to display the domain name suffixes.

Syntax

display dns domain [ dynamic ] [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

dynamic: Displays the domain name suffixes dynamically obtained through DHCP or other protocols. If you do not specify this keyword, the command displays the statically configured and dynamically obtained domain name suffixes.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. To display domain name suffixes on the public network, do not use this option.

Examples

# Display the statically configured and dynamically obtained domain name suffixes on the public network.

<Sysname> display dns domain

Type:

D: Dynamic S: Static

No. Type Domain suffix

1 S com

2 D net

Table 25 Command output

Field	Description
No.	Sequence number.
Type	Domain name suffix type: · S—A statically configured domain name suffix. · D—A domain name suffix dynamically obtained through DHCP or other protocols.
Domain suffix	Domain name suffixes.

Related commands

dns domain

display dns host

Use display dns host to display information about domain name-to-IP address mappings.

Syntax

display dns host [ ip | ipv6 ] [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

ip: Specifies type A queries. A type A query resolves a domain name to the mapped IPv4 address.

ipv6: Specifies type AAAA queries. A type AAAA query resolves a domain name to the mapped IPv6 address.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. To display domain name-to-IP address mappings for the public network, do not use this option.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify the ip or ipv6 keyword, this command displays domain name-to-IP address mappings of all query types.

Examples

# Display domain name-to-IP address mappings of all query types.

<Sysname> display dns host

Type:

D: Dynamic S: Static

Total number: 3

No. Host name Type TTL Query type IP addresses

1 sample.com D 3132 A 192.168.10.1

192.168.10.2

192.168.10.3

2 zig.sample.com S - A 192.168.1.1

3 sample.net S - AAAA FE80::4904:4448

Table 26 Command output

Field	Description
No.	Sequence number.
Host name	Domain name.
Type	Domain name-to-IP address mapping type: · S—A static mapping configured by the ip host or ipv6 host command. · D—A mapping dynamically obtained through dynamic domain name resolution.
TTL	Time in seconds that a mapping can be stored in the cache. For a static mapping, a hyphen (-) is displayed.
Query type	Query type, A or AAAA.
IP addresses	Replied IP address: · For a type A query, the replied IP address is an IPv4 address. · For a type AAAA query, the replied IP address is an IPv6 address.

Related commands

ip host

ipv6 host

reset dns host

display dns server

Use display dns server to display IPv4 DNS server information.

Syntax

display dns server [ dynamic ] [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

dynamic: Displays IPv4 DNS server information dynamically obtained through DHCP or other protocols. If you do not specify this keyword, the command displays statically configured and dynamically obtained IPv4 DNS server information.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. To display IPv4 DNS server information for the public network, do not use this option.

Examples

# Display IPv4 DNS server information for the public network.

<Sysname> display dns server

Type:

D: Dynamic S: Static

No. Type IP address

1 S 202.114.0.124

2 S 169.254.65.125

Table 27 Command output

Field	Description
No.	Sequence number.
Type	DNS server type: · S—A manually configured DNS server. · D—DNS server information dynamically obtained through DHCP or other protocols.
IP address	IPv4 address of the DNS server.

Related commands

dns server

display ipv6 dns server

Use display ipv6 dns server to display IPv6 DNS server information.

Syntax

display ipv6 dns server [ dynamic ] [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

dynamic: Displays IPv6 DNS server information dynamically obtained through DHCP or other protocols. If you do not specify this keyword, the command displays the statically configured and dynamically obtained IPv6 DNS server information.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name : Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. To display IPv6 DNS server information for the public network, do not use this option.

Examples

# Display IPv6 DNS server information for the public network.

<Sysname> display ipv6 dns server

Type:

D: Dynamic S: Static

No. Type IPv6 address Outgoing Interface

1 S 2::2

Table 28 Command output

Field	Description
No.	Sequence number.
Type	DNS server type: · S—A manually configured DNS server. · D—DNS server information dynamically obtained through DHCP or other protocols.
IPv6 address	IPv6 address of the DNS server.
Outgoing Interface	Output interface.

Related commands

ipv6 dns server

dns domain

Use dns domain to configure a domain name suffix.

Use undo dns domain to delete the specified domain name suffix.

Syntax

dns domain domain-name [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

undo dns domain domain-name [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

Default

No domain name suffix is configured. Only the provided domain name is resolved.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

domain-name: Specifies a domain name suffix. It is a dot-separated case-insensitive string that can include letters, digits, hyphens (-), underscores (_), and dots (.), for example, aabbcc.com. The domain name suffix can include a maximum of 253 characters, and each separated string includes no more than 63 characters.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. To specify a domain name suffix on the public network, do not use this option.

Usage guidelines

The resolver automatically uses the suffix list to supply the missing part of an incomplete name entered by a user for domain name resolution.

A domain name suffix applies to both IPv4 DNS and IPv6 DNS.

You can specify domain name suffixes for both public network and VPN instances.

The system allows a maximum of 16 domain name suffixes for the public network or each VPN instance.

Examples

# Configure the domain name suffix com for the public network.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dns domain com

Related commands

display dns domain

dns dscp

Use dns dscp to set the DSCP value for DNS packets sent by a DNS client or DNS proxy.

Use undo dns dscp to restore the default.

Syntax

dns dscp dscp-value

undo dns dscp

Default

The DSCP value in DNS packets is 0.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

dscp-value: Specifies the DSCP value in the range of 0 to 63.

Usage guidelines

The DSCP value of a packet specifies the priority level of the packet and affects the transmission priority of the packet. A bigger DSCP value represents a higher priority.

Examples

# Set the DSCP value to 30 for outgoing DNS packets.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dns dscp 30

dns proxy enable

Use dns proxy enable to enable DNS proxy.

Use undo dns proxy enable to disable DNS proxy.

Syntax

dns proxy enable

undo dns proxy enable

Default

DNS proxy is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

This configuration applies to both IPv4 DNS and IPv6 DNS.

Examples

# Enable DNS proxy.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dns proxy enable

dns server

Use dns server to specify the IPv4 address of a DNS server.

Use undo dns server to remove the IPv4 address of a DNS server.

Syntax

dns server ip-address [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

undo dns server [ ip-address ] [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

Default

No DNS server IPv4 address is specified.

Views

System view

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ip-address: Specifies the IPv4 address of a DNS server. When you execute the undo form of the command in interface view, you must specify this argument.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. To specify an IPv4 address on the public network, do not use this option.

Usage guidelines

In system view, you can specify a maximum of six DNS server IPv4 addresses for the public network or each VPN instance. You can specify DNS server IPv4 addresses for both public network and VPN instances.

In interface view, you can specify a maximum of six DNS server IPv4 addresses for the public network or each VPN instance. You can specify DNS server IPv4 addresses for both public network and VPN instances.

A DNS server IPv4 address specified in system view takes priority over a DNS server IPv4 address specified in interface view. A DNS server IPv4 address specified earlier has a higher priority. A DNS server IPv4 address manually specified takes priority over a DNS server IPv4 address dynamically obtained, for example, through DHCP. The device first sends a DNS query to the DNS server IPv4 address of the highest priority. If the first query fails, it sends the DNS query to the DNS server IPv4 address of the second highest priority, and so on.

If you do not specify an IPv4 address, the undo dns server command removes all DNS server IPv4 addresses on the public network or the specified VPN instance.

Examples

# Specify DNS server IPv4 address 172.16.1.1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dns server 172.16.1.1

# Specify DNS server IPv4 address 172.16.1.1 on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] dns server 172.16.1.1

Related commands

display dns server

dns source-interface

Use dns source-interface to specify the source interface for DNS packets.

Use undo dns source-interface to restore the default.

Syntax

dns source-interface interface-type interface-number [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

undo dns source-interface interface-type interface-number [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

Default

No source interface is specified for DNS packets. The device uses the primary IP address of the output interface of the matching route as the source IP address for a DNS request.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. To specify a source interface on the public network, do not use this option.

Usage guidelines

This configuration applies to both IPv4 and IPv6.

· In IPv4 DNS, the device uses the primary IPv4 address of the specified source interface as the source IP address of a DNS query.

· In IPv6 DNS, the device selects an IPv6 address of the source interface as the source IP address of a DNS query. The method of selecting the IPv6 address is defined in RFC 3484.

If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

You can specify source interfaces for both public network and VPN instances.

The system allows only one source interface for the public network or each VPN instance.

This command takes effect whether the source interface belongs to the VPN instance or not. As a best practice, specify an interface that belongs to the VPN instance as the source interface.

Examples

# Specify GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 as the source interface for DNS packets on the public network.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dns source-interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

dns spoofing

Use dns spoofing to enable DNS spoofing and specify the IPv4 address to spoof DNS requests.

Use undo dns spoofing to disable DNS spoofing.

Syntax

dns spoofing ip-address [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

undo dns spoofing ip-address [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

Default

DNS spoofing is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ip-address: Specifies the IPv4 address used to spoof DNS requests.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. To enable DNS spoofing on the public network, do not use this option.

Usage guidelines

Use the dns spoofing command together with the dns proxy enable command.

DNS spoofing enables the DNS proxy to send a spoofed reply with a configured IP address even if it cannot reach the DNS server because no dial-up connection is available. Without DNS spoofing, the proxy does not answer or forward a DNS request if it cannot find a local matching DNS entry or reach the DNS server.

You can configure DNS spoofing for both public network and VPN instances.

The system allows only one replied IPv4 address for the public network or each VPN instance. If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Enable DNS spoofing on the public network and specify the IPv4 address 1.1.1.1 to spoof DNS requests.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dns proxy enable

[Sysname] dns spoofing 1.1.1.1

Related commands

dns proxy enable

dns spoofing track

Use dns spoofing track to configure the DNS spoofing device to track the network mode of an output interface.

Use undo dns spoofing track to restore the default.

Syntax

dns spoofing track controller interface-type interface-number

undo dns spoofing track

Default

The DNS spoofing device does not track the network mode of an output interface.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

controller interface-type interface-number: Specifies an output interface by its type and number.

Usage guidelines

The DNS spoofing device spoofs DNS requests if the network mode of the output interface is 2G. This command takes effect on the cellular interface when the interface acts as the output interface to reach the DNS server.

Enable DNS spoofing by using the dns spoofing or ipv6 dns spoofing command before you configure this command.

If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Configure the device to spoof DNS requests by using the IP address 192.168.1.10, and to track the network mode of the output interface Cellular 0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dns proxy enable

[Sysname] dns spoofing 192.168.1.10

[Sysname] dns spoofing track controller cellular 0/1

Related commands

dns spoofing

ipv6 dns spoofing

dns trust-interface

Use dns trust-interface to specify a DNS trusted interface.

Use undo dns trust-interface to remove a DNS trusted interface.

Syntax

dns trust-interface interface-type interface-number

undo dns trust-interface [ interface-type interface-number ]

Default

No DNS trusted interface is specified.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number.

Usage guidelines

By default, an interface obtains DNS suffix and DNS server information from DHCP. A network attacker might act as the DHCP server to assign a wrong DNS suffix and DNS server address to the device. As a result, the device fails to obtain the resolved IP address or might get the wrong IP address. With the DNS trusted interface specified, the device only uses the DNS suffix and DNS server information obtained through the trusted interface to avoid attack.

This configuration applies to both IPv4 DNS and IPv6 DNS.

You can configure a maximum of 128 DNS trusted interfaces on the device.

If you do not specify an interface, the undo dns trust-interface command removes all DNS trusted interfaces and restores the default.

Examples

# Specify GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 as the DNS trusted interface.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dns trust-interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

ip host

Use ip host to create a host name-to-IPv4 address mapping.

Use undo ip host to remove a host name-to-IPv4 address mapping.

Syntax

ip host host-name ip-address [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

undo ip host host-name ip-address [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

Default

No host name-to-IPv4 address mappings exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

host-name: Specifies a host name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 253 characters. Valid characters are letters, digits, hyphens (-), underscores (_), and dots (.).

ip-address: Specifies the IPv4 address of the host.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. To create a host name-to-IP address mapping on the public network, do not specify this option.

Usage guidelines

You can configure host name-to-IPv4 address mappings for both public network and VPN instances.

The system allows a maximum of 1024 host name-to-IPv4 address mappings for the public network or each VPN instance.

For the public network or a VPN instance, each host name maps to only one IPv4 address. If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Do not use the ping command parameter ip, -a, -c, -f, -h, -i, -m, -n, -p, -q, -r, -s, -t, -tos, -v, or -vpn-instance as the host name. For more information about the ping command parameters, see Network Management and Monitoring Command Reference.

Examples

# Map the IPv4 address 10.110.0.1 to the host name aaa on the public network.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ip host aaa 10.110.0.1

Related commands

display dns host

ipv6 dns dscp

Use ipv6 dns dscp to set the DSCP value for IPv6 DNS packets sent by an IPv6 DNS client or DNS proxy.

Use undo ipv6 dns dscp to restore the default.

Syntax

ipv6 dns dscp dscp-value

undo ipv6 dns dscp

Default

The DSCP value for IPv6 DNS packets is 0.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

dscp-value: Specifies the DSCP value in the range of 0 to 63.

Usage guidelines

The DSCP value of a packet specifies the priority level of the packet and affects the transmission priority of the packet. A bigger DSCP value represents a higher priority.

Examples

# Set the DSCP value to 30 for outgoing IPv6 DNS packets.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ipv6 dns dscp 30

ipv6 dns server

Use ipv6 dns server to specify the IPv6 address of a DNS server.

Use undo ipv6 dns server to remove the IPv6 address of a DNS server.

Syntax

ipv6 dns server ipv6-address [ interface-type interface-number ] [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

undo ipv6 dns server [ ipv6-address [ interface-type interface-number ] ] [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

Default

No DNS server IPv6 address is specified.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ipv6-address: Specifies the IPv6 address of a DNS server.

interface-type interface-number: Specifies the output interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, the device forwards DNS packets out of the output interface of the matching route. Specify this argument if the IPv6 address of the DNS server is a link-local address. Do not specify this argument if the IPv6 address of the DNS server is a global unicast address.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. To specify a DNS server IPv6 address on the public network, do not use this option.

Usage guidelines

For dynamic DNS, the device sends a DNS query request to the DNS servers in the order their IPv6 addresses are specified.

You can specify DNS server IPv6 addresses for both public network and VPN instances.

The system allows a maximum of six DNS server IPv6 addresses for the public network or each VPN instance.

If you do not specify an IPv6 address, the undo ipv6 dns server command removes all DNS server IPv6 addresses on the public network or the specified VPN instance.

Examples

# Specify the DNS server IPv6 address 2002::1 for the public network.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ipv6 dns server 2002::1

Related commands

display ipv6 dns server

ipv6 dns spoofing

Use ipv6 dns spoofing to enable DNS spoofing and specify the IPv6 address to spoof DNS requests.

Use undo ipv6 dns spoofing to disable DNS spoofing.

Syntax

ipv6 dns spoofing ipv6-address [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

undo ipv6 dns spoofing ipv6-address [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

Default

DNS spoofing is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ipv6-address: Specifies the IPv6 address used to spoof DNS requests.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. To enable DNS spoofing on the public network, do not use this option.

Usage guidelines

Use the ipv6 dns spoofing command together with the dns proxy enable command.

DNS spoofing enables the DNS proxy on the device to send a spoofed reply with an IPv6 address in response to a type AAAA DNS request. Without DNS spoofing, the device does not forward or answer a request if no DNS server is specified or no DNS server is reachable.

You can configure DNS spoofing for both public network and VPN instances.

The system allows only one replied IPv6 address for the public network or each VPN instance. If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Enable DNS spoofing on the public network and specify the IPv6 address 2001::1 to spoof DNS requests.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dns proxy enable

[Sysname] ipv6 dns spoofing 2001::1

Related commands

dns proxy enable

ipv6 host

Use ipv6 host to create a host name-to-IPv6 address mapping.

Use undo ipv6 host to remove a host name-to-IPv6 address mapping.

Syntax

ipv6 host host-name ipv6-address [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

undo ipv6 host host-name ipv6-address [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

Default

No host name-to-IPv6 address mappings exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

host-name: Specifies a host name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 253 characters. It can include letters, digits, hyphens (-), underscores (_), and dots (.).

ipv6-address: Specifies the IPv6 address of the host.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. To create a host name-to-IPv6 address mapping on the public network, do not use this option.

Usage guidelines

You can configure host name-to-IPv6 address mappings for both public network and VPN instances.

The system allows a maximum of 1024 host name-to-IPv6 address mappings for the public network or each VPN instance.

For the public network or a VPN instance, each host name maps to only one IPv6 address. If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Do not use the ping ipv6 command parameter -a, -c, -i, -m, -q, -s, -t, -tc, -v, or -vpn-instance as the host name. For more information about the ping ipv6 command parameters, see Network Management and Monitoring Command Reference.

Examples

# Map the IPv6 address 2001::1 to the host name aaa on the public network.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ipv6 host aaa 2001::1

Related commands

ip host

reset dns host

Use reset dns host to clear dynamic DNS entries.

Syntax

reset dns host [ ip | ipv6 ] [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ip: Specifies type A queries. A type A query resolves a domain name to the mapped IPv4 address.

ipv6: Specifies type AAAA queries. A type AAAA query resolves a domain name to the mapped IPv6 address.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If you do not specify a VPN, this command clears the dynamic DNS entries for the public network.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify the ip or ipv6 keyword, the reset dns host command clears dynamic DNS entries of all query types.

Examples

# Clear dynamic DNS entries of all query types for the public network.

<Sysname> reset dns host

Related commands

display dns host

DDNS commands

The following matrix shows the feature and hardware compatibility:

Hardware	DDNS compatibility
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE /810-LM-HK/MSR810-W-LM-HK	Yes
MSR810-LMS/810-LUS	No
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	Yes
MSR 2630	Yes
MSR3600-28/3600-51	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	No
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	Yes
MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	Yes
MSR 5620/5660/5680	Yes

Hardware	DDNS compatibility
MSR810-LM-GL	Yes
MSR810-W-LM-GL	Yes
MSR830-6EI-GL	Yes
MSR830-10EI-GL	Yes
MSR830-6HI-GL	Yes
MSR830-10HI-GL	Yes
MSR2600-6-X1-GL	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI-GL	No

ddns apply policy

Use ddns apply policy to apply a DDNS policy to an interface for updating the mapping between the an FQDN and the primary IP address of the interface, and enable DDNS update.

Use undo ddns apply policy to remove the application of a DDNS policy from an interface and stop DDNS update.

Syntax

ddns apply policy policy-name [ fqdn domain-name ]

undo ddns apply policy policy-name

Default

No DDNS policy and FQDN for update are specified on the interface, and DDNS update is disabled.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

policy-name: Specifies a DDNS policy by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

fqdn domain-name: Specifies the FQDN to replace <h> in the URL for DDNS update. The domain-name argument specifies a case-insensitive string of 1 to 253 characters. It can include letters, digits, hyphens (-), underscores (_), and dots (.).

Usage guidelines

You can apply a maximum of four DDNS policies to an interface.

If you execute this command multiple times with the same DDNS policy name but different FQDNs, both of the following occur:

· The most recent configuration takes effect.

· The device initiates a DDNS update request immediately.

Examples

# Apply the DDNS policy steven_policy to GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to update the domain name-to-IP address mapping for FQDN www.whatever.com and enable DDNS update.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ddns apply policy steven_policy fqdn www.whatever.com

Related commands

ddns policy

display ddns policy

ddns dscp

Use ddns dscp to set the DSCP value for outgoing DDNS packets.

Use undo ddns dscp to restore the default.

Syntax

ddns dscp dscp-value

undo ddns dscp

Default

The DSCP value for outgoing DDNS packets is 0.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

dscp-value: Specifies the DSCP value in the range of 0 to 63.

Usage guidelines

The DSCP value of a packet specifies the priority level of the packet and affects the transmission priority of the packet. A bigger DSCP value represents a higher priority.

Examples

# Set the DSCP value to 30 for outgoing DDNS packets.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ddns dscp 30

ddns policy

Use ddns policy to create a DDNS policy and enter its view, or enter the view of an existing DDNS policy.

Use undo ddns policy to delete a DDNS policy.

Syntax

ddns policy policy-name

undo ddns policy policy-name

Default

No DDNS policies exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

policy-name: Specifies the DDNS policy name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

Usage guidelines

You can create a maximum of 16 DDNS policies on the device.

Examples

# Create a DDNS policy named steven_policy and enter its view.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ddns policy steven_policy

Related commands

ddns apply policy

display ddns policy

Use display ddns policy to display information about DDNS policies.

Syntax

display ddns policy [ policy-name ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

policy-name: Specifies a DDNS policy by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters. If you do not specify a DDNS policy, this command displays information about all DDNS policies.

Examples

# Display information about the DDNS policy steven_policy.

<Sysname> display ddns policy steven_policy

DDNS policy: steven_policy

URL : http://members.3322.org/dyndns/update?

system=dyndns&hostname=<h>&myip=<a>

Username : steven

Password : ******

Method : GET

SSL client policy:

Interval : 1 days 0 hours 1 minutes

# Display information about all DDNS policies.

<Sysname> display ddns policy

DDNS policy: steven_policy

URL : http://members.3322.org/dyndns/update?system=

dyndns&hostname=<h>&myip=<a>

Username : steven

Password : ******

Method : GET

SSL client policy:

Interval : 0 days 0 hours 30 minutes

DDNS policy: tom-policy

URL : http://members.3322.org/dyndns/update?system=

dyndns&hostname=<h>&myip=<a>

Username :

Password :

Method : GET

SSL client policy:

Interval : 0 days 0 hours 15 minutes

DDNS policy: u-policy

URL : oray://phservice2.oray.net

Username : username

Password :

Method : -

SSL client policy:

Interval : 0 days 0 hours 15 minutes

Table 29 Command output

Field	Description
DDNS policy	DDNS policy name.
URL	URL address for a DDNS update request. This field is empty if no URL address is configured.
Username	Username for logging in to the DDNS server. This field is empty if no username is configured.
Password	Password for logging in to the DDNS server. This field is empty if no password is configured and displays ****** if a password is configured.
Method	Parameter transmission method used to send HTTP/HTTPS-based DDNS update requests. Method types include GET and POST.
SSL client policy	Name of the associated SSL client policy. This field is empty if no SSL client policy is associated.
Interval	Interval for sending DDNS update requests.

Related commands

ddns policy

interval

Use interval to set the interval for sending DDNS update requests.

Use undo interval to restore the default.

Syntax

interval days [ hours [ minutes ] ]

undo interval

Default

The DDNS update request interval is one hour.

Views

DDNS policy view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

days: Days in the range of 0 to 365.

hours: Hours in the range of 0 to 23.

minutes: Minutes in the range of 0 to 59.

Usage guidelines

Whether the interval is reached or not, a DDNS update request is initiated immediately if either of the following conditions occurs:

· The primary IP address of the interface changes.

· The link state of the interface changes from down to up.

If you set the interval to 0, the device does not periodically initiate DDNS update requests. However, it initiates a DDNS update request in either of the following situations:

· The primary IP address of the interface changes.

· The link state of the interface changes from down to up.

If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect. If you change the interval for an applied DDNS policy, the device immediately initiates a DDNS update request and sets the interval as the update interval.

Examples

# Set the interval to one day and one minute for sending DDNS update requests for the DDNS policy steven_policy.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ddns policy steven_policy

[Sysname-ddns-policy-steven_policy] interval 1 0 1

Related commands

ddns policy

display ddns policy

method

Use method to specify the parameter transmission method for sending DDNS update requests to HTTP/HTTPS-based DDNS servers.

Use undo method to restore the default.

Syntax

method { http-get | http-post }

undo method

Default

The method http-get applies.

Views

DDNS policy view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

http-get: Uses the get operation.

http-post: Uses the post operation.

Usage guidelines

This command applies to DDNS updates in HTTP/HTTPS. If the DDNS server uses HTTP or HTTPS service, choose a parameter transmission method compatible with the DDNS server. For example, a DHS server supports the http-post method.

If the DDNS policy has been applied to an interface, a DDNS update is sent immediately after the parameter transmission is changed.

Examples

# Specify the parameter transmission method as http-post for DDNS update requests for DDNS policy steven_policy.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ddns policy steven_policy

[Sysname-ddns-policy-steven_policy] method http-post

Related commands

ddns policy

display ddns policy

password

Use password to specify the password for logging in to the DDNS server.

Use undo password to restore the default.

Syntax

password { cipher | simple } string

undo password

Default

No password is specified for logging in to the DDNS server.

Views

DDNS policy view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

cipher: Specifies a password in encrypted form.

simple: Specifies a password in plaintext form. For security purposes, the password specified in plaintext form will be stored in encrypted form.

string: Specifies the password. Its plaintext form is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 32 characters. Its encrypted form is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 73 characters.

Examples

# In the DDNS policy steven_policy, specify nevets as the password for logging in to the DDNS server.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ddns policy steven_policy

[Sysname-ddns-policy-steven_policy] password simple nevets

Related commands

ddns policy

display ddns policy

url

username

ssl-client-policy

Use ssl-client-policy to associate an SSL client policy with a DDNS policy.

Use undo ssl-client-policy to restore the default.

Syntax

ssl-client-policy policy-name

undo ssl-client-policy

Default

No SSL client policy is associated with a DDNS policy.

Views

DDNS policy view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

policy-name: Specifies a SSL client policy by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

Usage guidelines

The SSL client policy is effective only for HTTPS-based DDNS update requests.

If you execute this command multiple times with different SSL client policies, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Associate the SSL client policy ssl_policy with the DDNS policy steven_policy.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ddns policy steven_policy

[Sysname-ddns-policy-steven_policy] ssl-client-policy ssl_policy

Related commands

ddns policy

display ddns policy

ssl-client-policy (Security Command Reference)

url

Use url to specify the URL address for DDNS update requests.

Use undo url to restore the default.

Syntax

url request-url

undo url

Default

No URL address is specified for DDNS update requests.

Views

DDNS policy view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

request-url: Specifies the URL address, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 240 characters.

Usage guidelines

The URL addresses configured for update requests vary by DDNS server. Common DDNS server URL address formats are shown in Table 30.

Table 30 Common URL addresses for DDNS update request

DDNS server	URL addresses for DDNS update requests
www.3322.org	http://members.3322.org/dyndns/update?system=dyndns&hostname=<h>&myip=<a>
DYNDNS	http://members.dyndns.org/nic/update?system=dyndns&hostname=<h>&myip=<a>
DYNS	http://www.dyns.cx/postscript.php?host=<h>&ip=<a>
ZONEEDIT	http://dynamic.zoneedit.com/auth/dynamic.html?host=<h>&dnsto=<a>
TZO	http://cgi.tzo.com/webclient/signedon.html?TZOName=<h>IPAddress=<a>
EASYDNS	http://members.easydns.com/dyn/ez-ipupdate.php?action=edit&myip=<a>&host_id=<h>
HEIPV6TB	http://dyn.dns.he.net/nic/update?hostname=<h>&myip=<a>
CHANGE-IP	http://nic.changeip.com/nic/update?hostname=<h>&offline=1
NO-IP	http://dynupdate.no-ip.com/nic/update?hostname=<h>&myip=<a>
DHS	http://members.dhs.org/nic/hosts?domain=dyn.dhs.org&hostname=<h>&hostscmd=edit&hostscmdstage=2&type=1&ip=<a>
HP	https://server-name/nic/update?group=group-name&myip=<a>
ODS	ods://update.ods.org
GNUDIP	gnudip://server-name
PeanutHull	oray://phservice2.oray.net

Do not include the username or password in the URL address. To configure the username and password, use the username command and the password command.

HP and GNUDIP are common DDNS update protocols. The server-name parameter is the domain name or IP address of the service provider's server using one of the update protocols.

The URL address for an update request can start with:

· http://—The HTTP-based DDNS server.

· https://—The HTTPS-based DDNS server.

· ods://—The TCP-based ODS server.

· gnudip://—The TCP-based GNUDIP server.

· oray://—The TCP-based DDNS server.

The domain names of DDNS servers are members.3322.org and phservice2.oray.net. The domain names of PeanutHull DDNS servers can be phservice2.oray.net, phddns60.oray.net, client.oray.net, ph031.oray.net, and so on. Determine the domain name in the URL according to the actual situation.

The port number in the URL address is optional. If you do not specify a port number, the default port number is used. HTTP uses port 80, HTTPS uses port 443, and the PeanutHull server uses port 6060.

The system automatically performs the following tasks:

· Fills <h> with the FQDN that is specified when the DDNS policy is applied to the interface.

· Fills <a> with the primary IP address of the interface to which the DDNS policy is applied.

You can also manually specify an FQDN and an IP address in <h> and <a>, respectively. In this case, the FQDN that is specified when the DDNS policy is applied to an interface will not take effect. As a best practice, do not manually change the <h> and <a> because your configuration might be incorrect.

You cannot specify an FQDN and IP address in the URL address for contacting the PeanutHull server. Alternatively, you can specify an FQDN when applying the DDNS policy to an interface. The system automatically uses the primary IP address of the interface to which the DDNS policy is applied as the IP address for DDNS update.

To avoid misinterpretation, do not include colons (:), at signs (@), and question marks (?) in your login username or password, even if you can do so.

If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Specify the URL address for DDNS update requests for the DDNS policy steven_policy. The device contacts www.3322.org for DDNS update.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ddns policy steven_policy

[Sysname-ddns-policy-steven_policy] url http://members.3322.org/dyndns/update?system=dyndns&hostname=<h>&myip=<a>

Related commands

ddns policy

display ddns policy

password

username

Use username to specify the username for logging in to the DDNS server.

Use undo username to restore the default.

Syntax

username username

undo username

Default

No username is specified for logging in to the DDNS server.

Views

DDNS policy view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

username: Specifies the username, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

Examples

# In the DDNS policy steven_policy, specify steven as the username for logging in to the DDNS server.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ddns policy steven_policy

[Sysname-ddns-policy-steven_policy] username steven

Related commands

ddns policy

display ddns policy

password

url

NAT commands

Commands and descriptions for centralized devices apply to the following routers:

· MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS.

· MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1.

· MSR 2630.

· MSR3600-28/3600-51.

· MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI.

· MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC.

· MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660.

· MSR810-LM-GL/810-W-LM-GL/830-6EI-GL/830-10EI-GL/830-6HI-GL/830-10HI-GL/2600-6-X1-GL/3600-28-SI-GL.

Commands and descriptions for distributed devices apply to the following routers:

· MSR5620.

· MSR 5660.

· MSR 5680.

address

Use address to add an address range to a NAT address group.

Use undo address to remove an address range from a NAT address group.

Syntax

address start-address end-address

undo address start-address end-address

Default

No address ranges exist.

Views

NAT address group view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

start-address end-address: Specifies the start and end IP addresses of the address range. The end address must not be lower than the start address. If they are the same, the address range has only one IP address.

Usage guidelines

A NAT address group is a set of address ranges. The source address in a packet destined for an external network is translated into an address in one of the address ranges.

Each address range can contain a maximum of 65535 addresses.

Make sure the address ranges do not overlap.

Examples

# Add two address ranges to an address group.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] nat address-group 2

[Sysname-address-group-2] address 10.1.1.1 10.1.1.15

[Sysname-address-group-2] address 10.1.1.20 10.1.1.30

Related commands

nat address-group

block-size

Use block-size to set the port block size.

Use undo block-size to restore the default.

Syntax

block-size block-size

undo block-size

Default

The port block size is 256.

Views

NAT port block group view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

block-size: Specifies the number of ports in a port block. The value range for this argument is 1 to 65535.

Usage guidelines

Set an appropriate port block size based on the number of private IP addresses, the number of public IP addresses, and the port range in the port block group.

The port block size cannot be larger than the number of ports in the port range.

Examples

# Set the port block size to 1024 for port block group 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] nat port-block-group 1

[Sysname-port-block-group-1] block-size 1024

Related commands

nat port-block-group

display nat alg

Use display nat alg to display the NAT ALG status for all supported protocols.

Syntax

display nat alg

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Examples

# Display the NAT ALG status for all supported protocols.

<Sysname> display nat alg

NAT ALG:

DNS : Enabled

FTP : Disabled

H323 : Disabled

ICMP-ERROR : Disabled

ILS : Disabled

MGCP : Disabled

NBT : Disabled

PPTP : Disabled

RTSP : Disabled

RSH : Disabled

SCCP : Disabled

SIP : Disabled

SQLNET : Disabled

TFTP : Disabled

XDMCP : Disabled

Related commands

display nat all

Use display nat all to display all NAT configuration information.

Syntax

display nat all

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Examples

# (Centralized devices in standalone mode.) Display all NAT configuration information.

<Sysname> display nat all

NAT address group information:

Totally 5 NAT address groups.

Address group 1:

Port range: 1-65535

Address information:

Start address End address

202.110.10.10 202.110.10.15

Address group 2:

Port range: 1-65535

Address information:

Start address End address

202.110.10.20 202.110.10.25

202.110.10.30 202.110.10.35

Address group 3:

Port range: 1024-65535

Address information:

Start address End address

202.110.10.40 202.110.10.50

Address group 4:

Port range: 10001-65535

Port block size: 500

Extended block number: 1

Address information:

Start address End address

202.110.10.60 202.110.10.65

Address group 6:

Port range: 1-65535

Address information:

Start address End address

--- ---

NAT server group information:

Totally 3 NAT server groups.

Group Number Inside IP Port Weight

1 192.168.0.26 23 100

192.168.0.27 23 500

2 --- --- ---

3 192.168.0.26 69 100

NAT inbound information:

Totally 1 NAT inbound rules.

Interface: GigabitEthernet0/2

ACL: 2038

Address group ID: 2

Add route: Y NO-PAT:Y Reversible: N

VPN instance: vpn_nat

Rule name: abc

Priority: 1000

Config status: Active

NAT outbound information:

Totally 2 NAT outbound rules.

Interface: GigabitEthernet0/1

ACL: 2036

Address group ID: 1

Port-preserved: Y NO-PAT: N Reversible: N

Rule name: def

Priority: 1000

Config status: Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

The following items don't exist or aren't effective: address group, and ACL.

Interface: GigabitEthernet0/1

ACL: 2037

Address group ID: 1

Port-preserved: N NO-PAT: Y Reversible: Y

VPN instance: vpn_nat

Rule name: rabbit

Priority: 100

Config status: Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

The following items don't exist or aren't effective: ACL.

NAT internal server information:

Totally 5 internal servers.

Interface: GigabitEthernet0/1

Global ACL : 2000

Local IP/port : 192.168.10.1/23

Rule name : sept

Priority : 1000

Config status : Active

Interface: GigabitEthernet0/3

Protocol: 6(TCP)

Global IP/port: 50.1.1.1/23

Local IP/port : 192.168.10.15/23

ACL : 2000

Rule name : blue

Config status : Active

Interface: GigabitEthernet0/4

Protocol: 6(TCP)

Global IP/port: 50.1.1.1/23-30

Local IP/port : 192.168.10.15-192.168.10.22/23

Global VPN : vpn1

Local VPN : vpn3

Rule name : hat

Config status : Active

Interface: GigabitEthernet0/4

Protocol: 255(Reserved)

Global IP/port: 50.1.1.100/---

Local IP/port : 192.168.10.150/---

Global VPN : vpn2

Local VPN : vpn4

ACL : 3000

Rule name : hat

Priority : 3

Config status : Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

The following items don't exist or aren't effective: local VPN, and ACL.

Interface: GigabitEthernet0/5

Protocol: 17(UDP)

Global IP/port: 50.1.1.2/23

Local IP/port : server group 1

1.1.1.1/21 (Connections: 10)

192.168.100.200/80 (Connections: 20)

Global VPN : vpn1

Local VPN : vpn3

Config status : Active

Static NAT mappings:

Totally 2 inbound static NAT mappings.

Net-to-net:

Global IP : 2.2.2.1 – 2.2.2.255

Local IP : 1.1.1.0

Netmask : 255.255.255.0

Global VPN : vpn2

Local VPN : vpn1

ACL : 3000

Reversible : Y

Rule name : green

Priority : 4

Config status: Active

IP-to-IP:

Global IP : 5.5.5.5

Local IP : 4.4.4.4

Global VPN : vpn3

Local VPN : vpn4

ACL : 2001

Reversible : Y

Rule name : blue

Priority : 4

Config status: Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

The following items don't exist or aren't effective: local VPN, global VPN, and ACL.

Totally 2 outbound static NAT mappings.

Net-to-net:

Local IP : 1.1.1.1 - 1.1.1.255

Global IP : 2.2.2.0

Netmask : 255.255.255.0

Local VPN : vpn1

Global VPN : vpn2

ACL : 3000

Reversible : Y

Rule name : yellow

Priority : 5

Config status: Active

IP-to-IP:

Local IP : 4.4.4.4

Global IP : 5.5.5.5

Local VPN : vpn1

Global VPN : vpn2

ACL: : 2001

Reversible : Y

Rule name : pink

Priority : 6

Config status: Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

The following items don't exist or aren't effective: ACL.

Interfaces enabled with static NAT:

Totally 2 interfaces enabled with static NAT.

Interface: GigabitEthernet0/2

Config status: Active

Interface: GigabitEthernet0/3

Config status: Active

NAT DNS mappings:

Totally 2 NAT DNS mappings.

Domain name : www.server.com

Global IP : 6.6.6.6

Global port : 23

Protocol : TCP(6)

Config status: Active

Domain name : www.service.com

Global IP : ---

Global port : 12

Protocol : TCP(6)

Config status: Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

The following items don't exist or aren't effective: interface IP address.

NAT logging:

Log enable : Enabled(ACL 2000)

Flow-begin : Disabled

Flow-end : Disabled

Flow-active : Enabled(10 minutes)

Port-block-assign : Disabled

Port-block-withdraw : Disabled

Alarm : Disabled

NAT hairpinning:

Totally 2 interfaces enabled with NAT hairpinning.

Interface: GigabitEthernet0/1

Config status: Active

Interface: GigabitEthernet0/2

Config status: Active

NAT mapping behavior:

Mapping mode : Endpoint-Independent

ACL : 2050

Config status: Active

NAT ALG:

DNS : Enabled

FTP : Enabled

H323 : Disabled

ICMP-ERROR : Enabled

ILS : Disabled

MGCP : Disabled

NBT : Disabled

PPTP : Enabled

RTSP : Enabled

RSH : Disabled

SCCP : Disabled

SIP : Disabled

SQLNET : Disabled

TFTP : Disabled

XDMCP : Disabled

NAT port block group information:

Totally 3 NAT port block groups.

Port block group 1:

Port range: 1-65535

Block size: 256

Local IP address information:

Start address End address VPN instance

172.16.1.1 172.16.1.254 ---

192.168.1.1 192.168.1.254 vpna

192.168.3.1 192.168.3.254 vpna

Global IP pool information:

Start address End address

201.1.1.1 201.1.1.10

201.1.1.21 201.1.1.25

Port block group 2:

Port range: 10001-30000

Block size: 500

Local IP address information:

Start address End address VPN instance

10.1.1.1 10.1.10.255 vpnb

Global IP pool information:

Start address End address

202.10.10.101 202.10.10.120

Port block group 3:

Port range: 1-65535

Block size: 256

Local IP address information:

Start address End address VPN instance

--- --- ---

Global IP pool information:

Start address End address

--- ---

NAT outbound port block group information:

Totally 2 outbound port block group items.

Interface: GigabitEthernet0/2

port-block-group: 2

Rule name : red

Priority : 4

Config status : Active

Interface: GigabitEthernet0/2

port-block-group: 10

Rule name: lee

Config status : Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

The following items don't exist or aren't effective: port block group.

Static NAT load balancing: Disabled

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode.) Display all NAT configuration information.

<Sysname> display nat all

NAT address group information:

Totally 5 NAT address groups.

Address group 1:

Port range: 1-65535

Address information:

Start address End address

202.110.10.10 202.110.10.15

Address group 2:

Port range: 1-65535

Address information:

Start address End address

202.110.10.20 202.110.10.25

202.110.10.30 202.110.10.35

Address group 3:

Port range: 1024-65535

Address information:

Start address End address

202.110.10.40 202.110.10.50

Address group 4:

Port range: 10001-65535

Port block size: 500

Extended block number: 1

Address information:

Start address End address

202.110.10.60 202.110.10.65

Address group 6:

Port range: 1-65535

Address information:

Start address End address

--- ---

NAT server group information:

Totally 3 NAT server groups.

Group Number Inside IP Port Weight

1 192.168.0.26 23 100

192.168.0.27 23 500

2 --- --- ---

3 192.168.0.26 69 100

NAT inbound information:

Totally 1 NAT inbound rules.

Interface: GigabitEthernet2/0/1

ACL: 2038

Address group ID: 2

Add route: Y NO-PAT: Y Reversible: N

VPN instance: vpn_nat

Rule name: abcdefg

Priority: 1000

Config status: Active

NAT outbound information:

Totally 2 NAT outbound rules.

Interface: GigabitEthernet2/0/2

ACL: 2036

Address group ID: 1

Port-preserved: Y NO-PAT: N Reversible: N

Rule name: cdefg

Priority: 1001

Config status: Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

The following items don't exist or aren't effective: address group, and ACL.

Interface: GigabitEthernet2/0/2

ACL: 2037

Address group ID: 1

Port-preserved: N NO-PAT: Y Reversible: Y

VPN instance: vpn_nat

Rule name: blue

Priority: 1002

Config status: Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

NAT internal server information:

Totally 5 internal servers.

Interface: GigabitEthernet2/0/1

Global ACL : 2000

Local IP/port : 192.168.10.1/23

Rule name : cdefgab

Priority : 1000

Config status : Active

Interface: GigabitEthernet2/0/3

Protocol: 6(TCP)

Global IP/port: 50.1.1.1/23

Local IP/port : 192.168.10.15/23

ACL : 2000

Rule name : green

Config status : Active

Interface: GigabitEthernet2/0/4

Protocol: 6(TCP)

Global IP/port: 50.1.1.1/23-30

Local IP/port : 192.168.10.15-192.168.10.22/23

Global VPN : vpn1

Local VPN : vpn3

Rule name : blue

Config status : Active

Interface: GigabitEthernet2/0/4

Protocol: 255(Reserved)

Global IP/port: 50.1.1.100/---

Local IP/port : 192.168.10.150/---

Global VPN : vpn2

Local VPN : vpn4

ACL : 3000

Rule name : white

Config status : Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

The following items don't exist or aren't effective: local VPN, and ACL.

Interface: GigabitEthernet2/0/5

Protocol: 17(UDP)

Global IP/port: 50.1.1.2/23

Local IP/port : server group 1

192.168.0.26/23 (Connections: 10)

192.168.0.27/23 (Connections: 20)

Global VPN : vpn1

Local VPN : vpn3

Rule name : black

Config status : Active

Static NAT mappings:

Totally 2 inbound static NAT mappings.

Net-to-net:

Global IP : 2.2.2.1 – 2.2.2.255

Local IP : 1.1.1.0

Netmask : 255.255.255.0

Global VPN : vpn2

Local VPN : vpn1

ACL : 2000

Reversible : Y

Rule name : pink

Priority : 1000

Config status: Active

IP-to-IP:

Global IP : 5.5.5.5

Local IP : 4.4.4.4

Global VPN : vpn3

Local VPN : vpn4

ACL : 2001

Reversible : Y

Rule name : yellow

Priority : 1000

Config status: Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

The following items don't exist or aren't effective: local VPN, global VPN, and ACL.

Totally 2 outbound static NAT mappings.

Net-to-net:

Local IP : 1.1.1.1 - 1.1.1.255

Global IP : 2.2.2.0

Netmask : 255.255.255.0

Local VPN : vpn1

Global VPN : vpn2

ACL : 2000

Reversible : Y

Rule name : grey

Priority : 1000

Config status: Active

IP-to-IP:

Local IP : 4.4.4.4

Global IP : 5.5.5.5

Local VPN : vpn1

Global VPN : vpn2

ACL: : 2001

Reversible : Y

Rule name : orange

Priority : 10000

Config status: Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

The following items don't exist or aren't effective: ACL.

Interfaces enabled with static NAT:

Totally 2 interfaces enabled with static NAT.

Interface: GigabitEthernet2/0/4

Config status: Active

Interface: GigabitEthernet2/0/6

Config status: Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

NAT DNS mappings:

Totally 2 NAT DNS mappings.

Domain name : www.server.com

Global IP : 6.6.6.6

Global port : 23

Protocol : TCP(6)

Config status: Active

Domain name : www.service.com

Global IP : ---

Global port : 12

Protocol : TCP(6)

Config status: Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

The following items don't exist or aren't effective: interface IP address.

NAT logging:

Log enable : Enabled(ACL 2000)

Flow-begin : Disabled

Flow-end : Disabled

Flow-active : Enabled(10 minutes)

Port-block-assign : Disabled

Port-block-withdraw : Disabled

Alarm : Disabled

NAT hairpinning:

Totally 2 interfaces enabled with NAT hairpinning.

Interface: GigabitEthernet2/0/4

Config status: Active

Interface: GigabitEthernet2/0/6

Config status: Active

NAT mapping behavior:

Mapping mode : Endpoint-Independent

ACL : 2050

Config status: Active

NAT ALG:

DNS : Enabled

FTP : Enabled

H323 : Disabled

ICMP-ERROR : Enabled

ILS : Disabled

MGCP : Disabled

NBT : Disabled

PPTP : Enabled

RTSP : Enabled

RSH : Disabled

SCCP : Disabled

SIP : Disabled

SQLNET : Disabled

TFTP : Disabled

XDMCP : Disabled

NAT port block group information:

Totally 3 NAT port block groups.

Port block group 1:

Port range: 1-65535

Block size: 256

Local IP address information:

Start address End address VPN instance

172.16.1.1 172.16.1.254 ---

192.168.1.1 192.168.1.254 vpna

192.168.3.1 192.168.3.254 vpna

Global IP pool information:

Start address End address

201.1.1.1 201.1.1.10

201.1.1.21 201.1.1.25

Port block group 2:

Port range: 10001-30000

Block size: 500

Local IP address information:

Start address End address VPN instance

10.1.1.1 10.1.10.255 vpnb

Global IP pool information:

Start address End address

202.10.10.101 202.10.10.120

Port block group 3:

Port range: 1-65535

Block size: 256

Local IP address information:

Start address End address VPN instance

--- --- ---

Global IP pool information:

Start address End address

--- ---

NAT outbound port block group information:

Totally 2 outbound port block group items.

Interface: GigabitEthernet2/0/2

port-block-group: 2

Rule name: stone

Config status : Active

Interface: GigabitEthernet2/0/2

port-block-group: 10

Rule name: brown

Config status : Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

The following items don't exist or aren't effective: port block group.

Static NAT load balancing: Disabled

# (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) Display all NAT configuration information.

<Sysname> display nat all

NAT address group information:

Totally 5 NAT address groups.

Address group 1:

Port range: 1-65535

Address information:

Start address End address

202.110.10.10 202.110.10.15

Address group 2:

Port range: 1-65535

Address information:

Start address End address

202.110.10.20 202.110.10.25

202.110.10.30 202.110.10.35

Address group 3:

Port range: 1024-65535

Address information:

Start address End address

202.110.10.40 202.110.10.50

Address group 4:

Port range: 10001-65535

Port block size: 500

Extended block number: 1

Address information:

Start address End address

202.110.10.60 202.110.10.65

Address group 6:

Port range: 1-65535

Address information:

Start address End address

--- ---

NAT server group information:

Totally 3 NAT server groups.

Group Number Inside IP Port Weight

1 192.168.0.26 23 100

192.168.0.27 23 500

2 --- --- ---

3 192.168.0.26 69 100

NAT inbound information:

Totally 1 NAT inbound rules.

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/2/0/1

ACL: 2038

Address group ID: 2

Add route: Y NO-PAT: Y Reversible: N

VPN instance: vpn_nat

Rule name: black

Priority: 1000

Config status: Active

NAT outbound information:

Totally 2 NAT outbound rules.

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/2/0/2

ACL: 2036

Address group ID: 1

Port-preserved: Y NO-PAT: N Reversible: N

Rule name: white

Priority: 1000

Config status: Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/2/0/2

ACL: 2037

Address group ID: 1

Port-preserved: N NO-PAT: Y Reversible: Y

VPN instance: vpn_nat

Rule name: blue

Priority: 1000

Config status: Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

NAT internal server information:

Totally 5 internal servers.

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/3/0/1

Global ACL : 2000

Local IP/port : 192.168.10.1/23

Rule name : cdefgab

Priority : 1000

Config status : Active

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/2/0/3

Protocol: 6(TCP)

Global IP/port: 50.1.1.1/23

Local IP/port : 192.168.10.15/23

ACL : 2000

Rule name : green

Config status : Active

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/2/0/4

Protocol: 6(TCP)

Global IP/port: 50.1.1.1/23-30

Local IP/port : 192.168.10.15-192.168.10.22/23

Global VPN : vpn1

Local VPN : vpn3

Rule name : grey

Config status : Active

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/2/0/4

Protocol: 255(Reserved)

Global IP/port: 50.1.1.100/---

Local IP/port : 192.168.10.150/---

Global VPN : vpn2

Local VPN : vpn4

ACL : 3000

Rule name : pink

Config status : Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

The following items don't exist or aren't effective: local VPN, and ACL.

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/2/0/5

Protocol: 17(UDP)

Global IP/port: 50.1.1.2/23

Local IP/port : server group 1

192.168.0.26/23 (Connections: 10)

192.168.0.27/23 (Connections: 20)

Global VPN : vpn1

Local VPN : vpn3

Rule name : red

Config status : Active

Static NAT mappings:

Totally 2 inbound static NAT mappings.

Net-to-net:

Global IP : 2.2.2.1 – 2.2.2.255

Local IP : 1.1.1.0

Netmask : 255.255.255.0

Global VPN : vpn2

Local VPN : vpn1

ACL : 2000

Reversible : Y

Rule name : cream

Priority : 1000

Config status : Active

IP-to-IP:

Global IP : 5.5.5.5

Local IP : 4.4.4.4

Global VPN : vpn3

Local VPN : vpn4

ACL : 2001

Reversible : Y

Rule name : plum

Priority : 1000

Config status: Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

The following items don't exist or aren't effective: local VPN, global VPN, and ACL.

Totally 2 outbound static NAT mappings.

Net-to-net:

Local IP : 1.1.1.1 - 1.1.1.255

Global IP : 2.2.2.0

Netmask : 255.255.255.0

Local VPN : vpn1

Global VPN : vpn2

ACL : 2000

Reversible : Y

Rule name : chanel

Priority : 1226

Config status: Active

IP-to-IP:

Local IP : 4.4.4.4

Global IP : 5.5.5.5

Local VPN : vpn1

Global VPN : vpn2

ACL: : 2001

Reversible : Y

Rule name : brown

Priority : 1000

Config status: Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

The following items don't exist or aren't effective: ACL.

Interfaces enabled with static NAT:

Totally 2 interfaces enabled with static NAT.

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/2/0/4

Config status: Active

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/2/0/6

Config status: Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

NAT DNS mappings:

Totally 2 NAT DNS mappings.

Domain name : www.server.com

Global IP : 6.6.6.6

Global port : 23

Protocol : TCP(6)

Config status: Active

Domain name : www.service.com

Global IP : ---

Global port : 12

Protocol : TCP(6)

Config status: Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

The following items don't exist or aren't effective: interface IP address.

NAT logging:

Log enable : Enabled(ACL 2000)

Flow-begin : Disabled

Flow-end : Disabled

Flow-active : Enabled(10 minutes)

Port-block-assign : Disabled

Port-block-withdraw : Disabled

Alarm : Disabled

NAT hairpinning:

Totally 2 interfaces enabled with NAT hairpinning.

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/2/0/1

Config status: Active

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/2/0/2

Config status: Active

NAT mapping behavior:

Mapping mode : Endpoint-Independent

ACL : 2050

Config status: Active

NAT ALG:

DNS : Enabled

FTP : Enabled

H323 : Disabled

ICMP-ERROR : Enabled

ILS : Disabled

MGCP : Disabled

NBT : Disabled

PPTP : Enabled

RTSP : Enabled

RSH : Disabled

SCCP : Disabled

SIP : Disabled

SQLNET : Disabled

TFTP : Disabled

XDMCP : Disabled

NAT port block group information:

Totally 3 NAT port block groups.

Port block group 1:

Port range: 1-65535

Block size: 256

Local IP address information:

Start address End address VPN instance

172.16.1.1 172.16.1.254 ---

192.168.1.1 192.168.1.254 vpna

192.168.3.1 192.168.3.254 vpna

Global IP pool information:

Start address End address

201.1.1.1 201.1.1.10

201.1.1.21 201.1.1.25

Port block group 2:

Port range: 10001-30000

Block size: 500

Local IP address information:

Start address End address VPN instance

10.1.1.1 10.1.10.255 vpnb

Global IP pool information:

Start address End address

202.10.10.101 202.10.10.120

Port block group 3:

Port range: 1-65535

Block size: 256

Local IP address information:

Start address End address VPN instance

--- --- ---

Global IP pool information:

Start address End address

--- ---

NAT outbound port block group information:

Totally 2 outbound port block group items.

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/2/0/2

port-block-group: 2

Rule name: rubine

Config status : Active

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/2/0/2

port-block-group: 10

Rule name: snow

Config status : Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

The following items don't exist or aren't effective: port block group.

Static NAT load balancing: Disabled

The output shows all NAT configuration information. Table 31 describes only the fields for the output of the nat hairpin enable, nat mapping-behavior, and nat alg commands.

Table 31 Command output

Field	Description
NAT address group information	Information about the NAT address group. See Table 32 for output description.
NAT server group information	Information about the internal server group. See Table 44 for output description.
NAT inbound information:	Inbound dynamic NAT configuration. See Table 35 for output description.
NAT outbound information	Outbound dynamic NAT configuration. See Table 38 for output description.
NAT internal server information	NAT Server configuration. See Table 43 for output description.
Static NAT mappings	Static NAT mappings. See Table 46 for output description.
NAT DNS mappings	NAT DNS mappings. See Table 33 for output description.
NAT logging	NAT logging configuration. See Table 36 for output description.
NAT hairpinning	NAT hairpin configuration.
Totally n interfaces enabled NAT hairpinning	Number of the interfaces with NAT hairpin enabled.
Interface	NAT hairpin-enabled interface.
Rule name	Name of the NAT rule.
Priority	Priority of the NAT rule.
Config status	Status of the NAT hairpin configuration: Active or Inactive.
Reasons for inactive status	Reasons why the NAT hairpin configuration does not take effect. This field is available when the Config status is Inactive.
NAT mapping behavior	Mapping behavior mode of PAT: Endpoint-Independent or Address and Port-Dependent.
ACL	ACL number or name. If no ACL is specified for NAT, this field displays hyphens (---).
Config status	Status of the NAT mapping behavior configuration: Active or Inactive.
Reasons for inactive status	Reasons why the NAT mapping behavior configuration does not take effect. This field is available when the Config status is Inactive.
NAT ALG	NAT ALG configuration for different protocols.
NAT port block group information	Configuration information about NAT port block groups. See Table 41 for output description.
NAT outbound port block group information	Configuration information about static NAT444. See Table 39 for output description.

display nat address-group

Use display nat address-group to display NAT address group information.

Syntax

display nat address-group [ group-id ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

group-id: Specifies the ID of a NAT address group. The value range for this argument is 0 to 65535. If you do not specify the group-id argument, this command displays information about all NAT address groups.

Examples

# Display information about all NAT address groups.

<Sysname> display nat address-group

NAT address group information:

Totally 5 NAT address groups.

Address group ID: 1 Address group name: a

Port range: 1-65535

Address information:

Start address End address

202.110.10.10 202.110.10.15

Address group ID: 2

Port range: 1-65535

Address information:

Start address End address

202.110.10.20 202.110.10.25

202.110.10.30 202.110.10.35

Address group ID: 3

Port range: 1024-65535

Address information:

Start address End address

202.110.10.40 202.110.10.50

Address group ID: 4

Port range: 10001-65535

Port block size: 500

Extended block number: 1

Address information:

Start address End address

202.110.10.60 202.110.10.65

Address group ID: 6

Port range: 1-65535

Address information:

Start address End address

--- ---

# Display information about NAT address group 1.

<Sysname> display nat address-group 1

Address group ID: 1 Address group name: a

Port range: 1-65535

Address information:

Start address End address

202.110.10.10 202.110.10.15

Table 32 Command output

Field	Description
Address group ID	ID of the NAT address group.
Address group name	Name of the NAT address group. If no name is configured, this field is not displayed.
Port range	Port range for public IP addresses.
Block size	Number of ports in a port block. This field is not displayed if the port block size is not set.
Extended block number	Number of extended port blocks. This field is not displayed if the number of extended port blocks is not set.
Address information	Information about the IP addresses in the address group.
Start address	Start IP address of an address range. If you do not specify a start address for the range, this field displays hyphens (---).
End address	End IP address of an address range. If you do not specify an end address for the range, this field displays hyphens (---).

Related commands

nat address-group

display nat dns-map

Use display nat dns-map to display NAT DNS mapping configuration.

Syntax

display nat dns-map

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Examples

# Display NAT DNS mapping configuration.

<Sysname> display nat dns-map

NAT DNS mapping information:

Totally 2 NAT DNS mappings.

Domain name : www.server.com

Global IP : 6.6.6.6

Global port : 23

Protocol : TCP(6)

Config status: Active

Domain name : www.service.com

Global IP : ---

Global port : 12

Protocol : TCP(6)

Config status: Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

The following items don't exist or aren't effective: interface IP address.

Table 33 Command output

Field	Description
NAT DNS mapping information	Information about NAT DNS mappings.
Domain name	Domain name of the internal server.
Global IP	Public IP address of the internal server. · If Easy IP is configured, this field displays the IP address of the specified interface. · If you do not specify a public IP address, this field displays hyphens (---).
Global port	Public port number of the internal server.
Protocol	Protocol name and number of the internal server.
Config status	Status of the NAT DNS mapping configuration: Active or Inactive.
Reasons for inactive status	Reasons why the NAT DNS mapping configuration does not take effect. This field is available when the Config status is Inactive.

Related commands

nat dns-map

display nat eim

Use display nat eim to display information about NAT Endpoint-Independent Mapping (EIM) entries.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display nat eim

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display nat eim [ slot slot-number ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display nat eim [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays EIM entry information for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays EIM entry information for all member devices. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays EIM entry information for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

EIM entries are created when PAT operates in EIM mode. An EIM entry records the mapping between a private address/port and a public address/port.

The EIM entry ensures the following functions:

· The same EIM entry applies to subsequent connections initiated from the same source IP and port.

· The EIM entries allow reverse translation for connections initiated from external hosts to internal hosts.

Examples

# (Centralized devices in standalone mode.) Display information about NAT EIM entries.

<Sysname> display nat eim

Slot 0:

Local IP/port: 192.168.100.100/1024

Global IP/port: 200.100.1.100/2048

Local VPN: vpn1

Global VPN: vpn2

Protocol: TCP(6)

Local IP/port: 192.168.100.200/2048

Global IP/port: 200.100.1.200/4096

Protocol: UDP(17)

Total entries found: 2

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode.) Display information about EIM entries for the card in slot 1.

<Sysname> display nat eim slot 1

Slot 1:

Local IP/port: 192.168.100.100/1024

Global IP/port: 200.100.1.100/2048

Local VPN: vpn1

Global VPN: vpn2

Protocol: TCP(6)

Local IP/port: 192.168.100.200/2048

Global IP/port: 200.100.1.200/4096

Protocol: UDP(17)

Total entries found: 2

# (Centralized devices in IRF mode.) Display information about NAT EIM entries for IRF member device 1.

<Sysname> display nat eim slot 1

Slot 1:

Local IP/port: 192.168.100.100/1024

Global IP/port: 200.100.1.100/2048

Local VPN: vpn1

Global VPN: vpn2

Protocol: TCP(6)

Local IP/port: 192.168.100.200/2048

Global IP/port: 200.100.1.200/4096

Protocol: UDP(17)

Total entries found: 2

# (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) Display information about NAT EIM entries for the card in slot 1 on IRF member device 1.

<Sysname> display nat eim chassis 1 slot 1

Slot 1 in chassis 1:

Local IP/port: 192.168.100.100/1024

Global IP/port: 200.100.1.100/2048

Local VPN: vpn1

Global VPN: vpn2

Protocol: TCP(6)

Local IP/port: 192.168.100.200/2048

Global IP/port: 200.100.1.200/4096

Protocol: UDP(17)

Total entries found: 2

Table 34 Command output

Field	Description
Local IP/port	Private IP address and port number.
Global IP/port	Public IP address and port number.
Local VPN	MPLS L3VPN instance to which the private IP address belongs. If no VPN is specified, this field is not displayed.
Global VPN	MPLS L3VPN instance to which the public IP address belongs. If no VPN is specified, this field is not displayed.
Protocol	Protocol name and number.
Total entries found	Total number of EIM entries.

Related commands

nat mapping-behavior

nat outbound

display nat inbound

Use display nat inbound to display information about inbound dynamic NAT.

Syntax

display nat inbound

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Examples

# (Centralized devices in standalone mode.) Display information about inbound dynamic NAT.

<Sysname> display nat inbound

NAT inbound information:

Totally 2 NAT inbound rules.

Interface: GigabitEthernet0/2

ACL: 2038

Address group ID: 2 Address group name: b

Add route: Y NO-PAT: Y Reversible: N

VPN instance: vpn1

Rule name: abcd

Priority: 1000

NAT counting: 0

Config status: Active

Interface: GigabitEthernet0/3

ACL: 2037

Address group ID: 1 Address group name: a

Add route: Y NO-PAT: Y Reversible: N

VPN instance: vpn2

Rule name: eif

Priority: 1000

NAT counting: 0

Config status: Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

The following items don't exist or aren't effective: local VPN, and ACL.

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode.) Display information about inbound dynamic NAT.

<Sysname> display nat inbound

NAT inbound information:

Totally 2 NAT inbound rules.

Interface: GigabitEthernet2/0/2

ACL: 2038

Address group ID: 2 Address group name: b

Add route: Y NO-PAT: Y Reversible: N

VPN instance: vpn1

Rule name: abcd

Priority: 1000

NAT counting: 0

Config status: Active

Interface: GigabitEthernet2/0/3

ACL: 2037

Address group: 1 Address group name: a

Add route: Y NO-PAT: Y Reversible: N

VPN instance: vpn2

Rule name: eif

Priority: 1001

NAT counting: 0

Config status: Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

The following items don't exist or aren't effective: local VPN, and ACL.

# (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) Display information about inbound dynamic NAT.

<Sysname> display nat inbound

NAT inbound information:

Totally 2 NAT inbound rules.

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/2/0/2

ACL: 2038

Address group ID: 2 Address group name: b

Add route: Y NO-PAT: Y Reversible: N

VPN instance: vpn1

Rule name: abcd

Priority: 1001

NAT counting: 0

Config status: Active

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/2/0/3

ACL: 2037

Address group ID: 1 Address group name: a

Add route: Y NO-PAT: Y Reversible: N

VPN instance: vpn2

Rule name: eif

Priority: 1001

NAT counting: 0

Config status: Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

The following items don't exist or aren't effective: local VPN, and ACL.

Table 35 Command output

Field	Description
NAT inbound information	Information about inbound dynamic NAT.
Interface	Interface where the inbound dynamic NAT rule is configured.
ACL	ACL number or name.
Address group ID	ID of the NAT address group used by the inbound dynamic NAT rule.
Address group name	Name of the NAT address group used by the inbound dynamic NAT rule. If the group has no name, this field is not displayed.
Add route	Whether to add a route when a packet matches the inbound dynamic NAT rule.
NO-PAT	Whether NO-PAT or PAT is used: · Y—NO-PAT is used. · N—PAT is used.
Reversible	Whether reverse address translation is allowed.
VPN instance	MPLS L3VPN instance to which the NAT address group belongs. If the group does not belong to any VPN, the field is not displayed.
Rule name	Name of the NAT rule.
Priority	Priority of the NAT rule.
NAT counting	Number of flows that match the inbound dynamic NAT rule.
Config status	Status of the inbound dynamic NAT configuration: Active or Inactive.
Reasons for inactive status	Reasons why the inbound dynamic NAT configuration does not take effect. This field is available when the Config status is Inactive.

Related commands

nat inbound

display nat log

Use display nat log to display NAT logging configuration.

Syntax

display nat log

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Examples

# Display NAT logging configuration.

<Sysname> display nat log

NAT logging:

Log enable : Enabled(ACL 2000)

Flow-begin : Disabled

Flow-end : Disabled

Flow-active : Enabled(10 minutes)

Port-block-assign : Disabled

Port-block-withdraw : Disabled

Alarm : Disabled

Table 36 Command output

Field	Description
NAT logging	NAT logging configuration.
Log enable	Whether NAT logging is enabled. If an ACL is specified for NAT logging, this field also displays the ACL number or name.
Flow-begin	Whether logging is enabled for NAT session establishment events.
Flow-end	Whether logging is enabled for NAT session removal events.
Flow-active	Whether logging is enabled for active NAT flows. If logging for active NAT flows is enabled, this field also displays the interval in minutes at which active flow logs are generated.
Port-block-assign	Whether logging is enabled for NAT444 port block assignment.
Port-block-withdraw	Whether logging is enabled for NAT444 port block withdrawal.
Alarm	Whether logging is enabled for NAT444 alarms.

Related commands

nat log enable

nat log flow-active

nat log flow-begin

display nat no-pat

Use display nat no-pat command to display information about NAT NO-PAT entries.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display nat no-pat

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display nat no-pat [ slot slot-number ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display nat no-pat [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number ]

Views

Any view

Default user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays NO-PAT entry information for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays NO-PAT entry information for all member devices. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays NO-PAT entry information for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

A NO-PAT entry records the mapping between a private address and a public address.

The NO-PAT entry ensures the following functions:

· The same entry applies to subsequent connections initiated from the same source IP address.

· The NO-PAT entries allow reverse translation for connections initiated from external hosts to internal hosts.

Outbound and inbound NO-PAT address translations create their own NO-PAT tables. These two types of tables are displayed separately.

Examples

# (Centralized devices in standalone mode.) Display information about NO-PAT entries for all cards.

<Sysname> display nat no-pat

Slot 0:

Global IP: 200.100.1.100

Local IP: 192.168.100.100

Global VPN: vpn2

Local VPN: vpn1

Reversible: N

Type : Inbound

Local IP: 192.168.100.200

Global IP: 200.100.1.200

Reversible: Y

Type : Outbound

Total entries found: 2

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode.) Display information about NO-PAT entries for the card in slot 1.

<Sysname> display nat no-pat slot 1

Slot 1:

Global IP: 200.100.1.100

Local IP: 192.168.100.100

Global VPN: vpn2

Local VPN: vpn1

Reversible: N

Type : Inbound

Local IP: 192.168.100.200

Global IP: 200.100.1.200

Reversible: Y

Type : Outbound

Total entries found: 2

# (Centralized devices in IRF mode.) Display information about NO-PAT entries for IRF member device 1.

<Sysname> display nat no-pat slot 1

Slot 1:

Global IP: 200.100.1.100

Local IP: 192.168.100.100

Global VPN: vpn2

Local VPN: vpn1

Reversible: N

Type : Inbound

Local IP: 192.168.100.200

Global IP: 200.100.1.200

Reversible: Y

Type : Outbound

Total entries found: 2

# (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) Display information about NO-PAT entries for the card in slot 1 on IRF member device 1.

<Sysname> display nat no-pat chassis 1 slot 1

Slot 1 in chassis 1:

Global IP: 200.100.1.100

Local IP: 192.168.100.100

Global VPN: vpn2

Local VPN: vpn1

Reversible: N

Type : Inbound

Local IP: 192.168.100.200

Global IP: 200.100.1.200

Reversible: Y

Type : Outbound

Total entries found: 2

Table 37 Command output

Field	Description
Local IP	Private IP address.
Global IP	Public IP address.
Local VPN	MPLS L3VPN instance to which the private IP address belongs. If the IP address does not belong to any VPN, this field is not displayed.
Global VPN	MPLS L3VPN instance to which the public IP address belongs. If the IP address does not belong to any VPN instance, this field is not displayed.
Reversible	Whether reverse address translation is allowed.
Type	Type of the NO-PAT entry: · Inbound—A NO-PAT entry created during inbound dynamic NAT. · Outbound—A NO-PAT entry created during outbound dynamic NAT.
Total entries found	Total number of NO-PAT entries.

Related commands

nat inbound

nat outbound

display nat outbound

Use display nat outbound to display information about outbound dynamic NAT.

Syntax

display nat outbound

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Examples

# (Centralized devices in standalone mode.) Display information about outbound dynamic NAT.

<Sysname> display nat outbound

NAT outbound information:

Totally 2 NAT outbound rules.

Interface: GigabitEthernet0/1

ACL: 2036

Address group ID: 1 Address group name: a

Port-preserved: Y NO-PAT: N Reversible: N

Rule name: acdefg

Priority: 1000

NAT counting: 0

Config status: Active

Interface: GigabitEthernet0/1

ACL: 2037

Address group ID: ---

Port-preserved: N NO-PAT: Y Reversible: Y

VPN instance: vpn_nat

Rule name: abefg

Priority: 1000

NAT counting: 0

Config status: Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

The following items don't exist or aren't effective: global VPN, and ACL

Interface: GigabitEthernet0/1

DS-Lite B4 ACL: 2100

Address group ID: 0 Address group name: b

Port-preserved: N NO-PAT: N Reversible: N

Priority: 0

NAT counting: 0

Config status: Active

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode.) Display information about outbound dynamic NAT.

<Sysname> display nat outbound

NAT outbound information:

Totally 2 NAT outbound rules.

Interface: GigabitEthernet2/0/1

ACL: 2036

Address group ID: 1 Address group name: a

Port-preserved: Y NO-PAT: N Reversible: N

Rule name: abefg

Priority: 1000

NAT counting: 0

Config status: Active

Interface: GigabitEthernet2/0/2

ACL: 2037

Address group ID: 2 Address group name: b

Port-preserved: N NO-PAT: Y Reversible: Y

VPN instance: vpn_nat

Rule name: cdefg

Priority: 1001

NAT counting: 0

Config status: Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

The following items don't exist or aren't effective: global VPN, and ACL.

Interface: GigabitEthernet2/0/1

DS-Lite B4 ACL: 2100

Address group ID: 2 Address group name: b

Port-preserved: N NO-PAT: N Reversible: N

Priority: 0

NAT counting: 0

Config status: Active

# (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) Display information about outbound dynamic NAT.

<Sysname> display nat outbound

NAT outbound information:

Totally 2 NAT outbound rules.

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/2/0/1

ACL: 2036

Address group ID: 1 Address group name: a

Port-preserved: Y NO-PAT: N Reversible: N

Rule name: abcd

Priority: 1001

NAT counting: 0

Config status: Active

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/2/0/2

ACL: 2037

Address group ID: 1 Address group name: a

Port-preserved: N NO-PAT: Y Reversible: Y

VPN instance: vpn_nat

Rule name: eif

Priority: 1001

NAT counting: 0

Config status: Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

The following items don't exist or aren't effective: global VPN, and ACL.

Table 38 Command output

Field	Description
NAT outbound information	Information about outbound dynamic NAT.
Interface	Interface where the outbound dynamic NAT rule is configured.
ACL	IPv4 ACL number or name. If no IPv4 ACL is specified for outbound dynamic NAT, this field displays hyphens (---).
DS-Lite B4 ACL	Number or name of the IPv6 ACL used by DS-Lite NAT444.
Address group ID	ID of the address group used by the outbound dynamic NAT rule. If no address group is specified for address translation, the field displays hyphens (---).
Address group name	Name of the address group used by the outbound dynamic NAT rule. If the group has no name, the field is not displayed.
Port-preserved	Whether to try to preserve the port numbers for PAT.
NO-PAT	Whether NO-PAT is used: · Y—NO-PAT is used. · N—PAT is used.
Reversible	Whether reverse address translation is allowed.
VPN instance	MPLS L3VPN instance to which the NAT address group belongs. If the group does not belong to any VPN instance, the field is not displayed.
Rule name	Name of the NAT rule.
Priority	Priority of the NAT rule.
NAT counting	Number of flows that match the outbound dynamic NAT rule.
Config status	Status of the outbound dynamic NAT configuration: Active or Inactive.
Reasons for inactive status	Reasons why the outbound dynamic NAT configuration does not take effect. This field is available when the Config status is Inactive.

Related commands

nat outbound

display nat outbound port-block-group

Use display nat outbound port-block-group to display information about port block group application for NAT444.

Syntax

display nat outbound port-block-group

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Examples

# Display information about port block group application for NAT444.

<Sysname> display nat outbound port-block-group

NAT outbound port block group information:

Totally 2 outbound port block group items.

Interface: GigabitEthernet2/0/2

port-block-group: 2

Rule name: abcdefg

NAT counting: 0

Config status : Active

Interface: GigabitEthernet2/0/2

port-block-group: 10

Rule name: abcfg

NAT counting: 0

Config status : Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

The following items don't exist or aren't effective: port block group

Table 39 Command output

Field	Description
Interface	Interface to which a port block group is applied.
Port block group	ID of the port block group.
Rule name	Name of the static outbound port block mapping rule
NAT counting	Number of flows that match the static outbound port block mapping rule.
Config status	Status of the port block group application: Active or Inactive.
Reasons for inactive status	Reasons why the port block group application fails. This field is available when the Config status is Inactive.

Related commands

nat outbound port-block-group

display nat port-block

Use display nat port-block to display NAT444 mappings.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display nat port-block { dynamic [ address-group { group-id | name group-name } ] [ ds-lite-b4 ] | static [ port-block-group group-id ] }

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display nat port-block { dynamic [ address-group { group-id | name group-name } ] [ ds-lite-b4 ] | static [ port-block-group group-id ] } [ slot slot-number ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display nat port-block { dynamic [ address-group { group-id | name group-name } ] [ ds-lite-b4 ] | static [ port-block-group group-id ] } [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

dynamic: Displays dynamic NAT444 mappings.

address-group: Displays port block mappings for the specified address group. If you do not specify a NAT address group, this command displays port block mappings for all address groups.

group-id: Specifies the ID of the address group. The value range depends on the device model.

name group-name: Specifies the name of the address group. The name is a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters.

ds-lite-b4: Displays DS-Lite NAT444 mappings.

static: Displays static NAT444 mappings.

port-block-group group-id: Displays port block mappings for the specified port block group. The group-id argument specifies the ID of the port block group. The value range for the argument depends on the device model. If you do not specify a port block group, this command displays port block mappings for all port block groups.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays NAT444 mappings for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays NAT444 mappings for all member devices. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays NAT444 mappings for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Examples

# Display static NAT444 mappings.

<Sysname> display nat port-block static

Slot 0:

Local VPN Local IP Global IP Port block Connections

--- 100.100.100.111 202.202.100.101 10001-10256 0

--- 100.100.100.112 202.202.100.101 10257-10512 0

--- 100.100.100.113 202.202.100.101 10513-10768 0

vpn012345678 100.100.100.113 202.202.100.101 10769-11024 0

901234567890

1234567

Total mappings found: 4

# Display dynamic NAT444 mappings.

<Sysname> display nat port-block dynamic

Slot 0:

Local VPN Local IP Global IP Port block Connections

--- 101.1.1.12 192.168.135.201 10001-11024 1

Total mappings found: 1

# Display DS-Lite NAT444 mappings.

<Sysname> display nat port-block dynamic ds-lite-b4

Slot 0:

Local VPN DS-Lite B4 addr Global IP Port block Connections

--- 2000::2 192.168.135.201 10001-11024 1

Total mappings found: 1

Table 40 Command output

Field	Description
Local VPN	VPN to which the private IP address belongs. If the private IP address does not belong to any VPN, this field displays hyphens (---).
Local IP	Private IP address.
DS-Lite B4 addr	IPv6 address of the DS-Lite B4 element.
Global IP	Public IP address.
Port block	Port block defined by a start port and an end port.
Connections	Number of connections established by using the ports in the port block.

display nat port-block-group

Use display nat port-block-group to display information about NAT port block groups.

Syntax

display nat port-block-group [ group-id ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

group-id: Specifies the ID of a NAT port block group. The value range for this argument is 0 to 65535. If you do not specify this argument, the command displays information about all NAT port block groups.

Examples

# Display information about all NAT port block groups.

<Sysname> display nat port-block-group

NAT port block group information:

Totally 3 NAT port block groups.

Port block group 1:

Port range: 1-65535

Block size: 256

Local IP address information:

Start address End address VPN instance

172.16.1.1 172.16.1.254 ---

192.168.1.1 192.168.1.254 vpna

192.168.3.1 192.168.3.254 vpna

Global IP pool information:

Start address End address

201.1.1.1 201.1.1.10

201.1.1.21 201.1.1.25

Port block group 2:

Port range: 10001-30000

Block size: 500

Local IP address information:

Start address End address VPN instance

10.1.1.1 10.1.10.255 vpnb

Global IP pool information:

Start address End address

202.10.10.101 202.10.10.120

Port block group 3:

Port range: 1-65535

Block size: 256

Local IP address information:

Start address End address VPN instance

--- --- ---

Global IP pool information:

Start address End address

--- ---

# Display information about NAT port block group 1.

<Sysname> display nat port-block-group 1

Port block group 1:

Port range: 1-65535

Block size: 256

Local IP address information:

Start address End address VPN instance

172.16.1.1 172.16.1.254 ---

192.168.1.1 192.168.1.254 vpna

192.168.3.1 192.168.3.254 vpna

Global IP pool information:

Start address End address

201.1.1.1 201.1.1.10

201.1.1.21 201.1.1.25

Table 41 Command output

Field	Description
Port block group	ID of the NAT port block group.
Port range	Port range for the public IP addresses.
Block size	Number of ports in a port block.
Local IP address information	Information about private IP addresses.
Global IP pool information	Information about public IP addresses.
Start address	Start IP address of a private or public IP address range. If no start IP address is specified for the address range, this field displays hyphens (---).
End address	End IP address of a private or public IP address range. If no end IP address is specified for the address range, this field displays hyphens (---).
VPN instance	VPN to which the private IP address range belongs. If no VPN instance is specified for the address range, this field displays hyphens (---).

Related commands

nat port-block-group

display nat port-block-usage

Use display nat port-block-usage to display the port block usage for dynamic NAT444 address groups.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display nat port-block-usage [ address-group group-id ]

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display nat port-block-usage [ address-group group-id ] [ slot slot-number ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display nat port-block-usage [ address-group group-id ] [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number ]

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

address-group group-id: Specifies the ID of an address group. The value range for this argument is 0 to 65535. If you do not specify an address group, this command displays the port block usage for all address groups.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays the port block usage for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays the port block usage for all member devices. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays the port block usage for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Examples

# (Centralized devices in standalone mode.) Display the port block usage for dynamic NAT444 address groups.

<Sysname> display nat port-block-usage

Slot 0:

Address group 0 on channel 0:

Total port block entries :10

Active port block entries:9

Current port block usage :90%

Total NAT address groups found: 1

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode.) Display the port block usage for dynamic NAT444 address groups in slot 1.

<Sysname> display nat port-block-usage slot 1

Slot 1:

Address group 0 on channel 0:

Total port block entries :10

Active port block entries:9

Current port block usage :90%

Total NAT address groups found: 1

# (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) Display the port block usage for dynamic NAT444 address groups in slot 1 chassis 1.

<Sysname> display nat port-block-usage chassis 1 slot 1

Slot 1 in chassis 1:

Address group 0 on channel 0:

Total port block entries :10

Active port block entries:9

Current port block usage :90%

Total NAT address groups found: 1

Table 42 Command output

Field	Description
Address group	ID of the address group.
channel	Number of field-programmable gate array.
Total port block entries	Number of port blocks in the address group.
Active port block entries	Number of assigned port blocks in the address group.
Current port block usage	Port block usage in the address group.
Total NAT address groups found	Number of address groups.

display nat server

Use display nat server to display NAT Server configuration.

Syntax

display nat server

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Examples

# (Centralized devices in standalone mode.) Display NAT Server configuration.

<Sysname> display nat server

NAT internal server information:

Totally 5 internal servers.

Interface: GigabitEthernet0/1

Global ACL : 2000

Local IP/port : 192.168.10.1/23

Rule name : cdefgab

Priority : 1000

NAT counting : 0

Config status : Active

Interface: GigabitEthernet0/3

Protocol: 6(TCP)

Global IP/port: 50.1.1.1/23

Local IP/port : 192.168.10.15/23

NAT counting : 0

Config status : Active

Interface: GigabitEthernet0/4

Protocol: 6(TCP)

Global IP/port: 50.1.1.1/23-30

Local IP/port : 192.168.10.15-192.168.10.22/23

Global VPN : vpn1

Local VPN : vpn3

Rule name : abcg

NAT counting : 0

Config status : Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

The following items don't exist or aren't effective: local VPN.

Interface: GigabitEthernet0/4

Protocol: 255(Reserved)

Global IP/port: 50.1.1.100/---

Local IP/port : 192.168.10.150/---

Global VPN : vpn2

Local VPN : vpn4

Rule name : abcdefg

NAT counting : 0

Config status : Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

The following items don't exist or aren't effective: interface IP address.

Interface: GigabitEthernet0/5

Protocol: 17(UDP)

Global IP/port: 50.1.1.2/23

Local IP/port : server group 1

1.1.1.1/21 (Connections: 10)

192.168.100.200/80 (Connections: 20)

Global VPN : vpn1

Local VPN : vpn3

Rule name : cdefg

NAT counting : 0

Config status : Active

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode.) Display NAT Server configuration.

<Sysname> display nat server

NAT internal server information:

Totally 5 internal servers.

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

Global ACL : 2000

Local IP/port : 192.168.10.1/23

Rule name : cdefgab

Priority : 1000

NAT counting : 0

Config status : Active

Interface: GigabitEthernet2/0/3

Protocol: 6(TCP)

Global IP/port: 50.1.1.1/23

Local IP/port : 192.168.10.15/23

Config status : Active

Interface: GigabitEthernet2/0/4

Protocol: 6(TCP)

Global IP/port: 50.1.1.1/23-30

Local IP/port : 192.168.10.15-192.168.10.22/23

Global VPN : vpn1

Local VPN : vpn3

Rule name : abcdef

NAT counting : 0

Config status : Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

The following items don't exist or aren't effective: local VPN.

Interface: GigabitEthernet2/0/4

Protocol: 255(Reserved)

Global IP/port: 50.1.1.100/---

Local IP/port : 192.168.10.150/---

Global VPN : vpn2

Local VPN : vpn4

Rule name : cdefg

NAT counting : 0

Config status : Active

Interface: GigabitEthernet2/0/5

Protocol: 17(UDP)

Global IP/port: 50.1.1.2/23

Local IP/port : server group 1

1.1.1.1/21 (Connections: 10)

192.168.100.200/80 (Connections: 20)

Global VPN : vpn1

Local VPN : vpn10

Rule name : white

NAT counting : 0

Config status : Active

# (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) Display NAT Server configuration.

<Sysname> display nat server

NAT internal server information:

Totally 5 internal servers.

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/3/0/1

Global ACL : 2000

Local IP/port : 192.168.10.1/23

Rule name : cdefgab

Priority : 1000

Config status : Active

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/2/0/3

Protocol: 6(TCP)

Global IP/port: 50.1.1.1/23

Local IP/port : 192.168.10.15/23

NAT counting : 0

Config status : Active

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/2/0/4

Protocol: 6(TCP)

Global IP/port: 50.1.1.1/23-30

Local IP/port : 192.168.10.15-192.168.10.22/23

Global VPN : vpn1

Local VPN : vpn3

Rule name : abcdefg

NAT counting : 0

Config status : Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

The following items don't exist or aren't effective: local VPN.

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/2/0/4

Protocol: 255(Reserved)

Global IP/port: 50.1.1.100/---

Local IP/port : 192.168.10.150/---

Global VPN : vpn2

Local VPN : vpn4

Rule name : cdefg

NAT counting : 0

Config status : Active

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/2/0/5

Protocol: 17(UDP)

Global IP/port: 50.1.1.2/23

Local IP/port : server group 1

1.1.1.1/21 (Connections: 10)

192.168.100.200/80 (Connections: 20)

Global VPN : vpn1

Local VPN : vpn3

Rule name : white

NAT counting : 0

Config status : Active

Table 43 Command output

Field	Description
NAT internal server information	Information about NAT Server configuration.
Interface	Interface where NAT Server is configured.
Protocol	Protocol number and name of the internal server.
Global IP/port	Public IP address and port number of the internal server. · Global IP—A single IP address or an IP address range. If you use Easy IP, this field displays the IP address of the specified interface. If you do not specify an address for the interface, the Global IP field displays hyphens (---). · port—A single port number or a port number range. If no port number is in the specified protocol, the port field displays hyphens (---).
Local IP/port	For common NAT Server, this field displays the private IP address and port number of the server. · Local IP—A single IP address or an IP address range. · port—A single port number or a port number range. If no port number is in the specified protocol, the port field displays hyphens (---). For load sharing NAT Server, this field displays the internal server group ID, IP address, port number, and number of connections of each member.
Global VPN	MPLS L3VPN instance to which the public IP addresses belong. If you do not specify a VPN instance, this field is not displayed.
Local VPN	MPLS L3VPN instance to which the private IP addresses belong. If you do not specify a VPN instance, this field is not displayed.
ACL	ACL number or name. If no ACL is specified, this field is not displayed.
Rule name	Name of the NAT server mapping.
NAT counting	Number of flows that match the NAT server mapping.
Config status		Status of the NAT Server configuration: Active or Inactive.
Reasons for inactive status		Reasons why the NAT Server configuration does not take effect. This field is available when the Config status is Inactive.

Related commands

nat server

display nat server-group

Use display nat server-group to display internal server group configuration.

Syntax

display nat server-group [ group-id ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

group-id: Specifies the ID of the internal server group. The value range is 0 to 65535. If you do not specify this argument, the command displays configuration about all internal server groups.

Examples

# Display configuration about all internal server groups.

<Sysname> display nat server-group

NAT server group information:

Totally 3 NAT server groups.

Group Number Inside IP Port Weight

1 192.168.0.26 23 100

192.168.0.27 23 500

2 --- --- ---

3 192.168.0.26 69 100

# Display configuration about internal server group 1.

<Sysname> display nat server-group 1

Group Number Inside IP Port Weight

1 192.168.0.26 23 100

192.168.0.27 23 500

Table 44 Command output

Field	Description
Group Number	ID of the internal server group.
Inside IP	Private IP address of a member in the internal server group. If no address is specified, this field displays hyphens (---).
Port	Private port number of a member in the internal server group. If no port number is specified, this field displays hyphens (---).
Weight	Weight of a member in the internal server group. If no weight value is specified, this field displays hyphens (---).

Related commands

nat server-group

display nat session

Use display nat session to display NAT sessions.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display nat session [ [ responder ] { source-ip source-ip | destination-ip destination-ip } * [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] ] [ verbose ]

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display nat session [ [ responder ] { source-ip source-ip | destination-ip destination-ip } * [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] ] [ slot slot-number ] [ verbose ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display nat session [ [ responder ] { source-ip source-ip | destination-ip destination-ip } * [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] ] [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number ] [ verbose ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

responder: Displays NAT sessions by responder. If you do not specify this keyword, this command displays NAT sessions by initiator.

source-ip source-ip: Displays NAT sessions for the source IP address specified by the source-ip argument. The IP address must be the source IP address of the packet that triggers the session establishment.

destination-ip destination-ip: Displays NAT sessions for the destination IP address specified by the destination-ip argument. The IP address must be the destination IP address of the packet that triggers the session establishment.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. The VPN must be the VPN inside the packet. To display NAT sessions for the public network, do not specify this option.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays NAT sessions for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays NAT sessions for all member devices. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays NAT sessions for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

verbose: Display detailed information about NAT sessions. If you do not specify this keyword, the command displays brief information about NAT sessions.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify any parameters, this command displays all NAT sessions.

Examples

# (Centralized devices in standalone mode.) Display detailed information about NAT sessions.

<Sysname> display nat session verbose

Slot 0:

Initiator:

Source IP/port: 192.168.1.18/1877

Destination IP/port: 192.168.1.55/22

DS-Lite tunnel peer: -

VPN instance/VLAN ID/Inline ID: -/-/-

Protocol: TCP(6)

Inbound interface: GigabitEthernet0/1

Source security zone: SrcZone

Responder:

Source IP/port: 192.168.1.55/22

Destination IP/port: 192.168.1.10/1877

DS-Lite tunnel peer: -

VPN instance/VLAN ID/Inline ID: -/-/-

Protocol: TCP(6)

Inbound interface: GigabitEthernet0/2

Source security zone: DestZone

State: TCP_SYN_SENT

Application: SSH

Rule ID: -/-/-

Rule name:

Start time: 2011-07-29 19:12:36 TTL: 28s

Initiator->Responder: 1 packets 48 bytes

Responder->Initiator: 0 packets 0 bytes

Total sessions found: 1

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode.) Display detailed information about NAT sessions for the card in slot 1.

<Sysname> display nat session slot 1 verbose

Slot 1:

Initiator:

Source IP/port: 192.168.1.18/1877

Destination IP/port: 192.168.1.55/22

DS-Lite tunnel peer: -

VPN instance/VLAN ID/Inline ID: -/-/-

Protocol: TCP(6)

Inbound interface: GigabitEthernet2/0/1

Source security zone: SrcZone

Responder:

Source IP/port: 192.168.1.55/22

Destination IP/port: 192.168.1.10/1877

DS-Lite tunnel peer: -

VPN instance/VLAN ID/Inline ID: -/-/-

Protocol: TCP(6)

Inbound interface: GigabitEthernet2/0/2

Source security zone: DestZone

State: TCP_SYN_SENT

Application: SSH

Rule ID: -/-/-

Rule name:

Start time: 2011-07-29 19:12:36 TTL: 28s

Initiator->Responder: 1 packets 48 bytes

Responder->Initiator: 0 packets 0 bytes

Total sessions found: 1

# (Centralized devices in IRF mode.) Display detailed information about NAT sessions for the IRF member device 1.

<Sysname> display nat session slot 1 verbose

Slot 1:

Initiator:

Source IP/port: 192.168.1.18/1877

Destination IP/port: 192.168.1.55/22

DS-Lite tunnel peer: -

VPN instance/VLAN ID/Inline ID: -/-/-

Protocol: TCP(6)

Inbound interface: GigabitEthernet2/0/1

Source security zone: SrcZone

Responder:

Source IP/port: 192.168.1.55/22

Destination IP/port: 192.168.1.10/1877

DS-Lite tunnel peer: -

VPN instance/VLAN ID/Inline ID: -/-/-

Protocol: TCP(6)

Inbound interface: GigabitEthernet2/0/2

Source security zone: DestZone

State: TCP_SYN_SENT

Application: SSH

Rule ID: -/-/-

Rule name:

Start time: 2011-07-29 19:12:36 TTL: 28s

Initiator->Responder: 1 packets 48 bytes

Responder->Initiator: 0 packets 0 bytes

Total sessions found: 1

# (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) Display detailed information about NAT sessions for the card in slot 1 on IRF member device 1.

<Sysname> display nat session chassis 1 slot 1 verbose

Slot 1 in chassis 1:

Initiator:

Source IP/port: 192.168.1.18/1877

Destination IP/port: 192.168.1.55/22

DS-Lite tunnel peer: -

VPN instance/VLAN ID/Inline ID: -/-/-

Protocol: TCP(6)

Inbound interface: GigabitEthernet2/0/1

Source security zone: SrcZone

Responder:

Source IP/port: 192.168.1.55/22

Destination IP/port: 192.168.1.10/1877

DS-Lite tunnel peer: -

VPN instance/VLAN ID/Inline ID: -/-/-

Protocol: TCP(6)

Inbound interface: GigabitEthernet2/0/2

Source security zone: DestZone

State: TCP_SYN_SENT

Application: SSH

Rule ID: -/-/-

Rule name:

Start time: 2011-07-29 19:12:36 TTL: 28s

Initiator->Responder: 1 packets 48 bytes

Responder->Initiator: 0 packets 0 bytes

Total sessions found: 1

Table 45 Command output

Field	Description
Initiator	Session information about the initiator.
Responder	Session information about the responder.
Source IP/port	Source IP address and port number.
Destination IP/port	Destination IP address and port number.
DS-Lite tunnel peer	Destination address of the DS-Lite tunnel interface. If the session does not belong to any DS-Lite tunnel, this field displays a hyphen (-).
VPN instance/VLAN ID/Inline ID	MPLS L3VPN instance to which the session belongs. VLAN ID to which the session belongs for Layer 2 forwarding. Inline to which the session belongs for Layer 2 forwarding. If a setting is not specified, this field displays a hyphen (-).
Protocol	Transport layer protocol type, DCCP, ICMP, Raw IP, SCTP, TCP, UDP, or UDP-Lite.
Inbound interface	Input interface.
Source security zone	Security zone to which the input interface belongs. If the input interface does not belong to any security zone, this field displays a hyphen (-).
State	NAT session status.
Application	Application layer protocol type, such as FTP and DNS. This field displays OTHER for the protocol types identified by non-well-known ports.
Rule ID	ID of the security policy rule.
Rule name	Name of the security policy rule.
Start time	Time when the session starts.
TTL	Remaining NAT session lifetime in seconds.
Initiator->Responder	Number of packets and packet bytes from the initiator to the responder.
Responder->Initiator	Number of packets and packet bytes from the responder to the initiator.
Total sessions found	Total number of session tables.

Related commands

reset nat session

display nat static

Use display nat static to display static NAT mappings.

Syntax

display nat static

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Examples

# (Centralized devices in standalone mode.) Display static NAT mappings.

<Sysname> display nat static

Static NAT mappings:

Totally 2 inbound static NAT mappings.

Net-to-net:

Global IP : 1.1.1.1 - 1.1.1.255

Local IP : 2.2.2.0

Netmask : 255.255.255.0

Global VPN : vpn2

Local VPN : vpn1

ACL : 2000

Reversible : Y

Rule name : abcdefg

Priority : 1000

NAT counting : 0

Config status: Active

IP-to-IP:

Global IP : 5.5.5.5

Local IP : 4.4.4.4

Global VPN : vpn2

Local VPN : vpn1

ACL : 2000

Reversible : Y

Rule name : abefg

Priority : 1000

NAT counting : 0

Config status: Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

The following items don't exist or aren't effective: local VPN, global VPN, and ACL.

Totally 2 outbound static NAT mappings.

Net-to-net:

Local IP : 1.1.1.1 - 1.1.1.255

Global IP : 2.2.2.0

Netmask : 255.255.255.0

Local VPN : vpn1

Global VPN : vpn2

ACL : 2000

Reversible : Y

Rule name : abefg

Priority : 1000

NAT counting : 0

Config status: Active

IP-to-IP:

Local IP : 4.4.4.4

Global IP : 5.5.5.5

Local VPN : vpn1

Global VPN : vpn2

ACL: : 2001

Reversible : Y

Rule name : abcd

Priority : 1000

NAT counting : 0

Config status: Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

The following items don't exist or aren't effective: local VPN, and global VPN.

Interfaces enabled with static NAT:

Totally 2 interfaces enabled with static NAT.

Interface: GigabitEthernet0/2

Config status: Active

Interface: GigabitEthernet0/3

Config status: Active

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode.) Display static NAT mappings.

<Sysname> display nat static

Static NAT mappings:

Totally 2 inbound static NAT mappings.

Net-to-net:

Global IP : 1.1.1.1 - 1.1.1.255

Local IP : 2.2.2.0

Netmask : 255.255.255.0

Global VPN : vpn2

Local VPN : vpn1

ACL : 2000

Reversible : Y

Rule name : adefg

Priority : 1000

NAT counting : 0

Config status: Active

IP-to-IP:

Global IP : 5.5.5.5

Local IP : 4.4.4.4

Global VPN : vpn3

Local VPN : vpn4

ACL : 2001

Reversible : Y

Rule name : abefg

Priority : 1000

NAT counting : 0

Config status: Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

The following items don't exist or aren't effective: local VPN, global VPN, and ACL.

Totally 2 outbound static NAT mappings.

Net-to-net:

Local IP : 1.1.1.1 - 1.1.1.255

Global IP : 2.2.2.0

Netmask : 255.255.255.0

Local VPN : vpn1

Global VPN : vpn2

ACL : 2000

Reversible : Y

Rule name : abcd

Priority : 1000

NAT counting : 0

Config status: Active

IP-to-IP:

Local IP : 4.4.4.4

Global IP : 5.5.5.5

Local VPN : vpn4

Global VPN : vpn3

ACL: : 2000

Reversible : Y

Rule name : defg

Priority : 1000

NAT counting : 0

Config status: Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

The following items don't exist or aren't effective: local VPN, and global VPN.

Interfaces enabled with static NAT:

Totally 2 interfaces enabled with static NAT.

Interface: GigabitEthernet2/0/2

Config status: Active

Interface: GigabitEthernet2/0/3

Config status: Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

# (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) Display static NAT mappings.

<Sysname> display nat static

Static NAT mappings:

Totally 2 inbound static NAT mappings.

Net-to-net:

Global IP : 1.1.1.1 - 1.1.1.255

Local IP : 2.2.2.0

Netmask : 255.255.255.0

Global VPN : vpn2

Local VPN : vpn1

ACL : 2000

Reversible : Y

Rule name : cdefg

Priority : 1000

NAT counting : 0

Config status: Active

IP-to-IP:

Global IP : 5.5.5.5

Local IP : 4.4.4.4

Global VPN : vpn3

Local VPN : vpn4

ACL : 2001

Reversible : Y

Rule name : cefg

Priority : 1000

NAT counting : 0

Config status: Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

The following items don't exist or aren't effective: local VPN, global VPN, and ACL.

Totally 2 outbound static NAT mappings.

Net-to-net:

Local IP : 1.1.1.1 - 1.1.1.255

Global IP : 2.2.2.0

Netmask : 255.255.255.0

Local VPN : vpn1

Global VPN : vpn2

ACL : 2000

Reversible : Y

Rule name : abcg

Priority : 1000

NAT counting : 0

Config status: Active

IP-to-IP:

Local IP : 4.4.4.4

Global IP : 5.5.5.5

Local VPN : vpn4

Global VPN : vpn3

ACL: : 2000

Reversible : Y

Rule name : acdeg

Priority : 1000

NAT counting : 0

Config status: Inactive

Reasons for inactive status:

The following items don't exist or aren't effective: local VPN, and global VPN.

Interfaces enabled with static NAT:

Totally 2 interfaces enabled with static NAT.

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/2/0/2

Config status: Active

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/2/0/3

Config status: Active

Table 46 Command output

Field	Description
Net-to-net	Net-to-net static NAT mapping.
IP-to-IP	One-to-one static NAT mapping.
Local IP	Private IP address or address range.
Global IP	Public IP address or address range.
Netmask	Network mask.
Local VPN	MPLS L3VPN instance to which the private IP addresses belong. If no VPN instance is specified, this field is not displayed.
Global VPN	MPLS L3VPN instance to which the public IP addresses belong. If no VPN instance is specified, this field is not displayed.
ACL	ACL number or name. If no ACL is specified, this field is not displayed.
Reversible	Whether reverse address translation is allowed. If reverse address translation is allowed, this field displays Y. If reverse address translation is not allowed, this field is not displayed.
Rule name	Name of the NAT rule.
Priority	Priority of the NAT rule.
NAT counting	Number of flows that match the static NAT rule.
Config status	Status of the static NAT mapping configuration: Active or Inactive.
Reasons for inactive status	Reasons why the static NAT mapping configuration does not take effect. This field is available when the Config status is Inactive.

Related commands

nat static

nat static net-to-net

nat static enable

display nat statistics

Use display nat statistics to display NAT statistics.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display nat statistics [ summary ]

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display nat statistics [ summary ] [ slot slot-number ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display nat statistics [ summary ] [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

summary: Displays NAT statistics summary. If you do not specify this keyword, this command displays detailed NAT statistics.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays NAT statistics for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays NAT statistics for all member devices. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays NAT statistics for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Examples

# (Centralized devices in standalone mode.) Display detailed information about all NAT statistics.

<Sysname> display nat statistics

Slot 0:

Total session entries: 100

Total EIM entries: 1

Total inbound NO-PAT entries: 0

Total outbound NO-PAT entries: 0

Total static port block entries: 10

Total dynamic port block entries: 15

Active static port block entries: 0

Active dynamic port block entries: 0

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode.) Display detailed information about all NAT statistics.

<Sysname> display nat statistics

Slot 1:

Total session entries: 100

Total EIM entries: 1

Total inbound NO-PAT entries: 0

Total outbound NO-PAT entries: 0

Total static port block entries: 10

Total dynamic port block entries: 15

Active static port block entries: 0

Active dynamic port block entries: 0

# (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) Display detailed information about all NAT statistics.

<Sysname> display nat statistics

Slot 1 in chassis 1:

Total session entries: 100

Total EIM entries: 1

Total inbound NO-PAT entries: 0

Total outbound NO-PAT entries: 0

Total static port block entries: 10

Total dynamic port block entries: 15

Active static port block entries: 0

Active dynamic port block entries: 0

Table 47 Command output

Field	Description
Total session entries	Number of NAT session entries.
Total EIM entries	Number of EIM entries.
Total inbound NO-PAT entries	Number of inbound NO-PAT entries.
Total outbound NO-PAT entries	Number of outbound NO-PAT entries.
Total static port block entries	Number of static NAT444 mappings.
Total dynamic port block entries	Number of dynamic NAT444 mappings that can be created. It equals the number of port blocks for dynamic assignment, including the assigned and unassigned port blocks.
Active static port block entries	Number of static NAT444 mappings that are in use.
Active dynamic port block entries	Number of dynamic NAT444 mappings that have been created. It equals the number of dynamically assigned port blocks.

# (Centralized devices in standalone mode.) Display summary information about all NAT statistics.

<Sysname> display nat statistics summary

EIM: Total EIM entries.

SPB: Total static port block entries.

DPB: Total dynamic port block entries.

ASPB: Active static port block entries.

ADPB: Active dynamic port block entries.

Sessions EIM SPB DPB ASPB ADPB

100 1 10 15 0 0

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode.) Display summary information about all NAT statistics.

<Sysname> display nat statistics summary

EIM: Total EIM entries.

SPB: Total static port block entries.

DPB: Total dynamic port block entries.

ASPB: Active static port block entries.

ADPB: Active dynamic port block entries.

Slot Sessions EIM SPB DPB ASPB ADPB

2 0 0 0 1572720 0 0

# (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) Display summary information about all NAT statistics.

<Sysname> display nat statistics summary

EIM: Total EIM entries.

SPB: Total static port block entries.

DPB: Total dynamic port block entries.

ASPB: Active static port block entries.

ADPB: Active dynamic port block entries.

Chassis Slot Sessions EIM SPB DPB ASPB ADPB

1 2 0 0 0 1572720 0 0

Table 48 Command output

Field	Description
Chassis	Member ID of the IRF member device (distributed devices in IRF mode).
Slot	Number of the slot that holds the card (distributed devices in standalone mode). Member ID of the IRF member device (centralized devices in IRF mode).
Sessions	Number of NAT session entries.
EIM	Number of EIM entries.
SPB	Number of static NAT444 mappings.
DPB	Number of dynamic NAT444 mappings that can be created. It equals the number of port blocks for dynamic assignment, including the assigned and unassigned port blocks.
ASPB	Number of static NAT444 mappings in use.
ADPB	Number of dynamic NAT444 mappings that have been created. It equals the number of dynamically assigned port blocks.

global-ip-pool

Use global-ip-pool to add a public IP address range to a NAT port block group.

Use undo global-ip-pool to remove a public IP address range from a NAT port block group.

Syntax

global-ip-pool start-address end-address

undo global-ip-pool start-address

Default

No public IP address ranges exist.

Views

NAT port block group view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

start-address end-address: Specifies the start IP address and end IP address of a public IP address range. The end IP address cannot be lower than the start IP address. If the start and end IP addresses are the same, only one public IP address is specified.

Usage guidelines

Static NAT444 maps a public IP address to multiple private IP addresses and assigns a unique port block to each private IP address. The number of port blocks that a public IP address can assign is determined by dividing the number of ports in the port range by the port block size.

You can add multiple public IP address ranges to a port block group, but they cannot overlap.

Public IP address ranges in different port block groups can overlap. The port ranges for overlapped public IP address ranges cannot overlap.

Examples

# Add a public IP address range to the port block group 1. The public IP address range consists of IP addresses from 202.10.1.1 to 202.10.1.10.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] nat port-block-group 1

[Sysname-port-block-group-1] global-ip-pool 202.10.1.1 202.10.1.10

Related commands

nat port-block-group

inside ip

Use inside ip to add a member to an internal server group.

Use undo inside ip to remove a member from an internal server group.

Syntax

inside ip inside-ip port port-number [ weight weight-value ]

undo inside ip inside-ip port port-number

Default

No members exist in an internal server group.

Views

Internal server group view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

inside-ip: Specifies the IP address of an internal server.

port port-number: Specifies the port number of an internal server, in the range of 1 to 65535, excluding FTP port 20.

weight weight-value: Specifies the weight of the internal server. The value range is 1 to 1000, and the default value is 100. An internal server with a larger weight receives a larger percentage of connections in the internal server group.

Examples

# Add a member with IP address 10.1.1.2 and port number 30 to internal server group 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] nat server-group 1

[Sysname-server-group-1] inside ip 10.1.1.2 port 30

Related commands

nat server-group

local-ip-address

Use local-ip-address to add a private IP address range to a NAT port block group.

Use undo local-ip-address to remove a private IP address range from a NAT port block group.

Syntax

local-ip-address start-address end-address [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

undo local-ip-address start-address end-address [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

Default

No private IP address ranges exist in a NAT port block group.

Views

NAT port block group view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

start-address end-address: Specifies the start IP address and end IP address of a private IP address range. The end IP address cannot be lower than the start IP address. If the start and end IP addresses are the same, only one private IP address is specified.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies the MPLS L3VPN to which the private IP address range belongs. The vpn-instance-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. Do not specify this parameter if the private IP address range does not belong to any VPN.

Usage guidelines

Static NAT444 maps one public IP address to multiple private IP addresses and assigns a unique port block to each private IP address.

You can add multiple private IP address ranges to a port block group, but they cannot overlap.

Private IP address ranges in different port block groups can overlap.

In a NAT port block group, the number of private IP addresses cannot be larger than the number of assignable port blocks. Otherwise, some private IP addresses cannot obtain port blocks. The number of port blocks that a public IP address can assign is determined by dividing the number of ports in the port range by the port block size.

Examples

# Add a private IP address range to the port block group 1. The private IP address range consists of IP addresses from 172.16.1.1 to 172.16.1.255 in the VPN instance vpn1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] nat port-block-group 1

[Sysname-port-block-group-1] local-ip-address 172.16.1.1 172.16.1.255 vpn-instance vpn1

Related commands

nat port-block-group

nat address-group

Use nat address-group to create a NAT address group and enter its view, or enter the view of an existing NAT address group.

Use undo nat address-group to delete a NAT address group.

Syntax

nat address-group group-id [ name group-name ]

undo nat address-group group-id

Default

No NAT address groups exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

group-id: Assigns an ID to the NAT address group. The value range for this argument is 0 to 65535.

name group-name: Assigns a name to the NAT address group. The group-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 63 characters.

Usage guidelines

A NAT address group consists of multiple address ranges. Use the address command to add an address range to a NAT address group.

Examples

# Create a NAT address group numbered 1 and named abc.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] nat address-group 1 name abc

Related commands

address

display nat address-group

display nat all

nat inbound

nat outbound

nat alg

Use nat alg to enable NAT ALG for the specified or all supported protocols.

Use undo nat alg to disable NAT ALG for the specified or all supported protocols.

Syntax

nat alg { all | dns | ftp | h323 | icmp-error | ils | mgcp | nbt | pptp | rsh | rtsp | sccp | sip | sqlnet | tftp | xdmcp }

undo nat alg { all | dns | ftp | h323 | icmp-error | ils | mgcp | nbt | pptp | rsh | rtsp | sccp | sip | sqlnet |tftp | xdmcp }

Default

NAT ALG is enabled for DNS, FTP, ICMP error messages, RTSP, and PPTP, and is disabled for the other supported protocols.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

all: Enables NAT ALG for all supported protocols.

dns: Enables NAT ALG for DNS.

ftp: Enables NAT ALG for FTP.

H323: Enables NAT ALG for H.323.

icmp-error: Enables NAT ALG for ICMP error packets.

ils: Enables NAT ALG for ILS.

mgcp: Enables NAT ALG for MGCP.

nbt: Enables NAT ALG for NBT.

pptp: Enables NAT ALG for PPTP.

rsh: Enables NAT ALG for RSH.

rtsp: Enables NAT ALG for RTSP.

sccp: Enables NAT ALG for SCCP.

sip: Enables NAT ALG for SIP.

sqlnet: Enables NAT ALG for SQLNET.

tftp: Enables NAT ALG for TFTP.

xdmcp: Enables NAT ALG for XDMCP.

Usage guidelines

NAT ALG translates address or port information in the application layer payload to ensure connection establishment.

For example, an FTP application includes a data connection and a control connection. The IP address and port number for the data connection depend on the payload information of the control connection. This requires NAT ALG to translate the address and port information to establish the data connection.

Examples

# Enable NAT ALG for FTP.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] nat alg ftp

Related commands

display nat all

nat dns-map

Use nat dns-map to configure a DNS mapping for NAT.

Use undo nat dns-map to remove a DNS mapping for NAT.

Syntax

nat dns-map domain domain-name protocol pro-type { interface interface-type interface-number | ip global-ip } port global-port

undo nat dns-map domain domain-name

Default

No DNS mappings for NAT exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

domain domain-name: Specifies the domain name of an internal server. A domain name is a dot-separated case-insensitive string that can include letters, digits, hyphens (-), underscores (_), and dots (.) (for example, aabbcc.com). The domain name can contain a maximum of 253 characters, and each separated string contains no more than 63 characters.

protocol pro-type: Specifies the type of the protocol used by the internal server, tcp or udp.

interface interface-type interface-number: Enables Easy IP to use the IP address of the interface specified by its type and number as the public address of the internal server. Only the loopback interfaces are supported.

ip global-ip: Specifies the public IP address used by the internal server to provide services for the external network.

port global-port: Specifies the public port number used by the internal server to provide services for the external network. The port number format can be one of the following:

· A number in the range of 1 to 65535.

· A protocol name, a string of 1 to 15 characters. For example, ftp and telnet.

Usage guidelines

NAT DNS mapping must cooperate with the NAT Server feature. NAT DNS mapping maps the domain name of an internal server to the public IP address, public port number, and protocol type of the internal server. NAT Server maps the public IP and port to the private IP and port of the internal server. The cooperation allows an internal host to access an internal server on the same private network by using the domain name of the internal server when the DNS server is on the public network. The DNS reply from the external DNS server contains only the domain name and public IP address of the internal server in the payload. The NAT interface might have multiple internal servers configured with the same public IP address but different private IP addresses. DNS ALG might find an incorrect internal server by using only the public IP address. If a DNS mapping is configured, DNS ALG can obtain the public IP address, public port number, and protocol type of the internal server by using the domain name. Then it can find the correct internal server by using the public IP address, public port number, and protocol type of the internal server.

You can configure multiple NAT DNS mappings.

Examples

# Configure a NAT DNS mapping to map the domain name www.server.com to the public IP address 202.112.0.1, public port number 12345, and protocol type TCP.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] nat dns-map domain www.server.com protocol tcp ip 202.112.0.1 port 12345

Related commands

display nat all

display nat dns-map

nat server

nat hairpin enable

Use nat hairpin enable to enable NAT hairpin.

Use undo nat hairpin enable to disable NAT hairpin.

Syntax

nat hairpin enable

undo nat hairpin enable

Default

NAT hairpin is disabled.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

NAT hairpin allows internal hosts to access each other or allows internal hosts to access internal servers. It must cooperate with NAT Server, outbound dynamic NAT, or outbound static NAT. The source and destination IP addresses of the packets are translated on the interface connected to the internal network.

Examples

# Enable NAT hairpin on interface GigabitEthernet 2/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 2/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet2/0/1] nat hairpin enable

Related commands

display nat all

nat icmp-error reply

Use nat icmp-error reply to enable sending ICMP error messages for NAT failures.

Use undo nat icmp-error reply to restore the default.

Syntax

nat icmp-error reply

undo nat icmp-error reply

Default

No ICMP error messages are sent for NAT failures.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

Disabling sending ICMP error messages for NAT failures reduces useless packets, saves bandwidth, and avoids exposing the firewall IP address to the public network.

This command is required for traceroute.

Examples

# Enable sending ICMP error messages for NAT failures.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] nat icmp-error reply

nat inbound

Use nat inbound to configure an inbound dynamic NAT rule.

Use undo nat inbound to delete an inbound dynamic NAT rule.

Syntax

nat inbound { ipv4-acl-number | name ipv4-acl-name } address-group { group-id | name group-name } [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] [ no-pat [ reversible ] [ add-route ] ] [ rule rule-name ] [ priority priority ] [ disable ] [ description text ] [ counting ]

undo nat inbound { ipv4-acl-number | name ipv4-acl-name }

Default

No inbound dynamic NAT rules exist.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ipv4-acl-number: Specifies an ACL by its number in the range of 2000 to 3999.

name ipv4-acl-name: Specifies an ACL by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. The ACL name must start with an English letter and to avoid confusion, it cannot be all.

address-group: Specifies an address group for address translation.

group-id: Specifies the address group ID. The value range for this argument is 0 to 65535.

name group-name: Specifies the address group name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies the MPLS L3VPN instance to which the addresses in the address group belong. The vpn-instance-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If the addresses in the address group belong to the public network, do not use this option.

no-pat: Uses NO-PAT for inbound NAT. If you do not specify this keyword, PAT is used. PAT supports only TCP, UDP, and ICMP query packets. For an ICMP packet, the ICMP ID is used as its source port number.

reversible: Allows reverse address translation. Reverse address translation applies to connections actively initiated by internal hosts to external hosts. It uses existing NO-PAT entries to translate destination addresses for packets of these connections if the packets are permitted by ACL reverse matching.

add-route: Automatically adds a route to the source address after translation. The output interface is the NAT interface and the next-hop is the source address before translation. If you do not specify this keyword, you must manually add the route. As a best practice, add routes manually because automatic route adding is slow. Do not specify this keyword if the subnets where the internal and external networks reside overlap.

rule rule-name: Specifies a name for the rule, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. It cannot contain backward slashes (\), forward slashes (/), colons (:), asterisks (*), question marks (?), left angle brackets (<), right angle brackets (>), vertical bars (|), quotation marks ("), or at signs (@). If you do not specify this option, the rule does not have a name.

priority priority: Specifies a priority for the rule, in the range of 0 to 2147483647. A smaller value represents a higher priority. If you do not specify this option, the rule has the lowest priority among the same type of NAT rules.

disable: Disables the inbound dynamic NAT rule. If you do not specify this keyword, the rule is enabled.

description text: Specifies a description for the inbound dynamic NAT rule. The text argument is a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters.

counting: Enables NAT counting. The number of flows that use the address mapping is counted.

Usage guidelines

Inbound dynamic NAT translates the source IP addresses of incoming packets permitted by the ACL into IP addresses in the address group.

Inbound dynamic NAT supports the PAT and NO-PAT modes.

· PAT—Performs both IP address translation and port translation.

· NO-PAT—Performs only IP address translation.

The NO-PAT mode supports reverse address translation. Reverse address translation uses ACL reverse matching to identify packets to be translated. ACL reverse matching works as follows:

· Compares the source IP address/port of a packet with the destination IP addresses/ports in the ACL.

· Translates the destination IP address of the packet according to the matching NO-PAT entry, and then compares the translated destination IP address/port with the source IP addresses/ports in the ACL.

Inbound dynamic NAT typically cooperates with one of the following to implement bidirectional NAT:

· Outbound dynamic NAT (the nat outbound command).

· NAT Server (the nat server command).

· Outbound static NAT (the nat static command).

An address group cannot be used by both the nat inbound and nat outbound commands. It cannot be used by the nat inbound command in both PAT and NO-PAT modes.

An ACL can be used by only one inbound dynamic NAT rule on an interface.

You can configure multiple inbound dynamic NAT rules on an interface.

The vpn-instance parameter is required if you deploy inbound dynamic NAT for VPNs. The specified VPN instance must be the VPN instance to which the NAT interface belongs.

Inbound dynamic NAT rules configured with the same priority value are matched by using their ACLs.

· NAT rules with named ACLs have higher priorities than NAT rules with unnamed ACLs.

· NAT rules with named ACLs are matched in alphabetical order of their ACL names.

· NAT rules with unnamed ACLs are matched in descending order of their ACL numbers.

Examples

# Configure ACL 2001 to permit packets only from subnet 10.110.10.0/24 in VPN vpn10 to pass through.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] acl basic 2001

[Sysname-acl-ipv4-basic-2001] rule permit vpn-instance vpn10 source 10.110.10.0 0.0.0.255

[Sysname-acl-ipv4-basic-2001] rule deny

[Sysname-acl-ipv4-basic-2001] quit

# Configure the MPLS L3VPN instance named vpn10.

[Sysname] ip vpn-instance vpn10

[Sysname-vpn-instance-vpn10] route-distinguisher 100:001

[Sysname-vpn-instance-vpn10] vpn-target 100:1 export-extcommunity

[Sysname-vpn-instance-vpn10] vpn-target 100:1 import-extcommunity

[Sysname-vpn-instance-vpn10] quit

# Create address group 1 and add the address range of 202.110.10.10 to 202.110.10.12 to the group.

[Sysname] nat address-group 1

[Sysname-address-group-1] address 202.110.10.10 202.110.10.12

[Sysname-address-group-1] quit

# Configure an inbound NO-PAT rule on interface GigabitEthernet 2/0/1. NAT translates the source addresses of incoming packets into the addresses in address group 1, and automatically adds routes for translated packets. Set the rule name to abc, and the priority to 0.

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 2/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet2/0/1] nat inbound 2001 address-group 1 vpn-instance vpn10 no-pat add-route rule abc priority 0

Related commands

display nat all

display nat inbound

display nat no-pat

nat inbound rule move

Use nat inbound rule move to change the priority of an inbound dynamic NAT rule.

Syntax

nat inbound rule move nat-rule-name1 { after | before } nat-rule-name2

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

nat-rule-name1: Specifies the name of the rule be moved.

after: Places nat-rule-name1 behind nat-rule-name2 to set the priority of nat-rule-name1 to the priority of nat-rule-name2 plus 1.

before: Places nat-rule-name1 before nat-rule-name2 to set the priority of nat-rule-name1 to the priority of nat-rule-name2 minus 1.

nat-rule-name2: Specifies the name of the reference rule.

Usage guidelines

This command applies only to inbound dynamic NAT rules that have names.

A smaller priority value represents a higher priority.

Examples

# Place inbound dynamic NAT rule abc before def.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 2/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet2/0/1] nat inbound rule move abc before def

Related commands

nat inbound

nat log alarm

Use nat log alarm to enable NAT alarm logging.

Use undo nat log alarm to disable NAT alarm logging.

Syntax

nat log alarm

undo nat log alarm

Default

NAT alarm logging is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

Before configuring NAT alarm logging for NAT444, you must configure the custom NAT444 log generation and outputting features. For more information about information center, see Network Management and Monitoring Configuration Guide.

Examples

# Enable NAT alarm logging.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] nat log alarm

Related commands

display nat all

display nat log

nat log enable

Use nat log enable to enable NAT logging.

Use undo nat log enable to disable NAT logging.

Syntax

nat log enable [ acl { ipv4-acl-number | name ipv4-acl-name } ]

undo nat log enable

Default

NAT logging is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

acl: Specifies an ACL.

ipv4-acl-number: Specifies an ACL by its number in the range of 2000 to 3999.

name ipv4-acl-name: Specifies an ACL by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. The ACL name must start with an English letter and to avoid confusion, it cannot be all.

Usage guidelines

You must enable NAT logging before you enable NAT session logging, NAT444 user logging, or NAT alarm logging. NAT444 user logging records log information about NAT444 port block assignment and withdrawal.

The acl keyword takes effect only for NAT session logging. If an ACL is specified, flows matching the permit rule might trigger NAT session logs. If you do not specify an ACL, all flows processed by NAT might trigger NAT session logs.

Examples

# Enable NAT logging.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] nat log enable

Related commands

display nat all

display nat log

nat log alarm

nat log flow-active

nat log flow-begin

nat log flow-end

nat log port-block-assign

nat log port-block-withdraw

nat log flow-active

Use nat log flow-active to enable logging for active NAT flows and set the logging interval.

Use undo nat log flow-active to disable logging for active NAT flows.

Syntax

nat log flow-active time-value

undo nat log flow-active

Default

Logging for active NAT flows is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

time-value: Specifies the interval for logging active NAT flows, in the range of 10 to 120 minutes.

Usage guidelines

Active NAT flows are NAT sessions that last for a long time. The logging feature helps track active NAT flows by periodically logging the active NAT flows.

Logging for active NAT flows takes effect only after you enable NAT logging.

Examples

# Enable logging for active NAT flows and set the logging interval to 10 minutes.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] nat log flow-active 10

Related commands

display nat all

display nat log

nat log enable

nat log flow-begin

Use nat log flow-begin to enable logging for NAT session establishment events.

Use undo nat log flow-begin to disable logging for NAT session establishment events.

Syntax

nat log flow-begin

undo nat log flow-begin

Default

Logging for NAT session establishment events is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

Logging for NAT session establishment events takes effect only after you enable NAT logging.

Examples

# Enable logging for NAT session establishment events.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] nat log flow-begin

Related commands

display nat all

display nat log

nat log enable

nat log flow-end

Use nat log flow-end to enable logging for NAT session removal events.

Use undo nat log flow-end to disable logging for NAT session removal events.

Syntax

nat log flow-end

undo nat log flow-end

Default

Logging for NAT session removal events is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

Logging for NAT session removal events takes effect only after you enable NAT logging.

Examples

# Enable logging for NAT session removal events.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] nat log flow-end

Related commands

display nat all

display nat log

nat log enable

nat log port-block usage threshold

Use nat log port-block usage threshold to set the port block usage threshold for dynamic NAT444.

Use undo nat log port-block usage threshold to restore the default.

Syntax

nat log port-block usage threshold threshold-value

undo nat log port-block usage threshold

Default

The port block usage threshold for dynamic NAT444 is 90%.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

threshold-value: Specifies the port block usage threshold in percentage, in the range of 40 to 100.

Usage guidelines

The system generates alarm logs if the port block usage exceeds the threshold.

Examples

# Set the port block usage threshold for dynamic NAT444 to 60%.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] nat log port-block usage threshold 60

nat log port-block-assign

Use nat log port-block-assign to enable NAT444 user logging for port block assignment.

Use undo nat log port-block-assign to disable NAT444 user logging for port block assignment.

Syntax

nat log port-block-assign

undo nat log port-block-assign

Default

NAT444 user logging is disabled for port block assignment.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

For static NAT444, the NAT444 gateway generates a user log when it translates the first connection from a private IP address.

For dynamic NAT444, the NAT444 gateway generates a user log when it assigns or extends a port block for a private IP address.

Enable NAT logging before you enable NAT444 user logging for port block assignment.

Examples

# Enable NAT444 user logging for port block assignment.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] nat log port-block-assign

Related commands

display nat all

display nat log

nat log enable

nat log port-block-withdraw

Use nat log port-block-withdraw to enable NAT444 user logging for port block withdrawal.

Use undo nat log port-block-withdraw to disable NAT444 user logging for port block withdrawal.

Syntax

nat log port-block-withdraw

undo nat log port-block-withdraw

Default

NAT444 user logging is disabled for port block withdrawal.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

For static NAT444, the NAT444 gateway generates a user log when all connections from a private IP address are disconnected.

For dynamic NAT444, the NAT444 gateway generates a user log when all the following conditions are met:

· All connections from a private IP address are disconnected.

· The port blocks (including the extended ones) assigned to the private IP address are withdrawn.

· The corresponding mapping entry is deleted.

Enable NAT logging before you enable NAT444 user logging for port block withdrawal.

Examples

# Enable NAT444 user logging for port block withdrawal.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] nat log port-block-withdraw

Related commands

display nat all

display nat log

nat log enable

nat mapping-behavior

Use nat mapping-behavior to configure the mapping behavior mode for PAT.

Use undo nat mapping-behavior to restore the default.

Syntax

nat mapping-behavior endpoint-independent [ acl { ipv4-acl-number | name ipv4-acl-name } ]

undo nat mapping-behavior endpoint-independent

Default

Address and Port-Dependent Mapping applies.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

acl: Specifies an ACL. Endpoint-Independent Mapping applies to packets that are permitted by the ACL. If you do not specify an ACL, Endpoint-Independent Mapping applies to all packets.

ipv4-acl-number: Specifies an ACL by its number in the range of 2000 to 3999.

name ipv4-acl-name: Specifies an ACL by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. The ACL name must start with an English letter and to avoid confusion, it cannot be all.

Usage guidelines

PAT supports the following types of NAT mappings:

· Endpoint-Independent Mapping—Uses the same IP and port mapping (EIM entry) for packets from the same source and port to any destination. EIM allows external hosts to access the internal hosts by using the translated IP address and port. It allows internal hosts behind different NAT gateways to access each other.

· Address and Port-Dependent Mapping—Uses different IP and port mappings for packets with the same source IP and port to different destination IP addresses and ports. APDM allows an external host to access an internal host only under the condition that the internal host has previously accessed the external host. It is secure, but it does not allow internal hosts behind different NAT gateways to access each other.

This command takes effect only on outbound PAT. Address and Port-Dependent Mapping always applies to inbound PAT.

Examples

# Apply the Endpoint-Independent Mapping mode to all packets for address translation.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] nat mapping-behavior endpoint-independent

# Apply the Endpoint-Independent Mapping to FTP and HTTP packets, and the Address and Port-Dependent Mapping to other packets for address translation.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] acl advanced 3000

[Sysname-acl-ipv4-adv-3000] rule permit tcp destination-port eq 80

[Sysname-acl-ipv4-adv-3000] rule permit tcp destination-port eq 21

[Sysname-acl-ipv4-adv-3000] quit

[Sysname] nat mapping-behavior endpoint-independent acl 3000

Related commands

nat outbound

display nat eim

nat outbound

Use nat outbound to configure an outbound dynamic NAT rule.

Use undo nat outbound to delete an outbound dynamic NAT rule.

Syntax

NO-PAT:

nat outbound [ ipv4-acl-number | name ipv4-acl-name ] address-group { group-id | name group-name } [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] no-pat [ reversible ] [ rule rule-name ] [ priority priority ] [ disable ] [ description text ] [ counting ]

undo nat outbound [ ipv4-acl-number | name ipv4-acl-name ]

PAT:

nat outbound [ ipv4-acl-number | name ipv4-acl-name ] [ address-group { group-id | name group-name } ] [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] [ port-preserved ] [ rule rule-name ] [ priority priority ] [ disable ] [ description text ]

undo nat outbound [ ipv4-acl-number | name ipv4-acl-name ]

Default

No outbound dynamic NAT rules exist.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ipv4-acl-number: Specifies an ACL by its number in the range of 2000 to 3999.

name ipv4-acl-name: Specifies an ACL by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. The ACL name must start with an English letter and to avoid confusion, it cannot be all.

address-group group-id: Specifies an address group for NAT. If you do not specify an address group, the IP address of the interface is used as the NAT address. Easy IP is used.

group-id: Specifies the address group ID. The value range for this argument is 0 to 65535.

name group-name: Specifies the address group name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters.

no-pat: Uses NO-PAT for outbound NAT. If you do not specify this keyword, PAT is used. PAT only supports TCP, UDP, and ICMP query packets. For an ICMP packet, the ICMP ID is used as its source port number.

reversible: Allows reverse address translation. Reverse address translation uses existing NO-PAT entries to translate destination addresses for packets of connections actively initiated by external hosts to internal hosts.

port-preserved: Tries to preserve port number for PAT. This keyword does not take effect on dynamic NAT444.

disable: Disables the outbound dynamic NAT rule. If you do not specify this keyword, the rule is enabled.

description text: Specifies a description for the outbound dynamic NAT rule. The text argument is a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters.

counting: Enables NAT counting. The number of flows that use the address mapping is counted.

Usage guidelines

Outbound dynamic NAT is typically configured on the interface connected to the external network. You can configure multiple outbound dynamic NAT rules on an interface.

Outbound dynamic NAT supports the following modes:

· PAT—Performs both IP address translation and port translation. The PAT mode allows external hosts to actively access the internal hosts if the Endpoint-Independent Mapping behavior is used.

· NO-PAT—Performs only IP address translation. The NO-PAT mode allows external hosts to actively access the internal hosts if you specify the reversible keyword. If an ACL is specified, reverse address translation only applies to packets permitted by ACL reverse matching. ACL reverse matching works as follows:

¡ Compares the source IP address/port of a packet with the destination IP addresses/ports in the ACL.

¡ Translates the destination IP address of the packet according to the matching NO-PAT entry, and then compares the translated destination IP address/port with the source IP addresses/ports in the ACL.

Dynamic NAT444 does not support the NO-PAT mode.

When you specify a NAT address group, follow these restrictions and guidelines:

· An address group cannot be used by both the nat inbound and nat outbound commands.

· An address group cannot be used by the nat outbound command in both PAT and NO-PAT modes.

· When a port range and port block parameters are specified in the NAT address group, this command configures a dynamic NAT444 rule. Packets matching the ACL permit rule are processed by dynamic NAT444.

When you specify an ACL, follow these restrictions and guidelines:

· An ACL can be used by only one outbound dynamic NAT rule on an interface.

· If you configure multiple outbound dynamic NAT rules, only one outbound dynamic NAT rule can contain no ACL.

· If you specify an ACL, NAT translates the source IP addresses of outgoing packets permitted by the ACL into IP addresses in the address group. If you do not specify an ACL, NAT translates all packets.

· Outbound dynamic NAT rules with ACLs configured on an interface takes precedence over those without ACLs. The priority for the ACL-based dynamic NAT rules depends on ACL number. A higher ACL number represents a higher priority.

The vpn-instance parameter is required if you deploy outbound dynamic NAT for VPNs. The specified VPN instance must be the VPN instance to which the NAT interface belongs.

Outbound dynamic NAT rules configured with the same priority value and an ACL are matched by using the ACLs in the rule.

· NAT rules with named ACLs have higher priorities than NAT rules with unnamed ACLs.

· NAT rules with named ACLs are matched in alphabetical order of their ACL names.

· NAT rules with unnamed ACLs are matched in descending order of their ACL numbers.

Examples

# Configure ACL 2001 to permit packets only from subnet 10.110.10.0/24 to pass through.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] acl basic 2001

[Sysname-acl-ipv4-basic-2001] rule permit source 10.110.10.0 0.0.0.255

[Sysname-acl-ipv4-basic-2001] rule deny

[Sysname-acl-ipv4-basic-2001] quit

# Create address group 1 and add the address range of 202.110.10.10 to 202.110.10.12 to the group.

[Sysname] nat address-group 1

[Sysname-address-group-1] address 202.110.10.10 202.110.10.12

[Sysname-address-group-1] quit

# Configure an outbound dynamic PAT rule on interface GigabitEthernet 2/0/1 to translate the source addresses of outgoing packets permitted by ACL 2001 into the addresses in address group 1.

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 2/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet2/0/1] nat outbound 2001 address-group 1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet2/0/1] quit

# Configure an outbound NO-PAT rule on interface GigabitEthernet 2/0/1 to translate the source addresses of outgoing packets permitted by ACL 2001 into the addresses in address group 1.

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 2/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet2/0/1] nat outbound 2001 address-group 1 no-pat

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet2/0/1] quit

# Enable Easy IP to use the IP address of GigabitEthernet 2/0/1 as the translated address.

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 2/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet2/0/1] nat outbound 2001

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet2/0/1] quit

# Configure an outbound NO-PAT rule on GigabitEthernet 2/0/1 to translate the source addresses of outgoing packets permitted by ACL 2001 into the addresses in address group 1. Enable reverse address translation.

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 2/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet2/0/1] nat outbound 2001 address-group 1 no-pat reversible

Related commands

display nat eim

display nat outbound

nat mapping-behavior

nat outbound ds-lite-b4

Use nat outbound ds-lite-b4 to configure DS-Lite NAT444.

Use undo nat outbound ds-lite-b4 to remove the DS-Lite NAT444 configuration.

Syntax

nat outbound ds-lite-b4 { ipv6-acl-number | name ipv6-acl-name } address-group group-id

undo nat outbound ds-lite-b4 { ipv6-acl-number | name ipv6-acl-name }

Default

No DS-Lite NAT444 configuration exists.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ipv6-acl-number: Specifies the number of an IPv6 ACL to match the IPv6 addresses of B4 elements. The value range for the argument is 2000 to 2999.

name ipv6-acl-name: Specifies the name of an IPv6 ACL to match the IPv6 addresses of B4 elements. The ACL name is a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. It must start with an English letter and to avoid confusion, it cannot be all.

address-group group-id: Specifies an address group by its ID. The value range for the group-id argument is 0 to 65535. Port block parameters are required in the address group for DS-Lite NAT444.

Usage guidelines

DS-Lite NAT444 applies to the scenario where a DS-Lite tunnel connects an IPv6 network to an IPv4 network. DS-Lite NAT444 is configured on the AFTR's interface connected to the external IPv4 network and performs dynamic NAT444 based on the B4 element. The B4 element refers to a B4 router or a DS-Lite host.

DS-Lite NAT444 dynamically maps a public IPv4 address and a port block to the IPv6 address of the B4 element. The DS-Lite host or hosts behind the B4 router use the mapped public IPv4 address and port block to access the public IPv4 network.

Examples

# Configure IPv6 ACL 2100 to identify packets from subnet 2000::/64.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] acl ipv6 basic 2100

[Sysname-acl-ipv6-basic-2100] rule permit source 2000::/64

[Sysname-acl-ipv6-basic-2100] quit

# Create address group 1 and add public addresses 202.110.10.10 through 202.110.10.12 to the group.

[Sysname] nat address-group 1

[Sysname-address-group-1] address 202.110.10.10 202.110.10.12

# Set the port block size to 256.

[Sysname-address-group-1] port-block block-size 256

[Sysname-address-group-1] quit

# Configure DS-Lite NAT444 on GigabitEthernet 2/0/1 to use address group 1 to translate packets permitted by ACL 2100.

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 2/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet2/0/1] nat outbound ds-lite-b4 2100 address-group 1

Related commands

display nat outbound

nat outbound port-block-group

Use nat outbound port-block-group to apply a NAT port block group to the outbound direction of an interface.

Use undo nat outbound port-block-group to remove a NAT port block group application.

Syntax

nat outbound port-block-group group-id [ rule rule-name ] [ counting ]

undo nat outbound port-block-group group-id

Default

No NAT port block group is applied to an interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

group-id: Specifies a NAT port block group by its ID. The value range for this argument is 0 to 65535.

counting: Enables NAT counting. The number of flows that use the address mapping is counted.

Usage guidelines

After you apply a NAT port block group to an interface, the system automatically computes the NAT444 mappings and creates entries for them. When a private IP address accesses the public network, the private IP address is translated to the mapped public IP address, and the ports are translated to ports in the selected port block.

You can apply multiple NAT port block groups to an interface.

Examples

# Apply NAT port block group 1 to the outbound direction of GigabitEthernet 2/0/1, and specify the mapping rule name as abc.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 2/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet2/0/1] nat outbound port-block-group 1 rule abc

Related commands

display nat all

display nat outbound port-block-group

display nat port-block

nat port-block-group

nat outbound rule move

Use nat outbound rule move to change the priority of an outbound dynamic NAT rule.

Syntax

nat outbound rule move nat-rule-name1 { after | before } nat-rule-name2

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

nat-rule-name1: Specifies the name of the rule be moved.

after: Places nat-rule-name1 behind nat-rule-name2 to set the priority of nat-rule-name1 to the priority of nat-rule-name2 plus 1.

before: Places nat-rule-name1 before nat-rule-name2 to set the priority of nat-rule-name1 to the priority of nat-rule-name2 minus 1.

nat-rule-name2: Specifies the name of the reference rule.

Usage guidelines

This command applies only to outbound dynamic NAT rules that have names.

A smaller priority value represents a higher priority.

Examples

# Place outbound dynamic NAT rule abc before def.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] nat outbound rule move abc before def

Related commands

nat outbound

nat port-block global-share enable

Use nat port-block global-share enable to enable global mapping sharing for dynamic NAT444.

Use undo nat port-block global-share enable to disable global mapping sharing for dynamic NAT444.

Syntax

nat port-block global-share enable

undo nat port-block global-share enable

Default

Global mapping sharing is disabled for Dynamic NAT444.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

When multiple interfaces have dynamic NAT444 configured, the interfaces might create different NAT444 mappings for packets from the same IP address. You can use this command to configure the interfaces to share the same NAT444 mapping for translating packets from the same IP address.

Examples

# Enable global mapping sharing for dynamic NAT444.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] nat port-block global-share enable

Related commands

port-block

nat port-block-group

Use nat port-block-group to create a NAT port block group and enter its view, or enter the view of an existing NAT port block group.

Use undo nat port-block-group to delete a NAT port block group.

Syntax

nat port-block-group group-id

undo nat port-block-group group-id

Default

No NAT port block groups exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

group-id: Assigns an ID to the NAT port block group. The value range for this argument is 0 to 65535.

Usage guidelines

A NAT port block group is configured to implement static NAT444.

You must configure the following items for a NAT port block group:

· A minimum of one private IP address range (see the local-ip-address command).

· A minimum of one public IP address range (see the global-ip-address command).

· A port range (see the port-range command).

· A port block size (see the block-size command).

The system computes static NAT444 mappings according to the port block group configuration, and creates entries for the mappings.

In an IRF fabric, you must configure load sharing by the ip fast-forwarding load-sharing command to avoid port allocation collisions.

Examples

# Create NAT port block group 1.

<Sysname>system-view

[Sysname]nat port-block-group 1

[Sysname-port-block-group-1]

Related commands

block-size

display nat all

display nat port-block-group

global-ip-pool

local-ip-address

nat outbound port-block-group

port-range

nat server

Use nat server to create a mapping from the private IP address and port of an internal server to a public address and port for an internal server.

Use undo nat server to delete a mapping.

Syntax

Common NAT Server:

· A single public address with no or a single public port:

nat server [ protocol pro-type ] global { global-address | current-interface | interface interface-type interface-number } [ global-port ] [ vpn-instance global-vpn-instance-name ] inside local-address [ local-port ] [ vpn-instance local-vpn-instance-name ] [ acl { ipv4-acl-number | name ipv4-acl-name } ] [ reversible ] [ rule rule-name ] [ disable ] [ counting ]

undo nat server [ protocol pro-type ] global { global-address | current-interface | interface interface-type interface-number } [ global-port ] [ vpn-instance global-vpn-instance-name ]

· A single public address with consecutive public ports:

nat server protocol pro-type global { global-address | current-interface | interface interface-type interface-number } global-port1 global-port2 [ vpn-instance global-vpn-instance-name ] inside { { local-address | local-address1 local-address2 } local-port | local-address local-port1 local-port2 } [ vpn-instance local-vpn-instance-name ] [ acl { ipv4-acl-number | name ipv4-acl-name } ] [ rule rule-name ] [ disable ] [ counting ]

undo nat server protocol pro-type global { global-address | current-interface | interface interface-type interface-number } global-port1 global-port2 [ vpn-instance global-vpn-instance-name ]

· Consecutive public addresses with no or a single public port:

nat server protocol pro-type global global-address1 global-address2 [ global-port ] [ vpn-instance global-vpn-instance-name ] inside { local-address | local-address1 local-address2 } [ local-port ] [ vpn-instance local-vpn-instance-name ] [ acl { ipv4-acl-number | name ipv4-acl-name } ] [ rule rule-name ] [ disable ] [ counting ]

undo nat server protocol pro-type global global-address1 global-address2 [ global-port ] [ vpn-instance global-vpn-instance-name ]

· Consecutive public addresses with a single public port:

nat server protocol pro-type global global-address1 global-address2 global-port [ vpn-instance global-vpn-instance-name ] inside local-address local-port1 local-port2 [ vpn-instance local-vpn-instance-name ] [ acl { ipv4-acl-number | name ipv4-acl-name } ] [ rule rule-name ] [ disable ] [ counting ]

undo nat server protocol pro-type global global-address1 global-address2 global-port [ vpn-instance global-vpn-instance-name ]

Load sharing NAT Server:

nat server protocol pro-type global { { global-address | current-interface | interface interface-type interface-number } { global-port | global-port1 global-port2 } | global-address1 global-address2 global-port } [ vpn-instance global-vpn-instance-name ] inside server-group group-id [ vpn-instance local-vpn-instance-name ] [ acl { ipv4-acl-number | name ipv4-acl-name } ] [ rule rule-name ] [ disable ] [ counting ]

undo nat server protocol pro-type global { { global-address | current-interface | interface interface-type interface-number } { global-port | global-port1 global-port2 } | global-address1 global-address2 global-port } [ vpn-instance global-vpn-instance-name ]

ACL-based NAT Server:

nat server global { ipv4-acl-number | name ipv4-acl-name } inside local-address [ local-port ] [ vpn-instance local-vpn-instance-name ] [ rule rule-name ] [ priority priority ] [ disable ] [ description text ] [ counting ]

undo nat server global { ipv4-acl-number | name ipv4-acl-name }

Default

No NAT Server mappings exist.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

protocol pro-type: Specifies a protocol type. When the protocol is TCP or UDP, NAT Server can be configured with port information. If you do not specify a protocol type, the command applies to packets of all protocols. The protocol type format can be one of the following:

· A number in the range of 1 to 255.

· A protocol name of icmp, tcp, or udp.

global-address: Specifies the public address of an internal server.

global-address1 global address2: Specifies a public IP address range, which can include a maximum of 10000 addresses. The global-address1 argument specifies the start address, and the global address2 argument specifies the end address that must be greater than the start address.

global: Specifies an ACL. The destination IP addresses of packets permitted by the ACL can be translated.

ipv4-acl-number: Specifies an ACL by its number in the range of 2000 to 3999.

name ipv4-acl-name: Specifies an ACL by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. The ACL name must start with an English letter and to avoid confusion, it cannot be all.

current-interface: Enables Easy IP on the current interface. The primary IP address of the interface is used as the public address for the internal server.

interface interface-type interface-number: Enables Easy IP on the interface specified by its type and number. The primary IP address of the interface is used as the public address for the internal server. Only loopback interfaces are supported.

global-port1 global-port2: Specifies a public port number range, which can include a maximum of 10000 ports. The global-port1 argument specifies the start port, and the global-port2 argument specifies the end port that must be greater than the start port. The public port number format can be one of the following:

· A number in the range of 1 to 65535. Both the start port and the end port support this format.

· A protocol name, a string of 1 to 15 characters. For example, http and telnet. Only the start port supports this format.

local-address1 local-address2: Specifies a private IP address range. The local-address1 argument specifies the start address, and the local-address2 argument specifies the end address that must be greater than the start address. The number of addresses in the range must equal the number of ports in the public port number range.

local-port: Specifies the private port number. The private port number format can be one of the following:

· A number in the range of 1 to 65535, excluding FTP port 20.

· A protocol name, a string of 1 to 15 characters. For example, http and telnet.

global-port: Specifies the public port number. The default value and value range are the same as those for the local-port argument.

local-address: Specifies the private IP address.

vpn-instance global-vpn-instance-name: Specifies the MPLS L3VPN instance to which the advertised public IP addresses belong. The global-vpn-instance-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. Do not specify this option if the public IP addresses do not belong to any VPN instance.

vpn-instance local-vpn-instance-name: Specifies the MPLS L3VPN instance to which the internal server belongs. The local-vpn-instance-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. Do not specify this option if the internal server does not belong to any VPN instance.

server-group group-id: Specifies the internal server group to which the internal server belongs. With this parameter, the load sharing NAT Server feature is configured. The group-id argument specifies the internal server group ID. The value range for this argument is 0 to 65535.

acl: Specifies an ACL. If you specify an ACL, only packets permitted by the ACL can be translated by using the mapping.

ipv4-acl-number: Specifies an ACL by its number in the range of 2000 to 3999.

name ipv4-acl-name: Specifies an ACL by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. The ACL name must start with an English letter and to avoid confusion, it cannot be all.

reversible: Allows reverse address translation. Reverse address translation applies to connections actively initiated by internal servers to the external network. It translates the private IP addresses of the internal servers to their public IP addresses.

rule rule-name: Specifies a name for the mapping, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. It cannot contain backward slashes (\), forward slashes (/), colons (:), asterisks (*), question marks (?), left angle brackets (<), right angle brackets (>), vertical bars (|), quotation marks ("), or at signs (@). If you do not specify this option, the mapping does not have a name.

priority priority: Specifies a priority for the mapping, in the range of 0 to 2147483647. A smaller value represents a higher priority. If you do not specify this option, the mapping has the lowest priority among the same type of NAT rules.

disable: Disables the NAT Server mapping. If you do not specify this keyword, the mapping is enabled.

description text: Specifies a description for the mapping. The text argument is a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters.

counting: Enables NAT counting. The number of flows that use the address mapping is counted.

Usage guidelines

You can configure the NAT Server feature to allow internal servers (such as Web, FTP, Telnet, POP3, and DNS servers) in the internal network or an MPLS VPN instance to provide services for external users.

NAT Server is usually configured on the interface connected to the external network on a NAT device. By using the global-address and global-port arguments, external users can access the internal server at local-address and local-port. When the protocol type is not udp (protocol number 17) or tcp (protocol number 6), you can configure only one-to-one IP address mappings. The following table describes the address-port mappings between an external network and an internal network for NAT Server.

Table 49 Address-port mappings for NAT Server

External network	Internal network
One public address	One private address
One public address and one public port number	One private address and one private port number
One public address and N consecutive public port numbers	One private address and one private port number
	N consecutive private addresses and one private port number
	One private address and N consecutive private port numbers
N consecutive public addresses	One private address
N consecutive public addresses	N consecutive private addresses
N consecutive public addresses and one public port number	One private address and one private port number
	N consecutive private addresses and one private port number
	One private address and N consecutive private port numbers
One public address and one public port number	One private server group
One public address and N consecutive public port numbers
N consecutive public addresses and one public port number
Public addresses matching an ACL	One private address
Public addresses matching an ACL	One private address and one private port

You can configure a maximum of 256 nat server commands on an interface. The mapping of the protocol type, public address, and public port number must be unique for an internal server on an interface. This restriction also applies when Easy IP is used. The number of internal servers that each command can define equals the number of public ports in the specified public port range.

As a best practice, do not configure Easy IP for multiple internal servers by using the same interface.

If the IP address of an interface used by Easy IP changes and conflicts with the IP address of an internal server not using Easy IP, the Easy IP configuration becomes invalid. If the conflicted address is modified to an unconflicted address or the internal server configuration without Easy IP is removed, the Easy IP configuration takes effect.

The vpn-instance parameter is required if you deploy NAT Server for VPNs. The specified VPN instance must be the VPN instance to which the NAT interface belongs.

When you configure load shared internal servers, you must make sure a user uses the same public address and public port to access the same service on an internal server. For this purpose, make sure value N in the following mappings is equal to or less than the number of servers in the internal server group:

· One public address and N consecutive public port numbers are mapped to one internal server group.

· N consecutive public addresses and a public port number are mapped to one internal server group.

ACL-based NAT server mappings that are configured with the same priority value are matched by using the ACLs in their rules:

· Mappings with named ACLs have higher priorities than mappings with unnamed ACLs.

· Mappings with named ACLs are matched in alphabetical order of their ACL names.

· Mappings with unnamed ACLs are matched in descending order of their ACL numbers.

Examples

# Allow external users to access the internal Web server at 10.110.10.10 through http://202.110.10.10:8080.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 2/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet2/0/1] nat server protocol tcp global 202.110.10.10 8080 inside 10.110.10.10 http

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet2/0/1] quit

# Allow external users to access the internal FTP server at 10.110.10.11 in the MPLS VPN vrf10 through ftp://202.110.10.10.

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 2/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet2/0/1] nat server protocol tcp global 202.110.10.10 21 inside 10.110.10.11 vpn-instance vrf10

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet2/0/1] quit

# Allow external hosts to ping the host at 10.110.10.12 in the VPN vrf10 by using the ping 202.110.10.11 command.

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 2/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet2/0/1] nat server protocol icmp global 202.110.10.11 inside 10.110.10.12 vpn-instance vrf10

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet2/0/1] quit

# Allow external hosts to access the Telnet services of internal servers at 10.110.10.1 to 10.110.10.100 in the MPLS VPN vrf10 through the public address 202.110.10.10 and port numbers from 1001 to 1100. As a result, a user can Telnet to 202.110.10.10:1001 to access 10.110.10.1, Telnet to 202.110.10.10:1002 to access 10.110.10.2, and so on.

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 2/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet2/0/1] nat server protocol tcp global 202.110.10.10 1001 1100 inside 10.110.10.1 10.110.10.100 telnet vpn-instance vrf10

# Configure ACL-based NAT Server to allow users to use IP addresses in subnet 192.168.0.0/24 to access the internal server at 10.0.0.172.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] acl advanced 3000

[Sysname-acl-ipv4-adv-3000] rule 5 permit ip destination 192.168.0.0 0.0.0.255

[Sysname-acl-ipv4-adv-3000] quit

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 2/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet2/0/1] nat server global 3000 inside 10.0.0.172

Related commands

display nat all

display nat server

nat server-group

nat server rule move

Use nat server rule move to change the priority of a NAT rule for ACL-based NAT Server.

Syntax

nat server rule move nat-rule-name1 { after | before } nat-rule-name2

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

nat-rule-name1: Specifies the name of the rule be moved.

after: Places nat-rule-name1 behind nat-rule-name2 to set the priority of nat-rule-name1 to the priority of nat-rule-name2 plus 1.

before: Places nat-rule-name1 before nat-rule-name2 to set the priority of nat-rule-name1 to the priority of nat-rule-name2 minus 1.

nat-rule-name2: Specifies the name of the reference rule.

Usage guidelines

This command applies only to NAT rules for ACL-based NAT Server that have names.

A smaller priority value represents a higher priority.

Examples

# Place NAT rule abc before def for ACL-based NAT Server.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] nat server rule move abc before def

Related commands

nat server

nat server-group

Use nat server-group to create an internal server group and enter its view, or enter the view of an existing internal server group.

Use undo nat server-group to delete an internal server group.

Syntax

nat server-group group-id

undo nat server-group group-id

Default

No internal server groups exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

group-id: Assigns an ID to the internal server group. The value range is 0 to 65535.

Usage guidelines

An internal server group can contain multiple members configured by the inside ip command.

Examples

# Create internal server group 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] nat server-group 1

Related commands

display nat all

display nat server-group

inside ip

nat server

nat static enable

Use nat static enable to enable static NAT on an interface.

Use undo nat static enable to disable static NAT on an interface.

Syntax

nat static enable

undo nat static enable

Default

Static NAT is disabled.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

Static NAT mappings take effect on an interface only after static NAT is enabled on the interface.

Examples

# Configure an outbound static NAT mapping between private IP address 192.168.1.1 and public IP address 2.2.2.2, and enable static NAT on interface GigabitEthernet 2/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] nat static outbound 192.168.1.1 2.2.2.2

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 2/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet2/0/1] nat static enable

Related commands

display nat all

display nat static

nat static

nat static net-to-net

nat static inbound

Use nat static inbound to configure a one-to-one mapping for inbound static NAT.

Use undo nat static inbound to delete a one-to-one mapping for inbound static NAT.

Syntax

nat static inbound global-ip [ vpn-instance global-vpn-instance-name ] local-ip [ vpn-instance local-vpn-instance-name ] [ acl { ipv4-acl-number | name ipv4-acl-name } [ reversible ] ] [ rule rule-name ] [ priority priority ] [ disable ] [ counting ]

undo nat static inbound global-ip [ vpn-instance global-vpn-instance-name ] local-ip [ vpn-instance local-vpn-instance-name ]

Default

No NAT mappings exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

global-ip: Specifies a public IP address.

vpn-instance global-vpn-instance-name: Specifies the MPLS L3VPN instance to which the public IP address belongs. The global-vpn-instance-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If the public IP address does not belong to any VPN instance, do not specify this option.

local-ip: Specifies a private IP address.

vpn-instance local-vpn-instance-name: Specifies the MPLS L3VPN instance to which the private IP address belongs. The local-vpn-instance-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If the private IP address does not belong to any VPN instance, do not specify this option.

acl: Specifies an ACL to identify the packets that can use the mapping.

ipv4-acl-number: Specifies an ACL by its number in the range of 2000 to 3999.

name ipv4-acl-name: Specifies an ACL by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. The ACL name must start with an English letter and to avoid confusion, it cannot be all.

reversible: Allows reverse address translation. Reverse address translation applies to connections actively initiated by internal hosts to the external host. It uses the mapping to translate the destination address for packets of these connections if the packets are permitted by ACL reverse matching.

disable: Disables the one-to-one inbound static mapping. If you do not specify this keyword, the mapping is enabled.

counting: Enables NAT counting. The number of flows that use the address mapping is counted.

Usage guidelines

When the source IP address of a packet from the public network to the private network matches the global-ip, the source IP address is translated into the local-ip. When the destination IP address of a packet from the private network to the public network matches the local-ip, the destination IP address is translated into the global-ip.

When you specify an ACL, follow these restrictions and guidelines:

· If you do not specify an ACL, the source address of all incoming packets and the destination address of all outgoing packets are translated.

· If you specify an ACL and do not specify the reversible keyword, the source address of incoming packets permitted by the ACL is translated. The destination address of packets is not translated for connections actively initiated by internal hosts to the external host.

· If you specify both an ACL and the reversible keyword, the source address of incoming packets permitted by the ACL is translated. If packets of connections actively initiated by internal hosts to the external host are permitted by ACL reverse matching, the destination address is translated. ACL reverse matching works as follows:

¡ Compares the source IP address/port of a packet with the destination IP addresses/ports in the ACL.

¡ Translates the destination IP address of the packet according to the mapping, and then compares the translated destination IP address/port with the source IP address/port in the ACL.

Static NAT takes precedence over dynamic NAT when both are configured on an interface.

You can configure multiple inbound static NAT mappings by using the nat static inbound command and the nat static inbound net-to-net command.

The vpn-instance parameter is required if you deploy inbound static NAT for VPNs. The specified VPN instance must be the VPN instance to which the NAT interface belongs.

One-to-one mappings for inbound static NAT that are configured with the same priority value and an ACL are matched by using the ACLs in the mappings.

· Mappings with named ACLs have higher priorities than mappings with unnamed ACLs.

· Mappings with named ACLs are matched in alphabetical order of their ACL names.

· Mappings with unnamed ACLs are matched in descending order of their ACL numbers.

Examples

# Configure an inbound static NAT mapping between public IP address 2.2.2.2 and private IP address 192.168.1.1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] nat static inbound 2.2.2.2 192.168.1.1

Related commands

display nat all

display nat static

nat static enable

nat static inbound net-to-net

Use nat static inbound net-to-net to configure a net-to-net mapping for inbound static NAT.

Use undo nat static inbound net-to-net to remove a net-to-net mapping for inbound static NAT.

Syntax

nat static inbound net-to-net global-start-address global-end-address [ vpn-instance global-vpn-instance-name ] local local-network { mask-length | mask } [ vpn-instance local-vpn-instance-name ] [ acl { ipv4-acl-number | name ipv4-acl-name } [ reversible ] ] [ rule rule-name ] [ priority priority ] [ disable ] [ counting ]

undo nat static inbound net-to-net global-start-address global-end-address [ vpn-instance global-vpn-instance-name ] local local-network { mask-length | mask } [ vpn-instance local-vpn-instance-name ]

Default

No NAT mappings exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

global-start-address global-end-address: Specifies a public address range which can contain a maximum of 255 addresses. The global-end-address must not be lower than global-start-address. If they are the same, only one public address is specified.

vpn-instance global-vpn-instance-name: Specifies the MPLS L3VPN instance to which the public IP addresses belong. The global-vpn-instance-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If the public IP addresses do not belong to any VPN instance, do not specify this option.

local-network: Specifies a private network address.

mask-length: Specifies the mask length of the private network address, in the range of 8 to 31.

mask: Specifies the mask of the private network address.

vpn-instance local-vpn-instance-name: Specifies the MPLS L3VPN instance to which the private network address belongs. The local-vpn-instance-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If the private network address does not belong to any VPN instance, do not specify this option.

acl: Specifies an ACL to identify the packets that can use the mapping.

ipv4-acl-number: Specifies an ACL by its number in the range of 2000 to 3999.

name ipv4-acl-name: Specifies an ACL by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. The ACL name must start with an English letter and to avoid confusion, it cannot be all.

reversible: Allows reverse address translation. Reverse address translation applies to connections actively initiated by internal hosts to the external hosts. It uses the mapping to translate destination addresses for packets of these connections if the packets are permitted by ACL reverse matching.

disable: Disables the net-to-net inbound static mapping. If you do not specify this keyword, the mapping is enabled.

counting: Enables NAT counting. The number of flows that use the address mapping is counted.

Usage guidelines

Specify a public network through a start address and an end address, and a private network through a private address and a mask.

When the source address of a packet from the public network matches the public address range, the source address is translated into a private address in the private address range. When the destination address of a packet from the private network matches the private address range, the destination address is translated into a public address in the public address range.

The public end address cannot be greater than the greatest IP address in the subnet determined by the public start address and the private network mask. For example, if the private address is 2.2.2.0 with a mask 255.255.255.0 and the public start address is 1.1.1.100, the public end address cannot be greater than 1.1.1.255, the greatest IP address in the subnet 1.1.1.0/24.

When you specify an ACL, follow these restrictions and guidelines:

· If you do not specify an ACL, the source addresses of all incoming packets and the destination addresses of all outgoing packets are translated.

· If you specify an ACL and do not specify the reversible keyword, the source addresses of incoming packets permitted by the ACL are translated. The destination addresses of packets are not translated for connections actively initiated by internal hosts to the external hosts.

· If you specify both an ACL and the reversible keyword, the source addresses of incoming packets permitted by the ACL are translated. If packets of connections actively initiated by internal hosts to the external hosts are permitted by ACL reverse matching, the destination addresses are translated. ACL reverse matching works as follows:

¡ Compares the source IP address/port of a packet with the destination IP addresses/ports in the ACL.

¡ Translates the destination IP address of the packet according to the mapping, and then compares the translated destination IP address/port with the source IP addresses/ports in the ACL.

Static NAT takes precedence over dynamic NAT when both are configured on an interface.

You can configure multiple inbound static NAT mappings by using the nat static inbound command and the nat static inbound net-to-net command.

The vpn-instance parameter is required if you deploy inbound static NAT for VPNs. The specified VPN instance must be the VPN instance to which the NAT interface belongs.

Net-to-net mappings for inbound static NAT that are configured with the same priority value and an ACL are matched by using the ACLs in the mappings.

· Mappings with named ACLs have higher priorities than mappings with unnamed ACLs.

· Mappings with named ACLs are matched in alphabetical order of their ACL names.

· Mappings with unnamed ACLs are matched in descending order of their ACL numbers.

Examples

# Configure an inbound static NAT mapping between public network address 202.100.1.0/24 and private network address 192.168.1.0/24.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] nat static inbound net-to-net 202.100.1.1 202.100.1.255 local 192.168.1.0 24

Related commands

display nat all

display nat static

nat static enable

nat static inbound object-group

Use nat static inbound object-group to configure an object group-based inbound static NAT mapping.

Use undo nat static inbound object-group to remove an object group-based inbound static NAT mapping.

Syntax

nat static inbound object-group global-object-group-name [ vpn-instance global-vpn-instance-name ] object-group local-object-group-name [ vpn-instance local-vpn-instance-name ] [ acl { ipv4-acl-number | name ipv4-acl-name } [ reversible ] ] [ disable ] [ counting ]

undo nat static inbound object-group global-object-group-name [ vpn-instance global-vpn-instance-name ]

Default

No NAT mappings exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

object-group global-object-group-name: Specifies an object group of public IPv4 addresses. The global-object-group-name argument is a case-insensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

object-group local-object-group-name: Specifies an object group of private IPv4 addresses. The local-object-group-name argument is a case-insensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

vpn-instance local-vpn-instance-name: Specifies the MPLS L3VPN instance to which the private IP addresses belong. The local-vpn-instance-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If the private IP addresses do not belong to any VPN instance, do not specify this option.

acl: Specifies an ACL to identify the packets that can use the mapping.

ipv4-acl-number: Specifies an ACL by its number in the range of 2000 to 3999.

name ipv4-acl-name: Specifies an ACL by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. The ACL name must start with an English letter and to avoid confusion, it cannot be all.

disable: Disables the object group based inbound static mapping. If you do not specify this keyword, the mapping is enabled.

counting: Enables NAT counting. The number of flows that use the address mapping is counted.

Usage guidelines

This command specifies public and private IP addresses through IPv4 address object groups.

When the source address of a packet from the public network matches the public address object group, the source address is translated into a private address in the private address object group. When the destination address of a packet from the private network matches the private address object group, the destination address is translated into a public address in the public address object group.

When you specify object groups, follow these restrictions and guidelines:

· The public or private IPv4 address object group can contain only one IPv4 address object.

· The quantity of IPv4 addresses in the private IPv4 address object group cannot be smaller than that in the public IPv4 address object group.

· The object in the private IPv4 address object group cannot be an address range.

When you specify an ACL, follow these restrictions and guidelines:

· If you do not specify an ACL, the source addresses of all incoming packets and the destination addresses of all outgoing packets are translated.

¡ Compares the source IP address/port of a packet with the destination IP addresses/ports in the ACL.

¡ Translates the destination IP address of the packet according to the mapping, and then compares the translated destination IP address/port with the source IP addresses/ports in the ACL.

Static NAT takes precedence over dynamic NAT when both are configured on an interface.

You can configure multiple inbound static NAT mappings by using the nat static inbound , nat static inbound net-to-net , and nat static inbound object-group commands.

The vpn-instance parameter is required if you deploy inbound static NAT for VPNs. The specified VPN instance must be the VPN instance to which the NAT interface belongs.

An IPv4 address object group used by an object group-based inbound static NAT mapping can only contain a host object or a subnet object. Otherwise, the configuration does not take effect.

Examples

# Configure an object group-based inbound static NAT mapping between public IP address 2.2.2.2 and private IP address 192.168.1.1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] object-group ip address global

[Sysname-obj-grp-ip-global] network host address 2.2.2.2

[Sysname-obj-grp-ip-global] quit

[Sysname] object-group ip address local

[Sysname-obj-grp-ip-local] network host address 192.168.1.1

[Sysname-obj-grp-ip-local] quit

[Sysname] nat static inbound object-group global object-group local

Related commands

display nat all

display nat static

nat static enable

nat static inbound rule move

Use nat static inbound rule move to change the priority of a one-to-one mapping for inbound static NAT.

Syntax

nat static inbound rule move nat-rule-name1 { after | before } nat-rule-name2

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

nat-rule-name1: Specifies the name of the mapping be moved.

after: Places nat-rule-name1 behind nat-rule-name2 to set the priority of nat-rule-name1 to the priority of nat-rule-name2 plus 1.

before: Places nat-rule-name1 before nat-rule-name2 to set the priority of nat-rule-name1 to the priority of nat-rule-name2 minus 1.

nat-rule-name2: Specifies the name of the reference mapping.

Usage guidelines

This command applies only to one-to-one mapping for inbound static NAT that have names.

A smaller priority value represents a higher priority.

Examples

# Place one-to-one mapping for inbound static NAT abc before def.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] nat static inbound rule move abc before def

Related commands

nat static inbound

nat static outbound

Use nat static outbound to configure a one-to-one mapping for outbound static NAT.

Use undo nat static outbound to remove a one-to-one mapping for outbound static NAT.

Syntax

nat static outbound local-ip [ vpn-instance local-vpn-instance-name ] global-ip [ vpn-instance global-vpn-instance-name ] [ acl { ipv4-acl-number | name ipv4-acl-name } [ reversible ] ] [ rule rule-name ] [ priority priority ] [ disable ] [ counting ]

undo nat static outbound local-ip [ vpn-instance local-vpn-instance-name ] global-ip [ vpn-instance global-vpn-instance-name ]

Default

No NAT mappings exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

local-ip: Specifies a private IP address.

global-ip: Specifies a public IP address.

acl: Specifies an ACL to identify the packets that can use the mapping.

ipv4-acl-number: Specifies an ACL by its number in the range of 2000 to 3999.

name ipv4-acl-name: Specifies an ACL by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. The ACL name must start with an English letter and to avoid confusion, it cannot be all.

reversible: Allows reverse address translation. Reverse address translation applies to connections actively initiated by external hosts to the internal host. It uses the mapping to translate the destination address for packets of these connections if the packets are permitted by ACL reverse matching.

disable: Disables the one-to-one outbound static mapping. If you do not specify this keyword, the mapping is enabled.

counting: Enables NAT counting. The number of flows that use the address mapping is counted.

Usage guidelines

When the source IP address of an outgoing packet matches the local-ip, the IP address is translated into the global-ip. When the destination IP address of an incoming packet matches the global-ip, the destination IP address is translated into the local-ip.

When you specify an ACL, follow these restrictions and guidelines:

· If you do not specify an ACL, the source address of all outgoing packets and the destination address of all incoming packets are translated.

· If you specify an ACL and do not specify the reversible keyword, the source address of outgoing packets permitted by the ACL is translated. The destination address of packets is not translated for connections actively initiated by external hosts to the internal host.

· If you specify both an ACL and the reversible keyword, the source address of outgoing packets permitted by the ACL is translated. If packets of connections actively initiated by external hosts to the internal host are permitted by ACL reverse matching, the destination address is translated. ACL reverse matching works as follows:

¡ Compares the source IP address/port of a packet with the destination IP addresses/ports in the ACL.

¡ Translates the destination IP address of the packet according to the mapping, and then compares the translated destination IP address/port with the source IP address/port in the ACL.

Static NAT takes precedence over dynamic NAT when both are configured on an interface.

You can configure multiple outbound static NAT mappings by using the nat static outbound command and the nat static outbound net-to-net command.

The vpn-instance parameter is required if you deploy outbound static NAT for VPNs. The specified VPN instance must be the VPN instance to which the NAT interface belongs.

One-to-one mappings for outbound static NAT that are configured with the same priority value and an ACL are matched by using the ACLs in the mappings.

· Mappings with named ACLs have higher priorities than mappings with unnamed ACLs.

· Mappings with named ACLs are matched in alphabetical order of their ACL names.

· Mappings with unnamed ACLs are matched in descending order of their ACL numbers.

Examples

# Configure an outbound static NAT mapping between public IP address 2.2.2.2 and private IP address 192.168.1.1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] nat static outbound 192.168.1.1 2.2.2.2

# Configure outbound static NAT, and allow the internal user 192.168.1.1 to access the external network 3.3.3.0/24 by using the public IP address 2.2.2.2.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] acl advanced 3001

[Sysname-acl-ipv4-adv-3001] rule permit ip destination 3.3.3.0 0.0.0.255

[Sysname-acl-ipv4-adv-3001] quit

[Sysname] nat static outbound 192.168.1.1 2.2.2.2 acl 3001

Related commands

display nat all

display nat static

nat static enable

nat static outbound net-to-net

Use nat static outbound net-to-net to configure a net-to-net outbound static NAT mapping.

Use undo nat static outbound net-to-net to remove the specified net-to-net outbound static NAT mapping.

Syntax

nat static outbound net-to-net local-start-address local-end-address [ vpn-instance local-vpn-instance-name ] global global-network { mask-length | mask } [ vpn-instance global-vpn-instance-name ] [ acl { ipv4-acl-number | name ipv4-acl-name } [ reversible ] ] [ rule rule-name ] [ priority priority ] [ disable ] [ counting ]

undo nat static outbound net-to-net local-start-address local-end-address [ vpn-instance local-vpn-instance-name ] global global-network { mask-length | mask } [ vpn-instance global-vpn-instance-name ]

Default

No NAT mappings exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

local-start-address local-end-address: Specifies a private address range which can contain a maximum of 255 addresses. The local-end-address must not be lower than local-start-address. If they are the same, only one private address is specified.

global-network: Specifies a public network address.

mask-length: Specifies the mask length of the public network address, in the range of 8 to 31.

mask: Specifies the mask of the public network address.

vpn-instance global-vpn-instance-name: Specifies the MPLS L3VPN instance to which the public network address belongs. The global-vpn-instance-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If the public network address does not belong to any VPN instance, do not specify this option.

acl: Specifies an ACL to identify the packets that can use the mapping.

ipv4-acl-number: Specifies an ACL number in the range of 2000 to 3999.

name ipv4-acl-name: Specifies an ACL by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. The ACL name must start with an English letter and to avoid confusion, it cannot be all.

reversible: Allows reverse address translation. Reverse address translation applies to connections actively initiated by external hosts to the internal hosts. It uses the mapping to translate destination addresses for packets of these connections if the packets are permitted by ACL reverse matching.

disable: Disables the net-to-net outbound static mapping. If you do not specify this keyword, the mapping is enabled.

counting: Enables NAT counting. The number of flows that use the address mapping is counted.

Usage guidelines

Specify a private network through a start address and an end address, and a public network through a public address and a mask.

When the source IP address of a packet from the private network matches the private address range, the source IP address is translated into a public address in the public address range. When the destination IP address of a packet from the public network matches the public address range, the destination IP address is translated into a private address in the private address range.

The private end address cannot be greater than the greatest IP address in the subnet determined by the private start address and the public network mask. For example, the public address is 2.2.2.0 with a mask 255.255.255.0, and the private start address is 1.1.1.100. The private end address cannot be greater than 1.1.1.255, the greatest IP address in the subnet 1.1.1.0/24.

When you specify an ACL, follow these restrictions and guidelines:

· If you do not specify an ACL, the source addresses of all outgoing packets and the destination addresses of all incoming packets are translated.

· If you specify an ACL and do not specify the reversible keyword, the source addresses of outgoing packets permitted by the ACL are translated. The destination addresses of packets are not translated for connections actively initiated by external hosts to the internal hosts.

· If you specify both an ACL and the reversible keyword, the source addresses of outgoing packets permitted by the ACL are translated. If packets of connections actively initiated by external hosts to the internal hosts are permitted by ACL reverse matching, the destination addresses are translated. ACL reverse matching works as follows:

¡ Compares the source IP address/port of a packet with the destination IP addresses/ports in the ACL.

¡ Translates the destination IP address of the packet according to the mapping, and then compares the translated destination IP address/port with the source IP addresses/ports in the ACL.

Static NAT takes precedence over dynamic NAT when both are configured on an interface.

You can configure multiple outbound static NAT mappings by using the nat static outbound command and the nat static outbound net-to-net command.

The vpn-instance parameter is required if you deploy outbound static NAT for VPNs. The specified VPN instance must be the VPN instance to which the NAT interface belongs.

Net-to-net mappings for outbound static NAT that are configured with the same priority value and an ACL are matched by using the ACLs in the mappings.

· Mappings with named ACLs have higher priorities than mappings with unnamed ACLs.

· Mappings with named ACLs are matched in alphabetical order of their ACL names.

· Mappings with unnamed ACLs are matched in descending order of their ACL numbers.

Examples

# Configure an outbound static NAT mapping between private network address 192.168.1.0/24 and public network address 2.2.2.0/24.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] nat static outbound net-to-net 192.168.1.1 192.168.1.255 global 2.2.2.0 24

# Configure outbound static NAT. Allow internal users on subnet 192.168.1.0/24 to access the external subnet 3.3.3.0/24 by using public IP addresses on subnet 2.2.2.0/24.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] acl advanced 3001

[Sysname-acl-ipv4-adv-3001] rule permit ip destination 3.3.3.0 0.0.0.255

[Sysname-acl-ipv4-adv-3001] quit

[Sysname] nat static outbound net-to-net 192.168.1.1 192.168.1.255 global 2.2.2.0 24 acl 3001

Related commands

display nat all

display nat static

nat static enable

nat static outbound object-group

Use nat static outbound object-group to configure an object group-based outbound static NAT mapping.

Use undo nat static outbound object-group to remove an object group-based outbound static NAT mapping.

Syntax

nat static outbound object-group local-object-group-name [ vpn-instance local-vpn-instance-name ] object-group global-object-group-name [ vpn-instance global-vpn-instance-name ] [ acl { ipv4-acl-number | name ipv4-acl-name } [ reversible ] ] [ disable ] [ counting ]

undo nat static outbound object-group local-object-group-name [ vpn-instance local-vpn-instance-name ]

Default

No NAT mappings exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

object-group local-object-group-name: Specifies an object group of private IPv4 addresses. The local-object-group-name argument is a case-insensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

object-group global-object-group-name: Specifies an object group of public IPv4 addresses. The global-object-group-name argument is a case-insensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

acl: Specifies an ACL to identify the packets that can use the mapping.

ipv4-acl-number: Specifies an ACL number in the range of 2000 to 3999.

name ipv4-acl-name: Specifies an ACL by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. The ACL name must start with an English letter and to avoid confusion, it cannot be all.

disable: Disables the object group based outbound static mapping. If you do not specify this keyword, the mapping is enabled.

counting: Enables NAT counting. The number of flows that use the address mapping is counted.

Usage guidelines

This command specifies public and private IP addresses through IPv4 address object groups.

When the source address of a packet from the private network matches the private address object group, the source address is translated into a public address in the public address object group. When the destination address of a packet from the public network matches the public address object group, the destination address is translated into a private address in the private address object group.

When you specify object groups, follow these restrictions and guidelines:

· The public or private IPv4 address object group can contain only one IPv4 address object.

· The quantity of IPv4 addresses in the private IPv4 address object group cannot be larger than that in the public IPv4 address object group.

· The object in the public IPv4 address object group cannot be an address range.

When you specify an ACL, follow these restrictions and guidelines:

· If you do not specify an ACL, the source addresses of all outgoing packets and the destination addresses of all incoming packets are translated.

¡ Compares the source IP address/port of a packet with the destination IP addresses/ports in the ACL.

¡ Translates the destination IP address of the packet according to the mapping, and then compares the translated destination IP address/port with the source IP addresses/ports in the ACL.

Static NAT takes precedence over dynamic NAT when both are configured on an interface.

You can configure multiple outbound static NAT mappings by using the nat static outbound, nat static outbound net-to-net, and nat static outbound object-group commands.

The vpn-instance parameter is required if you deploy outbound static NAT for VPNs. The specified VPN instance must be the VPN instance to which the NAT interface belongs.

An IPv4 address object group used by an object group-based outbound static NAT mapping can only contain a host object or a subnet object. Otherwise, the configuration does not take effect.

Examples

# Configure an object group-based outbound static NAT mapping between private IP address 192.168.1.1 and public IP address 2.2.2.2.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] object-group ip address global

[Sysname-obj-grp-ip-global] network host address 2.2.2.2

[Sysname-obj-grp-ip-global] quit

[Sysname] object-group ip address local

[Sysname-obj-grp-ip-local] network host address 192.168.1.1

[Sysname-obj-grp-ip-local] quit

[Sysname] nat static outbound object-group local object-group global

Related commands

display nat all

display nat static

nat static outbound rule move

Use nat static outbound rule move to change the priority of a one-to-one mapping for outbound static NAT.

Syntax

nat static outbound rule move nat-rule-name1 { after | before } nat-rule-name2

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

nat-rule-name1: Specifies the name of the mapping be moved.

after: Places nat-rule-name1 behind nat-rule-name2 to set the priority of nat-rule-name1 to the priority of nat-rule-name2 plus 1.

before: Places nat-rule-name1 before nat-rule-name2 to set the priority of nat-rule-name1 to the priority of nat-rule-name2 minus 1.

nat-rule-name2: Specifies the name of the reference mapping.

Usage guidelines

This command applies only to one-to-one mapping for outbound static NAT that have names.

A smaller priority value represents a higher priority.

Examples

# Place one-to-one mapping for outbound static NAT abc before def.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] nat static outbound rule move abc before def

Related commands

nat static outbound

nat timestamp delete

Use nat timestamp delete to enable the deletion of timestamps in TCP SYN and SYN ACK packets.

Use undo nat timestamp delete to restore the default.

Syntax

nat timestamp delete [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

undo nat timestamp delete [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

Default

The TCP SYN and SYN ACK packets carry the timestamp.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies the MPLS L3VPN to which the TCP SYN and SYN ACK packets belong. The vpn-instance-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If you do not specify this option, this command applies to TCP SYN and SYN ACK packets on the public network.

Usage guidelines

With this feature configured, the system deletes the timestamps from the TCP SYN and SYN ACK packets after dynamic address translation.

If PAT mode is configured on an interface by using nat inbound or nat outbound, and the tcp_timestams and tcp_tw_recycle function is configured on the TCP server, TCP connections might not be established. To solve the problem, you can shut down the tcp_tw_recycle function or configure the nat timestamp delete command.

You can enable this feature for multiple VPN instances by repeating the command with different VPN parameters.

Examples

# Enable the deletion of the timestamp for TCP SYN and SYN ACK packets on the public network.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] nat timestamp delete

# Enable the deletion of the timestamp for TCP SYN and SYN ACK packets on the VPN instance aa.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] nat timestamp delete vpn-instance aa

Related commands

nat outbound

nat inbound

nat redirect reply-route

Use nat redirect reply-route enable to enable NAT reply redirection.

Use undo nat redirect reply-route enable to disable NAT reply redirection.

Syntax

nat redirect reply-route enable

undo nat redirect reply-route enable

Default

NAT reply redirection is disabled.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

NAT reply redirection allows an interface to use the NAT session entry information to translate the destination IP addresses for NAT reply packets and find the output interfaces for the NATed reply packets.

Examples

# Enable NAT reply redirection on GigabitEthernet 1/0/2.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/2

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/2] nat redirect reply-route enable

port-block

Use port block to configure port block parameters for a NAT address group.

Use undo port block to restore the default.

Syntax

port block block-size block-size [ extended-block-number extended-block-number ]

undo port block

Default

Port block parameters are not configured for a NAT address group.

Views

NAT address group view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

block-size block-size: Specifies the port block size. The value range for this argument is 1 to 65535. In a NAT address group, the port block size cannot be larger than the number of ports in the port range.

extended-block-number extended-block-number: Specifies the number of extended port blocks, in the range of 1 to 5. When a private IP address accesses the public network, but the ports in the selected port block are all occupied, the NAT444 gateway extends port blocks one by one for the private IP address.

Usage guidelines

To configure dynamic NAT444, port block parameters are required in the NAT address group. When a private IP address initiates a connection to the public network, the NAT444 gateway assigns it a public IP address and a port block, and creates an entry for the mapping. For subsequent connections from the private IP address, the NAT444 gateway translates the private IP address to the mapped public IP address and the ports to ports in the selected port block.

Examples

# Set the port block size to 256 and the number of extended port blocks to 1 in NAT address group 2.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] nat address-group 2

[Sysname-address-group-2] port-block block-size 256 extended-block-number 1

Related commands

nat address-group

port-range

Use port-range to specify a port range for public IP addresses.

Use undo port-range to restore the default.

Syntax

port-range start-port-number end-port-number

undo port-range

Default

The port range for public IP addresses is 1 to 65535.

Views

NAT address group view

NAT port block group view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

start-port-number end-port-number: Specifies the start port number and end port number for the port range. The end port number cannot be smaller than the start port number.

Usage guidelines

The port range must include all ports that public IP addresses use for address translation.

The number of ports in a port range cannot be smaller than the port block size.

Examples

# Specify the port range as 1024 to 65535 for NAT address group 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] nat address-group 1

[Sysname-address-group-1] port-range 1024 65535

# Specify the port range as 30001 to 65535 for NAT port block group 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] nat port-block-group 1

[Sysname-port-block-group-1] port-range 30001 65535

Related commands

nat address-group

nat port-block-group

reset nat count statistics

Use reset nat count statistics to clear NAT counting statistics.

Syntax

reset nat count statistics { all | dynamic | server | static | static-port-block }

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

all: Clears all counting statistics for NAT mappings.

dynamic: Clears counting statistics for dynamic NAT mappings.

server: Clears counting statistics for NAT server mappings.

static: Clears counting statistics for static NAT mappings.

static-port-block: Clears counting statistics for NAT444 mappings.

Examples

# Clear all counting statistics for static NAT mappings.

<Sysname> reset nat count statistics all

Related commands

display nat inbound

display nat outbound

display nat outbound port-block-group

display nat port-block

display nat static

display nat server

reset nat session

Use reset nat session to clear NAT sessions.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

reset nat session

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

reset nat session [ slot slot-number ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

reset nat session [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number ]

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command clears NAT sessions for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command clears NAT sessions for all member devices. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command clears NAT sessions for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

After you clear the NAT sessions, the corresponding NAT EIM table and NO-PAT table are cleared at the same time.

Examples

# (Centralized devices in standalone mode.) Clear all NAT sessions.

<Sysname> reset nat session

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode.) Clear NAT sessions of slot 1.

<Sysname> reset nat session slot 1

# (Centralized devices in IRF mode.) Clear NAT sessions of slot 1.

<Sysname> reset nat session slot 1

# (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) Clear NAT sessions of slot 0 on chassis 1.

<Sysname> reset nat session chassis 1 slot 0

Related commands

display nat session

Basic IP forwarding commands

Commands and descriptions for centralized devices apply to the following routers:

· MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS.

· MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1.

· MSR 2630.

· MSR3600-28/3600-51.

· MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI.

· MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC.

· MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660.

Commands and descriptions for distributed devices apply to the following routers:

· MSR5620.

· MSR 5660.

· MSR 5680.

display fib

Use display fib to display FIB entries. Each FIB entry contains a destination IP address/mask, next hop, and output interface.

Syntax

display fib [ topology topology-name | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] [ ip-address [ mask | mask-length ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

topology topology-name: Specifies a topology by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. To specify a public topology, use base as the topology name. To display FIB entries for the public network, do not specify this option.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies a VPN instance by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. To display the FIB entries for the public network, do not specify any VPN.

ip-address: Displays the FIB entry that matches the specified destination IP address.

mask: Specifies the mask for the IP address.

mask-length: Specifies the mask length for the IP address. The value range is 0 to 32.

Usage guidelines

The following matrix shows the topology topology-name option and hardware compatibility:

Hardware	Option compatibility
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK	Yes
MSR810-LMS/810-LUS	No
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	Yes
MSR 2630	Yes
MSR3600-28/3600-51	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	No
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	Yes
MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	Yes
MSR5620/5660/5680	Yes

Hardware	Option compatibility
MSR810-LM-GL	Yes
MSR810-W-LM-GL	Yes
MSR830-6EI-GL	Yes
MSR830-10EI-GL	Yes
MSR830-6HI-GL	Yes
MSR830-10HI-GL	Yes
MSR2600-6-X1-GL	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI-GL	No

If you specify an IP address without a mask or mask length, this command displays the longest matching FIB entry.

If you specify an IP address and a mask or mask length, this command displays the exactly matching FIB entry.

Examples

# Display FIB entries for the topology mt.

<Sysname> display fib topology mt

Destination count: 8 FIB entry count: 8

Flag:

U:Useable G:Gateway H:Host B:Blackhole D:Dynamic S:Static

R:Relay F:FRR

Destination/Mask Nexthop Flag OutInterface/Token Label

0.0.0.0/32 127.0.0.1 UH InLoop0 Null

127.0.0.0/8 127.0.0.1 U InLoop0 Null

127.0.0.0/32 127.0.0.1 UH InLoop0 Null

127.0.0.1/32 127.0.0.1 UH InLoop0 Null

127.255.255.255/32 127.0.0.1 UH InLoop0 Null

224.0.0.0/4 0.0.0.0 UB NULL0 Null

224.0.0.0/24 0.0.0.0 UB NULL0 Null

255.255.255.255/32 127.0.0.1 UH InLoop0 Null

# Display all FIB entries of the public network.

<Sysname> display fib

Destination count: 5 FIB entry count: 5

Flag:

U:Useable G:Gateway H:Host B:Blackhole D:Dynamic S:Static

R:Relay F:FRR

Destination/Mask Nexthop Flag OutInterface/Token Label

0.0.0.0/32 127.0.0.1 UH InLoop0 Null

1.1.1.0/24 192.168.126.1 USGF M-GE0/0/0 Null

127.0.0.0/8 127.0.0.1 U InLoop0 Null

127.0.0.0/32 127.0.0.1 UH InLoop0 Null

127.0.0.1/32 127.0.0.1 UH InLoop0 Null

# Display the FIB entries for VPN vpn1.

<Sysname> display fib vpn-instance vpn1

Destination count: 6 FIB entry count: 6

Flag:

U:Useable G:Gateway H:Host B:Blackhole D:Dynamic S:Static

R:Relay F:FRR

Destination/Mask Nexthop Flag OutInterface/Token Label

0.0.0.0/32 127.0.0.1 UH InLoop0 Null

20.20.20.0/24 20.20.20.25 U M-GE0/0/0 Null

20.20.20.0/32 20.20.20.25 UBH M-GE0/0/0 Null

20.20.20.25/32 127.0.0.1 UH InLoop0 Null

20.20.20.25/32 20.20.20.25 H M-GE0/0/0 Null

20.20.20.255/32 20.20.20.25 UBH M-GE0/0/0 Null

# Display the FIB entries matching the destination IP address 10.2.1.1.

<Sysname> display fib 10.2.1.1

Destination count: 1 FIB entry count: 1

Flag:

U:Useable G:Gateway H:Host B:Blackhole D:Dynamic S:Static

R:Relay F:FRR

Destination/Mask Nexthop Flag OutInterface/Token Label

10.2.1.1/32 127.0.0.1 UH InLoop0 Null

Table 50 Command output

Field	Description
Destination count	Total number of destination addresses.
FIB entry count	Total number of FIB entries.
Destination/Mask	Destination address and the mask length.
Nexthop	Next hop address.
Flag	Flags of routes: · U—Usable route. · G—Gateway route. · H—Host route. · B—Blackhole route. · D—Dynamic route. · S—Static route. · R—Relay route. · F—Fast reroute.
OutInterface/Token	Output interface/LSP index number.
Label	Inner label.

ip last-hop hold

Use ip last-hop hold to enable last hop holding.

Use undo ip last-hop hold to disable last hop holding.

Syntax

ip last-hop hold

undo ip last-hop hold

Default

Last hop holding is disabled.

Views

Layer 3 Ethernet interface view

Layer 3 Ethernet subinterface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

Last hop holding implements symmetric routing. It tracks the last hop MAC address for the first incoming IP packet of a connection, and it sends the return packets to the hop that transmits the request.

Lost hop holding is based on fast forwarding entries. If the MAC address of a last hop changes, this feature can function correctly only after the fast forwarding entry is updated for the MAC address.

This command is not applicable to an MPLS network.

Examples

# Enable the last hop holding feature.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ip last-hop hold

Load sharing commands

bandwidth-based-sharing

Use bandwidth-based-sharing to enable IPv4 load sharing based on bandwidth.

Use undo bandwidth-based-sharing to disable IPv4 load sharing based on bandwidth.

Syntax

bandwidth-based-sharing

undo bandwidth-based-sharing

Default

The IPv4 load sharing based on bandwidth is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

This feature load shares flow traffic among multiple output interfaces based on their load percentages. The device calculates the load percentage for each output interface in terms of their expected bandwidths.

Devices that run load sharing protocols, such as Locator/ID Separation Protocol (LISP), implement load sharing based on the ratios defined by these protocols.

Examples

# Enable IPv4 load sharing based on bandwidth.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] bandwidth-based-sharing

ip load-sharing mode

Use ip load-sharing mode to configure the load sharing mode.

Use undo ip load-sharing mode to restore the default.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

ip load-sharing mode { per-flow [ dest-ip | dest-port | ip-pro | src-ip | src-port ] * | per-packet } global

undo ip load-sharing mode global

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

ip load-sharing mode { per-flow [ dest-ip | dest-port | ip-pro | src-ip | src-port ] * | per-packet } { global | slot slot-number }

undo ip load-sharing mode { global | slot slot-number }

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

ip load-sharing mode { per-flow [ dest-ip | dest-port | ip-pro | src-ip | src-port ] * | per-packet } { chassis chassis-number slot slot-number | global }

undo ip load-sharing mode { chassis chassis-number slot slot-number | global }

Default

The device does not perform load sharing.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

per-flow: Implements per-flow load sharing.

dest-ip: Identifies flows by destination IP address.

dest-port: Identifies flows by destination port.

ip-pro: Identifies flows by protocol number.

src-ip: Identifies flows by source IP address.

src-port: Identifies flows by source port.

global: Configures the load sharing mode globally.

per-packet: Implements per-packet load sharing.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command configures the load sharing mode for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command configures the load sharing mode for all member devices. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command configures the load sharing mode for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Examples

# (Centralized devices in standalone mode.) Configure per-packet load sharing.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ip load-sharing mode per-packet

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode.) Configure per-packet load sharing for the card in slot 2.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ip load-sharing mode per-packet slot 2

# (Centralized devices in IRF mode.) Configure per-packet load sharing for IRF member device 2.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ip load-sharing mode per-packet slot 2

# (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) Configure per-packet load sharing for the card in slot 2 of IRF member device 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ip load-sharing mode per-packet chassis 1 slot 2

Fast forwarding commands

Commands and descriptions for centralized devices apply to the following routers:

· MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS.

· MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1.

· MSR 2630.

· MSR3600-28/3600-51.

· MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI.

· MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC.

· MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660.

· MSR810-LM-GL/810-W-LM-GL/830-6EI-GL/830-10EI-GL/830-6HI-GL/830-10HI-GL/2600-6-X1-GL/3600-28-SI-GL.

Commands and descriptions for distributed devices apply to the following routers:

· MSR5620.

· MSR 5660.

· MSR 5680.

display ip fast-forwarding aging-time

Use display ip fast-forwarding aging-time to display the aging time of fast forwarding entries.

Syntax

display ip fast-forwarding aging-time

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Examples

# Display the aging time of fast forwarding entries.

<Sysname> display ip fast-forwarding aging-time

Aging time: 30s

Related commands

ip fast-forwarding aging-time

display ip fast-forwarding cache

Use display ip fast-forwarding cache to display fast forwarding entries.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display ip fast-forwarding cache [ ip-address ]

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display ip fast-forwarding cache [ ip-address ] [ slot slot-number ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display ip fast-forwarding cache [ ip-address ] [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

ip-address: Specifies an IP address. If you do not specify an IP address, this command displays all fast forwarding entries.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by the slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays fast forwarding entries for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays fast forwarding entries for all member devices. (Centralized devices, in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card in an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays fast forwarding entries for all cards.(Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

Each fast forwarding entry includes the following information for a data flow:

· Source IP address.

· Source port number.

· Destination IP address.

· Destination port number.

· Protocol number.

· Input and output interfaces.

· Internal tag.

Examples

# Display all fast forwarding entries.

<Sysname> display ip fast-forwarding cache

Total number of fast-forwarding entries: 3

SIP SPort DIP DPort Pro Input_If Output_If Flg

7.0.0.13 68 8.0.0.1 67 17 GE1/0/3 GE1/0/1 5

8.0.0.1 67 7.0.0.13 68 17 GE1/0/1 GE1/0/3 5

8.0.0.1 8 7.0.0.13 0 1 GE1/0/2 GE1/0/3 5

Table 51 Command output

Field	Description
SIP	Source IP address.
SPort	Source port number.
DIP	Destination IP address.
DPort	Destination port number.
Pro	Protocol number.
Input_If	Input interface type and number. If no interface is involved in fast forwarding, this field displays N/A. If the input interface does not exist, this field displays a hyphen (-).
Output_If	Output interface type and number. If no interface is involved in fast forwarding, this field displays N/A. If the output interface does not exist, this field displays a hyphen (-).
Flg	Internal tag, marking internal operation information, such as fragmentation.

Related commands

reset ip fast-forwarding cache

display ip fast-forwarding fragcache

Use display ip fast-forwarding fragcache to display fast forwarding entries for fragmented packets.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display ip fast-forwarding fragcache [ ip-address ]

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display ip fast-forwarding fragcache [ ip-address ] [ slot slot-number ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display ip fast-forwarding fragcache [ ip-address ] [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

ip-address: Specifies an IP address. If you do not specify an IP address, this command displays fast forwarding entries for all fragmented packets.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by the slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays fast forwarding entries for fragmented packets on all cards. (Distributed devices–In standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays fast forwarding entries for fragmented packets on all member devices. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays fast forwarding entries for fragmented packets on all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

This command displays fast forwarding entries for fragmented packets. Each fast forwarding entry for fragmented packets includes the following information:

· Source IP address.

· Source port number.

· Destination IP address.

· Destination port number.

· Protocol number.

· Input interface.

· Fragment ID.

Examples

# Display fast forwarding entries about all fragmented packets.

<Sysname> display ip fast-forwarding fragcache

Total number of fragment fast-forwarding entries: 3

SIP SPort DIP DPort Pro Input_If ID

7.0.0.13 68 8.0.0.1 67 17 GE1/0/3 2

8.0.0.1 67 7.0.0.13 68 17 GE1/0/1 3

8.0.0.1 8 7.0.0.13 0 1 GE1/0/2 5

Table 52 Command output

Field	Description
SIP	Source IP address.
SPort	Source port number.
DIP	Destination IP address.
DPort	Destination port number.
Pro	Protocol number.
Input_If	Input interface type and number. If no interface is involved in fast forwarding, this field displays N/A. If the input interface does not exist, this field displays a hyphen (-).
ID	Fragment ID.

Related commands

reset ip fast-forwarding cache

ip fast-forwarding aging-time

Use ip fast-forwarding aging-time to configure the aging time for fast forwarding entries.

Use undo ip fast-forwarding aging-time to restore the default.

Syntax

ip fast-forwarding aging-time aging-time

undo ip fast-forwarding aging-time

Default

The aging time is 30 seconds.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

aging-time: Specifies the aging time in the range of 10 to 300 seconds.

Examples

# Set the aging time to 20 seconds for fast forwarding entries.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ip fast-forwarding aging-time 20

Related commands

display ip fast-forwarding aging-time

ip fast-forwarding dscp

Use ip fast-forwarding dscp to enable DSCP-based fast forwarding for GRE and VXLAN packets.

Use undo ip fast-forwarding dscp to restore the default.

Syntax

ip fast-forwarding dscp

undo ip fast-forwarding dscp

Default

DSCP-based fast forwarding for GRE and VXLAN packets is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

This command is applicable to GRE packets (with IP as the passenger protocol) and VXLAN packets that are processed by software.

This feature uses the DSCP value in the outer header instead of the source port number among the identification criteria to identify GRE and VXLAN traffic flows.

This command is mutually exclusive with NAT and load balancing.

Examples

# Enable DSCP-based GRE and VXLAN packet fast forwarding.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ip fast-forwarding dscp

ip fast-forwarding load-sharing

Use ip fast-forwarding load-sharing to enable fast forwarding load sharing.

Use undo ip fast-forwarding load-sharing to disable fast forwarding load sharing.

Syntax

ip fast-forwarding load-sharing

undo ip fast-forwarding load-sharing

Default

Fast forwarding load sharing is enabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

Fast forwarding load sharing enables the device to load share packets of the same flow. This feature identifies a data flow by using the five-tuple (source IP, source port, destination IP, destination port, and protocol).

If fast forwarding load sharing is disabled, the device identifies a data flow by the five-tuple and the input interface. No load sharing is implemented.

Examples

# Enable fast forwarding load sharing.

<Sysname> system-Views

[Sysname] ip fast-forwarding load-sharing

ip fast-forwarding vxlan-port

Use ip fast-forwarding vxlan-port to specify the destination UDP port number for identifying VXLAN packets.

Use undo ip fast-forwarding vxlan-port to restore the default.

Syntax

ip fast-forwarding vxlan-port port-number

undo ip fast-forwarding vxlan-port

Default

The destination UDP port number is 4789.

Views

System view

Predefined use roles

network-admin

Parameters

port-number: Specifies a UDP port number in the range of 1 to 65535.

Usage guidelines

This feature is applicable to only the UDP packets that are processed by software.

In a VXLAN network, configure this command on intermediate devices to identify VXLAN packets.

Examples

# Specify the destination UDP port number to 4900 for identifying VXLAN packets.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ip fast-forwarding vxlan-port 4900

reset ip fast-forwarding cache

Use reset ip fast-forwarding cache to clear the fast forwarding table.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

reset ip fast-forwarding cache

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

reset ip fast-forwarding cache [ slot slot-number ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

reset ip fast-forwarding cache [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number ]

Views

User view

Predefined use roles

network-admin

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by the slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command clears the fast forwarding table for all cards. (Distributed devices–In standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command clears the fast forwarding table for all member devices. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command clears the fast forwarding table for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Examples

# Clear the fast forwarding table.

<Sysname> reset ip fast-forwarding cache

Related commands

display ip fast-forwarding cache

display ip fast-forwarding fragcache

Flow classification commands

forwarding policy

Use forwarding policy to specify a flow classification policy.

Use undo forwarding policy to restore the default.

Syntax

forwarding policy { per-flow | per-packet }

undo forwarding policy

Default

The flow-based policy is used.

Views

System view

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

per-flow: Specifies the flow-based forwarding. The device forwards packets of the same flow to the same CPU. A data flow is defined by the following fields: source IP address, destination IP address, source port number, destination port number, and protocol number. This policy takes the first-in first-out rule.

per-packet: Specifies the packet-based forwarding. The device forwards packets in sequence to different CPUs, even though they are the same flow. This policy does not ensure packet order.

Usage guidelines

The following matrix shows the command and hardware compatibility:

Hardware	Command compatibility
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS	No
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	No
MSR 2630	No
MSR3600-28/3600-51	No
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	No
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	Yes
MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	Yes
MSR5620/5660/5680	Yes

Hardware	Command compatibility
MSR810-LM-GL	No
MSR810-W-LM-GL	No
MSR830-6EI-GL	No
MSR830-10EI-GL	No
MSR830-6HI-GL	No
MSR830-10HI-GL	No
MSR2600-6-X1-GL	No
MSR3600-28-SI-GL	No

Examples

# Specify the packet-based policy globally.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] forwarding policy per-packet

# Specify the flow-based policy globally.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] forwarding policy per-flow

# Specify the packet-based policy on GigabitEthernet 2/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 2/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet2/0/1] forwarding policy per-packet

# Specify the flow-based policy on GigabitEthernet 2/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 2/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet2/0/1] forwarding policy per-flow

IPv4 adjacency table commands

Commands and descriptions for centralized devices apply to the following routers:

· MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS.

· MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1.

· MSR 2630.

· MSR3600-28/3600-51.

· MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI.

· MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC.

· MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660.

· MSR810-LM-GL/810-W-LM-GL/830-6EI-GL/830-10EI-GL/830-6HI-GL/830-10HI-GL/2600-6-X1-GL/3600-28-SI-GL.

Commands and descriptions for distributed devices apply to the following routers:

· MSR5620.

· MSR 5660.

· MSR 5680.

display adjacent-table

Use display adjacent-table to display IPv4 adjacency entries.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display adjacent-table { all | physical-interface interface-type interface-number | routing-interface interface-type interface-number } [ count | verbose ]

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display adjacent-table { all | physical-interface interface-type interface-number | routing-interface interface-type interface-number | slot slot-number } [ count | verbose ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display adjacent-table { all | physical-interface interface-type interface-number | routing-interface interface-type interface-number | chassis chassis-number slot slot-number } [ count | verbose ]

View

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

all: Displays all IPv4 adjacency entries.

physical-interface interface-type interface-number: Displays IPv4 adjacency entries about the specified physical interface.

routing-interface interface-type interface-number: Displays IPv4 adjacency entries about the specified routing interface.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays IPv4 adjacency entries for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays IPv4 adjacency entries for all member devices. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays IPv4 adjacency entries for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

verbose: Displays detailed information about IPv4 adjacency entries.

Examples

# Display detailed information about all IPv4 adjacency entries.

<Sysname> display adjacent-table all verbose

IP address : 0.0.0.0

Routing interface : Pos2/2/0

Physical interface : Pos2/2/0

Logical interface : N/A

Service type : PPP

Action type : Forwarding

Link media type : P2P

Slot : 1

Cpu : 0

VPN index : 0

Virtual circuit information : N/A

Link head information(IP) : ff030021

Link head information(MPLS) : ff030281

# Display the IPv4 adjacency entries on the card in slot 1.

<Sysname> display adjacent-table slot 1

IP address Routing interface Physical interface Type

0.0.0.0 Pos2/2/0 Pos2/20 PPP

# Display the number of IPv4 adjacency entries on the card in slot 1.

<Sysname> display adjacent-table slot 1 count

Total entries on slot 1: 1

Table 53 Command output

Field	Description
IP address	IP address of the next hop. · For a P2P link, the IP address of the next hop is not needed. This field displays 0.0.0.0. · For an NBMA link, the value 0.0.0.0 indicates the default adjacency entry. Packets are forwarded through the default virtual circuit.
Routing interface	Output interface of the matching route entry.
Physical interface	Physical interface of which the outgoing packets are sent out.
Logical interface	Logical interface for sending the packets. If the entry has no logical interface, this field displays N/A.
Service type/Type	Link layer protocol type, such as PPP, HDLC, Tunnel, and MTunnel.
Action type	Packet processing type, Forwarding or Drop.
Link media type	Link media type: · P2P—Point-to-point link. · NBMA—Non-broadcast multi-access link.
Slot	ID of the slot that holds the card.
Cpu	Number of the CPU.
VPN index	Index of the VPN.
Virtual circuit information	Information about the virtual circuit, such as PVC or DLCI. If the entry has no virtual circuit, this field displays N/A.
Link head information(IP)	Link layer header for IPv4.
Link head information(MPLS)	Link layer header for MPLS.

IPv6 adjacency table commands

IPv6-related features are not supported on the following routers:

· MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS.

· MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI.

Commands and descriptions for centralized devices apply to the following routers:

· MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS.

· MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1.

· MSR 2630.

· MSR3600-28/3600-51.

· MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI.

· MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC.

· MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660.

· MSR810-LM-GL/810-W-LM-GL/830-6EI-GL/830-10EI-GL/830-6HI-GL/830-10HI-GL/2600-6-X1-GL/3600-28-SI-GL.

Commands and descriptions for distributed devices apply to the following routers:

· MSR5620.

· MSR 5660.

· MSR 5680.

display ipv6 adjacent-table

Use display ipv6 adjacent-table to display IPv6 adjacency entries.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display ipv6 adjacent-table { all | physical-interface interface-type interface-number | routing-interface interface-type interface-number } [ count | verbose ]

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display ipv6 adjacent-table { all | physical-interface interface-type interface-number | routing-interface interface-type interface-number | slot slot-number } [ count | verbose ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display ipv6 adjacent-table { all | physical-interface interface-type interface-number | routing-interface interface-type interface-number | chassis chassis-number slot slot-number } [ count | verbose ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

all: Displays all IPv6 adjacency entries.

physical-interface interface-type interface-number: Displays IPv6 adjacency entries about the specified physical interface.

routing-interface interface-type interface-number: Displays IPv6 adjacency entries about the specified routing interface.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays IPv6 adjacency entries for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays IPv6 adjacency entries for all member devices. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays IPv6 adjacency entries for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

verbose: Displays detailed information about IPv6 adjacency entries.

Examples

# Display detailed information about all IPv6 adjacency entries.

IPv6 address : N/A

Routing interface : Pos2/2/0

Physical interface : Pos2/2/0

Logical interface : N/A

Service type : PPP

Action type : Forwarding

Link media type : P2P

Slot : 0

VPN index : 0

Virtual circuit information : N/A

Link head information(IPv6) : 4500000000000000ff2f000002020201020202020000

0800

Link head information(MPLS) : 4500000000000000ff2f000002020201020202020000

0800

# Display the IPv6 adjacency entries on the card in slot 1.

<Sysname> display ipv6 adjacent-table slot 1

IPv6 address Routing interface Physical interface Type

N/A Pos2/2/0 Pos2/2/0 PPP

# Display the total number of IPv6 adjacency entries on the card in slot 1.

<Sysname> display ipv6 adjacent-table slot 1 count

Total entries on slot 1: 1

Table 54 Command output

Field	Description
IPv6 address	IPv6 address of the next hop. · For a P2P link, the IPv6 address of the next hop is not needed. This field has the value 0::0, and displays N/A. · For an NBMA link, the value 0.0.0.0 indicates a default adjacency table. Packets are forwarded through the default virtual circuit.
Routing interface	Output interface of the matching route entry.
Physical interface	Physical interface of which the outgoing packets are sent out.
Logical interface	Logical interface that sends the packets. If the entry has no logical interface, this field displays N/A.
Service type/Type	Link layer protocol type, such as PPP, HDLC, Tunnel, and MTunnel.
Action type	Packet processing type, Forwarding or Drop.
Link media type	Link media type: · P2P—Point-to-point link. · NBMA—Non-broadcast multi-access link.
Slot	ID of the slot that holds the card.
Cpu	Number of the CPU.
VPN index	Index of the VPN.
Virtual circuit information	Information about the virtual circuit, such as PVC or DLCI. If the entry has no virtual circuit, this field displays N/A.
Link head information(IPv6)	Link layer header for IPv6.
Link head information(MPLS)	Link layer header for MPLS.

IRDP commands

The following matrix shows the feature and hardware compatibility:

Hardware	IRDP compatibility
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE /810-LM-HK/MSR810-W-LM-HK	Yes
MSR810-LMS/810-LUS	No
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	Yes
MSR 2630	Yes
MSR3600-28/3600-51	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	No
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	Yes
MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	Yes
MSR 5620/5660/5680	Yes

Hardware	IRDP compatibility
MSR810-LM-GL	Yes
MSR810-W-LM-GL	Yes
MSR830-6EI-GL	Yes
MSR830-10EI-GL	Yes
MSR830-6HI-GL	Yes
MSR830-10HI-GL	Yes
MSR2600-6-X1-GL	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI-GL	No

ip irdp

Use ip irdp to enable IRDP on an interface.

Use undo ip irdp to disable IRDP on an interface.

Syntax

ip irdp

undo ip irdp

Default

IRDP is disabled on an interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

This command validates the IRDP settings on an interface. After the IRDP is enabled on an interface, the device can send RA messages out of the interface.

Examples

# Enable IRDP on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ip irdp

ip irdp address

Use ip irdp address to specify an IP address for an interface to proxy-advertise.

Use undo ip irdp address to remove the specified proxy-advertised IP address.

Syntax

ip irdp address ip-address preference-value

undo ip irdp address [ ip-address ]

Default

No proxy-advertised IP address is specified.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ip-address: Specifies an IP address in dotted decimal notation.

preference-value: Specifies the preference for the IP address, in the range of –2147483648 to 2147483647.

Usage guidelines

You can specify a maximum of four IP addresses for an interface to proxy-advertise. An RA sent on the interface includes the interface IP addresses and the proxy-advertised IP addresses.

If you do not specify an IP address for the undo command, this command removes all proxy-advertised IP addresses from the interface.

Examples

# Specify the IP address 192.168.0.8 and its preference 1600 for GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to proxy-advertise.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ip irdp address 192.168.0.8 1600

Related commands

ip irdp

ip irdp lifetime

Use ip irdp lifetime to set the lifetime of IP addresses advertised on an interface.

Use undo ip irdp lifetime to restore the default.

Syntax

ip irdp lifetime lifetime-value

undo ip irdp lifetime

Default

The lifetime is 1800 seconds.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

lifetime-value: Specifies the lifetime in seconds, in the range of 4 to 9000.

Usage guidelines

The lifetime cannot be shorter than the maximum advertising interval on an interface.

The lifetime applies to the following IP addresses:

· IP addresses of the interface.

· IP addresses for the interface to proxy-advertise.

Examples

# Set the lifetime of IP addresses advertised on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to 2000 seconds.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ip irdp lifetime 2000

Related commands

ip irdp

ip irdp interval

Use ip irdp interval to set the maximum and minimum intervals for advertising RAs on an interface.

Use undo ip irdp interval to restore the default.

Syntax

ip irdp interval max-interval [ min-interval ]

undo ip irdp interval

Default

The maximum interval is 600 seconds, and the minimum interval is 3/4 of the maximum interval.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

max-interval: Specifies the maximum interval in seconds, in the range of 4 to 1800.

min-interval: Specifies the minimum interval in seconds, in the range of 3 to max-interval.

Usage guidelines

The device broadcasts or multicasts an RA randomly between the maximum and minimum intervals.

Make sure the maximum interval is not longer than the lifetime of advertised IP addresses. Otherwise, the lifetime is automatically adjusted to a value three times the maximum interval.

Examples

# On GigabitEthernet 1/0/1, set the maximum interval to 500 seconds and the minimum interval to 300 seconds.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ip irdp interval 500 300

Related commands

ip irdp

ip irdp lifetime

ip irdp multicast

Use ip irdp multicast to specify the multicast address 224.0.0.1 as the destination IP address for RAs sent on an interface.

Use undo ip irdp multicast to restore the default.

Syntax

ip irdp multicast

undo ip irdp multicast

Default

The destination IP address is 255.255.255.255.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Examples

# Specify the multicast address 224.0.0.1 as the destination IP address for RAs sent on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ip irdp multicast

Related commands

ip irdp

ip irdp preference

Use ip irdp preference to specify the preference of advertised primary and secondary IP addresses on an interface.

Use undo ip irdp preference to restore the default.

Syntax

ip irdp preference preference-value

undo ip irdp preference

Default

The preference of advertised IP addresses is 0.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

preference-value: Specifies the preference in the range of –2147483648 to 2147483647.

Usage guidelines

A larger preference value represents a higher preference. To request that neighboring hosts do not use any advertised IP address as the default gateway, set the value to the minimum value.

Examples

# Specify preference 1 for IP addresses advertised on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ip irdp preference 1

Related commands

ip irdp

IP performance optimization commands

Commands and descriptions for centralized devices apply to the following routers:

· MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS.

· MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1.

· MSR 2630.

· MSR3600-28/3600-51.

· MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI.

· MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC.

· MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660.

· MSR810-LM-GL/810-W-LM-GL/830-6EI-GL/830-10EI-GL/830-6HI-GL/830-10HI-GL/2600-6-X1-GL/3600-28-SI-GL.

Commands and descriptions for distributed devices apply to the following routers:

· MSR5620.

· MSR 5660.

· MSR 5680.

display icmp statistics

Use display icmp statistics to display ICMP statistics.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display icmp statistics

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display icmp statistics [ slot slot-number ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display icmp statistics [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays ICMP statistics for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays ICMP statistics for all member devices. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays ICMP statistics for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

ICMP statistics include information about received and sent ICMP packets.

Examples

# Display ICMP statistics.

<Sysname> display icmp statistics

Input: bad formats 0 bad checksum 0

echo 175 destination unreachable 0

source quench 0 redirects 0

echo replies 201 parameter problem 0

timestamp 0 information requests 0

mask requests 0 mask replies 0

time exceeded 0 invalid type 0

router advert 0 router solicit 0

broadcast/multicast echo requests ignored 0

broadcast/multicast timestamp requests ignored 0

Output: echo 0 destination unreachable 0

source quench 0 redirects 0

echo replies 175 parameter problem 0

timestamp 0 information replies 0

mask requests 0 mask replies 0

time exceeded 0 bad address 0

packet error 1442 router advert 3

display ip statistics

Use display ip statistics to display IP packet statistics.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display ip statistics

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display ip statistics [ slot slot-number ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display ip statistics [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays IP packet statistics for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays IP packet statistics for all member devices. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays IP packet statistics for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

IP statistics include information about received and sent packets, fragments, and reassembly.

Examples

# Display IP packet statistics.

<Sysname> display ip statistics

Input: sum 7120 local 112

bad protocol 0 bad format 0

bad checksum 0 bad options 0

dropped 0

Output: forwarding 0 local 27

dropped 0 no route 2

compress fails 0

Fragment:input 0 output 0

dropped 0

fragmented 0 couldn't fragment 0

Reassembling:sum 0 timeouts 0

Table 55 Command output

Field		Description
Input	sum	Total number of packets received.
	local	Total number of packets destined for the device.
	bad protocol	Total number of unknown protocol packets.
	bad format	Total number of packets with incorrect format.
	bad checksum	Total number of packets with incorrect checksum.
	bad options	Total number of packets with incorrect option.
	dropped	Total number of packets discarded.
Output	forwarding	Total number of packets forwarded.
	local	Total number of packets locally sent.
	dropped	Total number of packets discarded.
	no route	Total number of packets for which no route is available.
	compress fails	Total number of packets failed to be compressed.
Fragment	input	Total number of fragments received.
	output	Total number of fragments sent.
	dropped	Total number of fragments dropped.
	fragmented	Total number of packets successfully fragmented.
	couldn't fragment	Total number of packets failed to be fragmented.
Reassembling	sum	Total number of packets reassembled.
Reassembling	timeouts	Total number of reassembly timeouts.

Related commands

display ip interface

reset ip statistics

display rawip

Use display rawip to display brief information about RawIP connections.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display rawip

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display rawip [ slot slot-number ]

Distributed device in IRF mode:

display rawip [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays brief information about RawIP connections for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays brief information about RawIP connections for all member devices. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays brief information about RawIP connections for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

Brief RawIP connection information includes local and peer addresses, protocol, and PCB.

Examples

# (Centralized devices in standalone mode.) Display brief information about RawIP connections.

<Sysname> display rawip

Local Addr Foreign Addr Protocol Slot PCB

0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 1 0 0x0000000000000009

0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 1 0 0x0000000000000008

0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 1 0 0x0000000000000002

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode.) Display brief information about RawIP connections.

<Sysname> display rawip

Local Addr      Foreign Addr    Protocol Slot PCB
0.0.0.0         0.0.0.0         2        0     0xffffffffffffffa3
0.0.0.0         0.0.0.0         2        0     0xffffffffffffffa2
0.0.0.0         0.0.0.0         2        0     0xffffffffffffffa1
0.0.0.0         0.0.0.0         103      0     0xffffffffffffffa0
0.0.0.0         0.0.0.0         103      0     0xffffffffffffff9f
0.0.0.0         0.0.0.0         103      0     0xffffffffffffff9e
0.0.0.0         0.0.0.0         17       0     0xffffffffffffff9d

# (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) Display brief information about RawIP connections.

<Sysname> display rawip

Local Addr Foreign Addr Protocol Chassis Slot PCB

0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 1 1 1 0x0000000000000009

0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 1 1 1 0x0000000000000008

0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 1 1 5 0x0000000000000002

Table 56 Command output

Field	Description
Local Addr	Local IP address.
Foreign Addr	Peer IP address.
Protocol	Protocol number.
Chassis	ID of the IRF member device. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)
Slot	Number of the slot that holds the card. (Distributed devices in standalone or IRF mode.)
Slot	ID of the IRF member device. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)
PCB	Protocol control block.

display rawip verbose

Use display rawip verbose to display detailed information about RawIP connections.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display rawip verbose [ pcb pcb-index ]

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display rawip verbose [ slot slot-number [ pcb pcb-index ] ]

Distributed device in IRF mode:

display rawip verbose [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number [ pcb pcb-index ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

pcb pcb-index: Displays detailed RawIP connection information for the specified PCB. The pcb-index argument specifies the index of the PCB. The value range for the pcb-index argument is 1 to 16.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays detailed information about RawIP connections for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays detailed information about RawIP connections for all member devices. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays detailed RawIP connection information for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

The detailed information includes socket creator, state, option, type, protocol number, and the source and destination IP addresses of RawIP connections.

Examples

# (Centralized devices in standalone mode.) Display detailed information about RawIP connections.

<Sysname> display rawip verbose

Total RawIP socket number: 1

Creator: ping[320]

State: N/A

Options: N/A

Error: 0

Receiving buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/drop/state): 0 / 9216 / 1 / 0 / N/A

Sending buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/state): 0 / 9216 / 512 / N/A

Type: 3

Protocol: 1

Connection info: src = 0.0.0.0, dst = 0.0.0.0

Inpcb flags: N/A

Inpcb extflag: N/A

Inpcb vflag: INP_IPV4

TTL: 255(minimum TTL: 0)

Send VRF: 0xffff

Receive VRF: 0xffff

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode.) Display detailed information about RawIP connections.

<Sysname> display rawip verbose

Total RawIP socket number: 1

Location: Slot: 6

Creator: ping[320]

State: N/A

Options: N/A

Error: 0

Receiving buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/drop/state): 0 / 9216 / 1 / 0 / N/A

Sending buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/state): 0 / 9216 / 512 / N/A

Type: 3

Protocol: 1

Connection info: src = 0.0.0.0, dst = 0.0.0.0

Inpcb flags: N/A

Inpcb extflag: N/A

Inpcb vflag: INP_IPV4

TTL: 255(minimum TTL: 0)

Send VRF: 0xffff

Receive VRF: 0xffff

# (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) Display detailed information about RawIP connections.

<Sysname> display rawip verbose

Total RawIP socket number: 1

Location: Chassis: 2 Slot: 6

Creator: ping[320]

State: N/A

Options: N/A

Error: 0

Receiving buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/drop/state): 0 / 9216 / 1 / 0 / N/A

Sending buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/state): 0 / 9216 / 512 / N/A

Type: 3

Protocol: 1

Connection info: src = 0.0.0.0, dst = 0.0.0.0

Inpcb flags: N/A

Inpcb extflag: N/A

Inpcb vflag: INP_IPV4

TTL: 255(minimum TTL: 0)

Send VRF: 0xffff

Receive VRF: 0xffff

Table 57 Command output

Field	Description
Total RawIP socket number	Total number of RawIP sockets.
Location	Location of the card. (Distributed devices in standalone or IRF mode.)
Location	Location of the device. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)
Chassis	ID of the IRF member device. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)
Slot	Number of the slot that holds the card. (Distributed devices in standalone or IRF mode.)
Slot	ID of the IRF member device. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)
Creator	Name of the operation that created the socket. The number in brackets is the process number of the creator.
State	State of the socket.
Options	Socket options.
Error	Error code.
Receiving buffer (cc/hiwat/lowat/drop/state)	Displays receive buffer information in the following order: · cc—Used space. · hiwat—Maximum space. · lowat—Minimum space. · drop—Number of dropped packets. · state—Buffer state: ¡ CANTSENDMORE—Unable to send data to the peer. ¡ CANTRCVMORE—Unable to receive data from the peer. ¡ RCVATMARK—Receiving tag. ¡ N/A—None of the above states.
Sending buffer (cc/hiwat/lowat/state)	Displays send buffer information in the following order: · cc—Used space. · hiwat—Maximum space. · lowat—Minimum space. · state—Buffer state: ¡ CANTSENDMORE—Unable to send data to the peer. ¡ CANTRCVMORE—Unable to receive data from the peer. ¡ RCVATMARK—Receiving tag. ¡ N/A—None of the above states.
Type	Socket type: · 1—SOCK_STREAM. This socket uses TCP to provide reliable transmission of byte streams. · 2—SOCK_DGRAM. This socket uses UDP to provide datagram transmission. · 3—SOCK_RAW. This socket allows an application to change the next upper-layer protocol header. · N/A—None of the above types.
Protocol	Number of the protocol using the socket.
Connection info	Source IP address and destination IP address.
Inpcb flags	Flags in the Internet PCB: · INP_RECVOPTS—Receives IP options. · INP_RECVRETOPTS—Receives replied IP options. · INP_RECVDSTADDR—Receives destination IP address. · INP_HDRINCL—Provides the entire IP header. · INP_REUSEADDR—Reuses the IP address. · INP_REUSEPORT—Reuses the port number. · INP_ANONPORT—Port number not specified. · INP_RECVIF—Records the input interface of the packet. · INP_RECVTTL—Receives TTL of the packet. Only UDP and RawIP support this flag. · INP_DONTFRAG—Sets the Don't Fragment flag. · INP_ROUTER_ALERT—Receives packets with the router alert option. Only RawIP supports this flag. · INP_PROTOCOL_PACKET—Identifies a protocol packet. · INP_RCVVLANID—Receives the VLAN ID of the packet. Only UDP and RawIP support this flag. · INP_RCVMACADDR—Receives the MAC address of the frame. · INP_SNDBYLSPV—Sends through MPLS. · INP_RECVTOS—Receives TOS of the packet. Only UDP and RawIP support this flag. · INP_USEICMPSRC—Uses the specified IP address as the source IP address for outgoing ICMP packets. · INP_SYNCPCB—Waits until Internet PCB is synchronized. · N/A—None of the above flags.
Inpcb extflag	Extension flags in the Internet PCB: · INP_EXTRCVPVCIDX—Records the PVC index of the received packet. · INP_RCVPWID—Records the PW ID of the received packet. · N/A—None of the above flags.
Inpcb vflag	IP version flags in the Internet PCB: · INP_IPV4—IPv4 protocol. · INP_TIMEWAIT—In TIMEWAIT state. · INP_ONESBCAST—Sends broadcast packets. · INP_DROPPED—Protocol dropped flag. · INP_SOCKREF—Strong socket reference. · INP_DONTBLOCK—Do not block synchronization of the Internet PCB. · N/A—None of the above flags.
TTL	TTL value in the Internet PCB.

display tcp

Use display tcp to display brief information about TCP connections.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display tcp

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display tcp [ slot slot-number ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display tcp [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays brief information about TCP connections for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays brief information about TCP connections for all member devices. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays brief information about TCP connections for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

Brief TCP connection information includes local IP address, local port number, peer IP address, peer port number, and TCP connection state.

Examples

# (Centralized devices in standalone mode.) Display brief information about TCP connections.

<Sysname> display tcp

*: TCP MD5 Connection

Local Addr:port Foreign Addr:port State Slot PCB

*0.0.0.0:21 0.0.0.0:0 LISTEN 1 0x000000000000c387

192.168.20.200:23 192.168.20.14:1284 ESTABLISHED 1 0x0000000000000009

192.168.20.200:23 192.168.20.14:1283 ESTABLISHED 1 0x0000000000000002

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode.) Display brief information about TCP connections.

<Sysname> display tcp

*: TCP MD5 Connection

Local Addr:port Foreign Addr:port State Slot PCB

*0.0.0.0:21 0.0.0.0:0 LISTEN 1 0x000000000000c387

192.168.20.200:23 192.168.20.14:1284 ESTABLISHED 1 0x0000000000000009

192.168.20.200:23 192.168.20.14:1283 ESTABLISHED 1 0x0000000000000002

# (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) Display brief information about TCP connections.

<Sysname> display tcp

*: TCP MD5 Connection

Local Addr:port Foreign Addr:port State Chassis Slot PCB

*0.0.0.0:21 0.0.0.0:0 LISTEN 1 1 0x00000000

0000c387

192.168.20.200:23 192.168.20.14:1284 ESTABLISHED 1 1 0x00000000

00000009

192.168.20.200:23 192.168.20.14:1283 ESTABLISHED 1 1 0x00000000

00000002

Table 58 Command output

Field	Description
*	Indicates that the TCP connection uses MD5 authentication.
Local Addr:port	Local IP address and port number.
Foreign Addr:port	Peer IP address and port number.
State	TCP connection state.
Chassis	ID of the IRF member device. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)
Slot	Number of the slot that holds the card. (Distributed devices in standalone or IRF mode.)
Slot	ID of the IRF member device. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)
PCB	PCB index.

display tcp statistics

Use display tcp statistics to display TCP traffic statistics.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display tcp statistics

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display tcp statistics [ slot slot-number ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display tcp statistics [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays TCP traffic statistics for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays TCP traffic statistics for all member devices. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays TCP traffic statistics for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

TCP traffic statistics include information about received and sent TCP packets and Syncache/syncookie.

Examples

# Display TCP traffic statistics.

<Sysname> display tcp statistics

Received packets:

Total: 4150

packets in sequence: 1366 (134675 bytes)

window probe packets: 0, window update packets: 0

checksum error: 0, offset error: 0, short error: 0

packets dropped for lack of memory: 0

packets dropped due to PAWS: 0

duplicate packets: 12 (36 bytes), partially duplicate packets: 0 (0 bytes)

out-of-order packets: 0 (0 bytes)

packets with data after window: 0 (0 bytes)

packets after close: 0

ACK packets: 3531 (795048 bytes)

duplicate ACK packets: 33, ACK packets for unsent data: 0

Sent packets:

Total: 4058

urgent packets: 0

control packets: 50

window probe packets: 3, window update packets: 11

data packets: 3862 (795012 bytes), data packets retransmitted: 0 (0 bytes)

ACK-only packets: 150 (52 delayed)

unnecessary packet retransmissions: 0

Syncache/syncookie related statistics:

entries added to syncache: 12

syncache entries retransmitted: 0

duplicate SYN packets: 0

reply failures: 0

successfully build new socket: 12

bucket overflows: 0

zone failures: 0

syncache entries removed due to RST: 0

syncache entries removed due to timed out: 0

ACK checked by syncache or syncookie failures: 0

syncache entries aborted: 0

syncache entries removed due to bad ACK: 0

syncache entries removed due to ICMP unreachable: 0

SYN cookies sent: 0

SYN cookies received: 0

SACK related statistics:

SACK recoveries: 1

SACK retransmitted segments: 0 (0 bytes)

SACK blocks (options) received: 0

SACK blocks (options) sent: 0

SACK scoreboard overflows: 0

Other statistics:

retransmitted timeout: 0, connections dropped in retransmitted timeout: 0

persist timeout: 0

keepalive timeout: 21, keepalive probe: 0

keepalive timeout, so connections disconnected: 0

fin_wait_2 timeout, so connections disconnected: 0

initiated connections: 29, accepted connections: 12, established connections:

closed connections: 50051 (dropped: 0, initiated dropped: 0)

bad connection attempt: 0

ignored RSTs in the window: 0

listen queue overflows: 0

RTT updates: 3518(attempt segment: 3537)

correct ACK header predictions: 0

correct data packet header predictions: 568

resends due to MTU discovery: 0

packets dropped with MD5 authentication: 0

packets permitted with MD5 authentication: 0

Related commands

reset tcp statistics

display tcp verbose

Use display tcp verbose to display detailed information about TCP connections.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display tcp verbose [ pcb pcb-index ]

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display tcp verbose [ slot slot-number [ pcb pcb-index ] ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display tcp verbose [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number [ pcb pcb-index ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

pcb pcb-index: Displays detailed TCP connection information for the specified PCB. The value range for the pcb-index argument is 1 to 16.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays detailed information about TCP connections for all cards. (Distributed device in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays detailed information about TCP connections for all member devices. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays detailed information about TCP connections for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

The detailed TCP connection information includes socket creator, state, option, type, protocol number, source IP address and port number, destination IP address and port number, and connection state.

Examples

# (Centralized devices in standalone mode.) Display detailed information about TCP connections.

<Sysname> display tcp verbose

TCP inpcb number: 1(tcpcb number: 1)

Creator: bgpd[199]

State: ISCONNECTED

Options: N/A

Error: 0

Receiving buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/drop/state): 0 / 65700 / 1 / 0 / N/A

Sending buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/state): 0 / 65700 / 512 / N/A

Type: 1

Protocol: 6

Connection info: src = 192.168.20.200:179 , dst = 192.168.20.14:4181

Inpcb flags: N/A

Inpcb extflag: N/A

Inpcb vflag: INP_IPV4

TTL: 255(minimum TTL: 0)

Connection state: ESTABLISHED

TCP options: TF_REQ_SCALE TF_REQ_TSTMP TF_SACK_PERMIT TF_NSR

NSR state: READY(M)

Send VRF: 0x0

Receive VRF: 0x0

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode.) Display detailed information about TCP connections.

<Sysname> display tcp verbose

TCP inpcb number: 1(tcpcb number: 1)

Location: Slot: 6

NSR standby: N/A

Creator: bgpd[199]

State: ISCONNECTED

Options: N/A

Error: 0

Receiving buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/drop/state): 0 / 65700 / 1 / 0 / N/A

Sending buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/state): 0 / 65700 / 512 / N/A

Type: 1

Protocol: 6

Connection info: src = 192.168.20.200:179 , dst = 192.168.20.14:4181

Inpcb flags: N/A

Inpcb extflag: N/A

Inpcb vflag: INP_IPV4

TTL: 255(minimum TTL: 0)

Connection state: ESTABLISHED

TCP options: TF_REQ_SCALE TF_REQ_TSTMP TF_SACK_PERMIT TF_NSR

NSR state: READY(M)

Send VRF: 0x0

Receive VRF: 0x0

# (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) Display detailed information about TCP connections.

<Sysname> display tcp verbose

TCP inpcb number: 1(tcpcb number: 1)

Location: Chassis: 2 Slot: 6

NSR standby: N/A

Creator: bgpd[199]

State: ISCONNECTED

Options: N/A

Error: 0

Receiving buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/drop/state): 0 / 65700 / 1 / 0 / N/A

Sending buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/state): 0 / 65700 / 512 / N/A

Type: 1

Protocol: 6

Connection info: src = 192.168.20.200:179 , dst = 192.168.20.14:4181

Inpcb flags: N/A

Inpcb extflag: N/A

Inpcb vflag: INP_IPV4

TTL: 255(minimum TTL: 0)

Connection state: ESTABLISHED

TCP options: TF_REQ_SCALE TF_REQ_TSTMP TF_SACK_PERMIT TF_NSR

NSR state: READY(M)

Send VRF: 0x0

Receive VRF: 0x0

Table 59 Command output

Field	Description
TCP inpcb number	Number of TCP IP PCBs.
tcpcb number	Number of TCP PCBs. This field is not displayed if the state of the TCP connection is TIME_WAIT.
Location	Location of the card. (Distributed devices in standalone or IRF mode.)
Location	Location of the device. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)
Chassis	ID of the IRF member device. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)
Slot	Slot number of the card. (Distributed devices in standalone or IRF mode.)
Slot	ID of the IRF member device. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)
NSR standby	ID of the IRF member device and number of the slot where the NSR standby card resides. This field displays N/A if no NSR standby card is present.
Creator	Name of the operation that created the socket. The number in brackets is the process number of the creator.
State	State of the socket.
Options	Socket options.
Error	Error code.
Receiving buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/drop/state)	Displays receive buffer information in the following order: · cc—Used space. · hiwat—Maximum space. · lowat—Minimum space. · drop—Number of dropped packets. · state—Buffer state: ¡ CANTSENDMORE—Unable to send data to the peer. ¡ CANTRCVMORE—Unable to receive data from the peer. ¡ RCVATMARK—Receiving tag. ¡ N/A—None of the above states.
Sending buffer (cc/hiwat/lowat/state)	Displays send buffer information in the following order: · cc—Used space. · hiwat—Maximum space. · lowat—Minimum space. · state—Buffer state: ¡ CANTSENDMORE—Unable to send data to the peer. ¡ CANTRCVMORE—Unable to receive data from the peer. ¡ RCVATMARK—Receiving tag. ¡ N/A—None of the above states.
Type	Socket type: · 1—SOCK_STREAM. This socket uses TCP to provide reliable transmission of byte streams. · 2—SOCK_DGRAM. This socket uses UDP to provide datagram transmission. · 3—SOCK_RAW. This socket allows an application to change the next upper-layer protocol header. · N/A—None of the above types.
Protocol	Number of the protocol using the socket.
Connection info	Source IP address and port number, and destination IP address and port number.
Inpcb flags	Flags in the Internet PCB: · INP_RECVOPTS—Receives IP options. · INP_RECVRETOPTS—Receives replied IP options. · INP_RECVDSTADDR—Receives destination IP address. · INP_HDRINCL—Provides the entire IP header. · INP_REUSEADDR—Reuses the IP address. · INP_REUSEPORT—Reuses the port number. · INP_ANONPORT—Port number not specified. · INP_RECVIF—Records the input interface of the packet. · INP_RECVTTL—Receives TTL of the packet. Only UDP and RawIP support this flag. · INP_DONTFRAG—Sets the Don't Fragment flag. · INP_ROUTER_ALERT—Receives packets with the router alert option. Only RawIP supports this flag. · INP_PROTOCOL_PACKET—Identifies a protocol packet. · INP_RCVVLANID—Receives the VLAN ID of the packet. Only UDP and RawIP support this flag. · INP_RCVMACADDR—Receives the MAC address of the frame. · INP_SNDBYLSPV—Sends through MPLS. · INP_RECVTOS—Receives TOS of the packet. Only UDP and RawIP support this flag. · INP_SYNCPCB—Waits until Internet PCB is synchronized. · N/A—None of the above flags.
Inpcb extflag	Extension flags in the Internet PCB: · INP_EXTRCVPVCIDX—Records the PVC index of the received packet. · INP_RCVPWID—Records the PW ID of the received packet. · N/A—None of the above flags.
Inpcb vflag	IP version flags in the Internet PCB: · INP_IPV4—IPv4 protocol. · INP_TIMEWAIT—In TIMEWAIT state. · INP_ONESBCAST—Sends broadcast packets. · INP_DROPPED—Protocol dropped flag. · INP_SOCKREF—Strong socket reference. · INP_DONTBLOCK—Do not block synchronization of the Internet PCB. · N/A—None of the above flags.
TTL	TTL value in the Internet PCB.
TCP options	TCP options: · TF_MD5SIG—Enables MD5 signature. · TF_PASSWORD—The MD5 password is configured. · TF_NODELAY—Do not delay sending acknowledgements. · TF_NOOPT—No TCP options. · TF_NOPUSH—Allows TCP to send non-full-sized segments. · TF_BINDFOREIGNADDR—Bind the peer IP address. · TF_NSR—Enables TCP NSR. · TF_REQ_SCALE—Enables the TCP window scale option. · TF_REQ_TSTMP—Enables the time stamp option. · TF_SACK_PERMIT—Enables the TCP selective acknowledgement option.
NSR state	State of the TCP connections. Between the parentheses is the role of the connection: · M—Main connection. · S—Standby connection.

display tcp-proxy

Use display tcp-proxy to display brief information about TCP proxy.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display tcp-proxy

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display tcp-proxy slot slot-number

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display tcp-proxy chassis chassis-number slot slot-number

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

The following matrix shows the command and hardware compatibility:

Hardware	Command compatibility
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK	Yes
MSR810-LMS/810-LUS	No
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	Yes
MSR 2630	Yes
MSR3600-28/3600-51	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	Yes
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	Yes
MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	Yes
MSR5620/5660/5680	Yes

Hardware	Command compatibility
MSR810-LM-GL	Yes
MSR810-W-LM-GL	Yes
MSR830-6EI-GL	Yes
MSR830-10EI-GL	Yes
MSR830-6HI-GL	Yes
MSR830-10HI-GL	Yes
MSR2600-6-X1-GL	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI-GL	No

TCP proxy splits every TCP connection that passes through it into two TCP connections to relay data packets between clients and servers. The split is transparent to the servers and clients. This feature reduces bandwidth use and improves TCP performance. It is used for services such as load balancing, WAAS, and SSL VPN.

Examples

# Display brief information about TCP proxy.

<Sysname> display tcp-proxy

Local Addr:port Foreign Addr:port State Service type

192.168.56.25:1111 111.111.111.125:8080 ESTABLISHED WAAS

111.111.111.125:8080 192.168.56.25:1111 ESTABLISHED WAAS

Table 60 Command output

Field	Description
Local Addr:port	Local IP address and port number.
Foreign Addr:port	Peer IP address and port number.
State	TCP connection state.
Service type	Type of services that the TCP proxy is used for: · LB—Load balancing services. · WAAS—Wide area application services. · SSL VPN—SSL VPN services.

display tcp-proxy port-info

Use display tpc-proxy port-info to display the usage of non-well known ports for TCP proxy.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display tcp-proxy port-info

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display tcp-proxy port-info slot slot-number

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display tcp-proxy port-info chassis chassis-number slot slot-number

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays non-well known port usage for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays non-well known port usage for all member devices. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays non-well known port usage for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

The following matrix shows the command and hardware compatibility:

Hardware	Command compatibility
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK	Yes
MSR810-LMS/810-LUS	No
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	Yes
MSR 2630	Yes
MSR3600-28/3600-51	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	Yes
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	Yes
MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	Yes
MSR5620/5660/5680	Yes

Hardware	Command compatibility
MSR810-LM-GL	Yes
MSR810-W-LM-GL	Yes
MSR830-6EI-GL	Yes
MSR830-10EI-GL	Yes
MSR830-6HI-GL	Yes
MSR830-10HI-GL	Yes
MSR2600-6-X1-GL	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI-GL	No

The TCP ports are divided into well known ports (port numbers from 0 through 1023) and non-well known ports (port numbers from 1024 through 65535).

· Well known ports are for certain services, for example, port 23 for Telnet service, ports 20 and 21 for FTP service, and port 80 for HTTP service.

· Non-well known ports are available for various services. You can use the display tpc-proxy port-info command to display the usage of these ports.

Examples

# Display the usage of non-well known ports for TCP proxy.

<Sysname> display tcp-proxy port-info

Index Range State

16 [1024, 1087] USABLE

17 [1088, 1151] USABLE

18 [1152, 1215] USABLE

19 [1216, 1279] USABLE

20 [1280, 1343] USABLE

...

1020 [65280, 65343] USABLE

1021 [65344, 65407] USABLE

1022 [65408, 65471] USABLE

1023 [65472, 65535] USABLE

Table 61 Command output

Field	Description
Index	Index of the port range.
Range	Start port number and end port number.
State	State of the port range: · USABLE—The ports are assignable. · ASSIGNED—Some ports are dynamically assigned and some ports are not. · ALLASSIGNED—All ports are dynamically assigned. The assigned ports can be reclaimed. · TO RECLAIM—Some ports are statically assigned. The assigned ports can be reclaimed. · RESERVED—The ports are reserved. The reserved ports cannot be dynamically assigned.

display udp

Use display udp to display brief information about UDP connections.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display udp

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display udp [ slot slot-number ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display udp [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays brief information about UDP connections for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays brief information about UDP connections for all member devices. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays brief information about UDP connections for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

Brief UDP connection information includes local IP address and port number, and peer IP address and port number.

Examples

# (Centralized devices in standalone mode.) Display brief information about UDP connections.

<Sysname> display udp

Local Addr:port Foreign Addr:port Slot PCB

0.0.0.0:69 0.0.0.0:0 1 0x0000000000000003

192.168.20.200:1024 192.168.20.14:69 1 0x0000000000000002

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode.) Display brief information about UDP connections.

<Sysname> display udp

Local Addr:port Foreign Addr:port Slot PCB

0.0.0.0:69 0.0.0.0:0 1 0x0000000000000003

192.168.20.200:1024 192.168.20.14:69 5 0x0000000000000002

# (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) Display brief information about UDP connections.

<Sysname> display udp

Local Addr:port Foreign Addr:port Chassis Slot PCB

0.0.0.0:69 0.0.0.0:0 1 1 0x0000000000000003

192.168.20.200:1024 192.168.20.14:69 1 5 0x0000000000000002

Table 62 Command output

Field	Description
Local Addr:port	Local IP address and port number.
Foreign Addr:port	Peer IP address and port number.
Chassis	ID of the IRF member device. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)
Slot	Number of the slot that holds the card. (Distributed devices in standalone or IRF mode.)
Slot	ID of the IRF member device. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)
PCB	PCB index.

display udp statistics

Use display udp statistics to display UDP traffic statistics.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display udp statistics

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display udp statistics [ slot slot-number ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display udp statistics [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays UDP traffic statistics for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays UDP traffic statistics for all member devices. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays UDP traffic statistics for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

UDP traffic statistics include information about received and sent UDP packets.

Examples

# Display UDP traffic statistics.

<Sysname> display udp statistics

Received packets:

Total: 240

checksum error: 0, no checksum: 0

shorter than header: 0, data length larger than packet: 0

no socket on port(unicast): 0

no socket on port(broadcast/multicast): 240

not delivered, input socket full: 0

Sent packets:

Total: 0

Related commands

reset udp statistics

display udp verbose

Use display udp verbose to display detailed information about UDP connections.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display udp verbose [ pcb pcb-index ]

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display udp verbose [ slot slot-number [ pcb pcb-index ] ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display udp verbose [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number [ pcb pcb-index ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

pcb pcb-index: Displays detailed UDP connection information for the specified PCB. The value range for the pcb-index argument is 1 to 16.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays detailed information about UDP connections for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays detailed information about UDP connections for all member devices. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays detailed information about UDP connections for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

The detailed information includes socket creator, status, option, type, protocol number, source IP address and port number, and destination IP address and port number for UDP connections.

Examples

# (Centralized devices in standalone mode.) Display detailed UDP connection information.

<Sysname> display udp verbose

Total UDP socket number: 1

Creator: sock_test_mips[250]

State: N/A

Options: N/A

Error: 0

Receiving buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/drop/state): 0 / 41600 / 1 / 0 / N/A

Sending buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/state): 0 / 9216 / 512 / N/A

Type: 2

Protocol: 17

Connection info: src = 0.0.0.0:69, dst = 0.0.0.0:0

Inpcb flags: N/A

Inpcb extflag: N/A

Inpcb vflag: INP_IPV4

TTL: 255(minimum TTL: 0)

Send VRF: 0xffff

Receive VRF: 0xffff

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode.) Display detailed UDP connection information.

<Sysname> display udp verbose

Total UDP socket number: 1

Location: Slot: 6

Creator: sock_test_mips[250]

State: N/A

Options: N/A

Error: 0

Receiving buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/drop/state): 0 / 41600 / 1 / 0 / N/A

Sending buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/state): 0 / 9216 / 512 / N/A

Type: 2

Protocol: 17

Connection info: src = 0.0.0.0:69, dst = 0.0.0.0:0

Inpcb flags: N/A

Inpcb extflag: N/A

Inpcb vflag: INP_IPV4

TTL: 255(minimum TTL: 0)

Send VRF: 0xffff

Receive VRF: 0xffff

# (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) Display detailed UDP connection information.

<Sysname> display udp verbose

Total UDP socket number: 1

Location: Chassis: 2 Slot: 6

Creator: sock_test_mips[250]

State: N/A

Options: N/A

Error: 0

Receiving buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/drop/state): 0 / 41600 / 1 / 0 / N/A

Sending buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/state): 0 / 9216 / 512 / N/A

Type: 2

Protocol: 17

Connection info: src = 0.0.0.0:69, dst = 0.0.0.0:0

Inpcb flags: N/A

Inpcb extflag: N/A

Inpcb vflag: INP_IPV4

TTL: 255(minimum TTL: 0)

Send VRF: 0xffff

Receive VRF: 0xffff

Table 63 Command output

Field	Description
Total UDP socket number	Total number of UDP sockets.
Location	Location of the card. (Distributed devices in standalone or IRF mode.)
Location	Location of the device. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)
Chassis	ID of the IRF member device. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)
Slot	Slot number of the card. (Distributed devices in standalone or IRF mode.)
Slot	ID of the IRF member device. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)
Creator	Name of the operation that created the socket. The number in brackets is the process number of the creator.
State	Socket state.
Options	Socket option.
Error	Error code.
Receiving buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/drop/state)	Displays receive buffer information in the following order: · cc—Used space. · hiwat—Maximum space. · lowat—Minimum space. · drop—Number of dropped packets. · state—Buffer state: ¡ CANTSENDMORE—Unable to send data to the peer. ¡ CANTRCVMORE—Unable to receive data from the peer. ¡ RCVATMARK—Receiving tag. ¡ N/A—None of the above states.
Sending buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/state)	Displays send buffer information in the following order: · cc—Used space. · hiwat—Maximum space. · lowat—Minimum space. · state—Buffer state: ¡ CANTSENDMORE—Unable to send data to the peer. ¡ CANTRCVMORE—Unable to receive data from the peer. ¡ RCVATMARK—Receiving tag. ¡ N/A—None of the above states.
Type	Socket type: · 1—SOCK_STREAM. This socket uses TCP to provide reliable transmission of byte streams. · 2—SOCK_DGRAM. This socket uses UDP to provide datagram transmission. · 3—SOCK_RAW. This socket allows an application to change the next upper-layer protocol header. · N/A—None of the above types.
Protocol	Number of the protocol using the socket.
Inpcb flags	Flags in the Internet PCB: · INP_RECVOPTS—Receives IP options. · INP_RECVRETOPTS—Receives replied IP options. · INP_RECVDSTADDR—Receives destination IP address. · INP_HDRINCL—Provides the entire IP header. · INP_REUSEADDR—Reuses the IP address. · INP_REUSEPORT—Reuses the port number. · INP_ANONPORT—Port number not specified. · INP_RECVIF—Records the input interface of the packet. · INP_RECVTTL—Receives TTL of the packet. Only UDP and RawIP support this flag. · INP_DONTFRAG—Sets the Don't Fragment flag. · INP_ROUTER_ALERT—Receives packets with the router alert option. Only RawIP supports this flag. · INP_PROTOCOL_PACKET—Identifies a protocol packet. · INP_RCVVLANID—Receives the VLAN ID of the packet. Only UDP and RawIP support this flag. · INP_RCVMACADDR—Receives the MAC address of the frame. · INP_SNDBYLSPV—Sends through MPLS. · INP_RECVTOS—Receives TOS of the packet. Only UDP and RawIP support this flag. · INP_SYNCPCB—Waits until Internet PCB is synchronized. · N/A—None of the above flags.
Inpcb extflag	Extension flags in the Internet PCB: · INP_EXTRCVPVCIDX—Records the PVC index of the received packet. · INP_RCVPWID—Records the PW ID of the received packet. · N/A—None of the above flags.
Inpcb vflag	IP version flags in the Internet PCB: · INP_IPV4—IPv4 protocol. · INP_TIMEWAIT—In TIMEWAIT state. · INP_ONESBCAST—Sends broadcast packets. · INP_DROPPED—Protocol dropped flag. · INP_SOCKREF—Strong socket reference. · INP_DONTBLOCK—Do not block synchronization of the Internet PCB. · N/A—None of the above flags.
TTL	TTL value in the Internet PCB.

ip forward-broadcast

Use ip forward-broadcast to enable an interface to receive and forward directed broadcast packets destined for the directly connected network.

Use undo ip forward-broadcast to disable an interface from receiving and forwarding directed broadcast packets destined for the directly connected network.

Syntax

ip forward-broadcast

undo ip forward-broadcast

Default

An interface cannot forward directed broadcasts destined for the directly connected network.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

A directed broadcast packet is destined for all hosts on a specific network. In the destination IP address of the directed broadcast, the network ID identifies the target network, and the host ID is made up of all ones.

If an interface is allowed to forward directed broadcasts destined for the directly connected network, hackers can exploit this vulnerability to attack the target network. In some scenarios, however, an interface must receive and send such directed broadcast packets to support UDP helper and Wake on LAN.

This command enables an interface to accept directed broadcast packets that are destined for and received from the directly connected network to support UDP helper. UDP helper converts the directed broadcasts to unicasts and forwards them to a specific server.

The command also enables the interface to forward directed broadcast packets that are destined for the directly connected network and are received from another subnet to support Wake on LAN. Wake on LAN sends the directed broadcasts to wake up the hosts on the target network.

Examples

# Enable the interface GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to receive and forward directed broadcast packets destined for the directly connected network.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ip forward-broadcast

ip icmp error-interval

Use ip icmp error-interval to set the bucket size and the interval for tokens to arrive in the bucket for ICMP error messages.

Use undo ip icmp error-interval to restore the default.

Syntax

ip icmp error-interval interval [ bucketsize ]

undo ip icmp error-interval

Default

The bucket allows a maximum of 10 tokens, and a token is placed in the bucket every 100 milliseconds.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interval: Specifies the interval for tokens to arrive in the bucket. The value range is 0 to 2147483647 milliseconds. To disable the ICMP rate limit, set the value to 0.

bucketsize: Specifies the maximum number of tokens allowed in the bucket. The value range is 1 to 200.

Usage guidelines

This command limits the rate at which ICMP error messages are sent. Use this command to avoid sending excessive ICMP error messages within a short period that might cause network congestion. A token bucket algorithm is used with one token representing one ICMP error message.

A token is placed in the bucket at intervals until the maximum number of tokens that the bucket can hold is reached.

A token is removed from the bucket when an ICMP error message is sent. When the bucket is empty, ICMP error messages are not sent until a new token is placed in the bucket.

Examples

# Set the bucket size to 40 tokens and the interval for tokens to arrive in the bucket to 200 milliseconds for ICMP error messages.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ip icmp error-interval 200 40

ip icmp source

Use ip icmp source to specify the source address for outgoing ICMP packets.

Use undo ip icmp source to remove the specified source address for outgoing ICMP packets.

Syntax

ip icmp source [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] ip-address

undo ip icmp source [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

Default

No source address is specified for outgoing ICMP packets. The device uses the IP address of the sending interface as the source IP address for outgoing ICMP packets.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies the VPN instance to which the specified address belongs. The vpn-instance-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. The specified VPN instance must exist. If the specified IP address is on the public network, do not use this option.

ip-address: Specifies an IP address.

Usage guidelines

It is a good practice to specify the IP address of the loopback interface as the source IP address for outgoing ping echo request and ICMP error messages. This feature helps users to locate the sending device easily.

Examples

# Specify 1.1.1.1 as the source address for outgoing ICMP packets.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ip icmp source 1.1.1.1

ip mtu

Use ip mtu to set an MTU for an interface.

Use undo ip mtu to restore the default.

Syntax

ip mtu mtu-size

undo ip mtu

Default

No MTU is set for an interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

mtu-size: Specifies an MTU in the range of 128 to 1650 bytes.

Usage guidelines

When a packet exceeds the MTU of the output interface, the device processes it in one of the following ways:

· If the packet disallows fragmentation, the device discards it.

· If the packet allows fragmentation, the device fragments it and forwards the fragments.

Fragmentation and reassembling consume system resources, so set an appropriate MTU for an interface to avoid fragmentation.

If an interface supports both the mtu and ip mtu commands, the device fragments a packet based on the MTU set by the ip mtu command.

Examples

# Set the MTU of interface GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to 1280 bytes.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ip mtu 1280

ip reassemble local enable

Use ip reassemble local enable to enable IPv4 local fragment reassembly.

Use undo ip reassemble local enable to disable local fragment reassembly.

Syntax

ip reassemble local enable

undo ip reassemble local enable

Default

IPv4 local fragment reassembly is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

This feature improves IPv4 fragment reassembly efficiency on distributed devices as follows:

· In standalone mode, this feature enables the receiving LPU to reassemble the fragments of an IPv4 packet if all the fragments arrive at it. If this feature is disabled, all fragments are delivered to the active MPU for reassembly. The feature applies only to fragments destined for the same LPU.

· In IRF mode, this feature enables the receiving subordinate to reassemble the fragments of an IPv4 packet if all fragments arrive at it. If this feature is disabled, all fragments are delivered to the master device for reassembly. The feature applies only to fragments destined for the same subordinate.

Examples

# Enable IPv4 local fragment reassembly.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ip reassemble local enable

ip redirects enable

Use ip redirects enable to enable sending ICMP redirect messages.

Use undo ip redirects enable to disable sending ICMP redirect messages.

Syntax

ip redirects enable

undo ip redirects enable

Default

Sending ICMP redirect messages is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

ICMP redirect messages simplify host management and enable hosts to gradually optimize their routing tables.

A host that has only one route destined for the default gateway sends all packets to the default gateway. The default gateway sends an ICMP redirect message to inform the host of a correct next hop by following these rules:

· The receiving and sending interfaces are the same.

· The selected route is not created or modified by any ICMP redirect messages.

· The selected route is not destined for 0.0.0.0.

· There is no source route option in the received packet.

Examples

# Enable sending ICMP redirect messages.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ip redirects enable

ip ttl-expires enable

Use ip ttl-expires enable to enable sending ICMP time exceeded messages.

Use undo ip ttl-expires enable to disable sending ICMP time exceeded messages.

Syntax

ip ttl-expires enable

undo ip ttl-expires enable

Default

Sending ICMP time exceeded messages is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

A device sends ICMP time exceeded messages by following these rules:

· The device sends an ICMP TTL exceeded in transit message to the source when the following conditions are met:

¡ The received packet is not destined for the device.

¡ The TTL field of the packet is 1.

· When the device receives the first fragment of an IP datagram destined for the device itself, it starts a timer. If the timer expires before all the fragments of the datagram are received, the device sends an ICMP fragment reassembly time exceeded message to the source.

A device disabled from sending ICMP time exceeded messages does not send ICMP TTL exceeded in transit messages but can still send ICMP fragment reassembly time exceeded messages.

Examples

# Enable sending ICMP time exceeded messages.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ip ttl-expires enable

ip unreachables enable

Use ip unreachables enable to enable sending ICMP destination unreachable messages.

Use undo ip unreachables enable to disable sending ICMP destination unreachable messages.

Syntax

ip unreachables enable

undo ip unreachables enable

Default

Sending ICMP destination unreachable messages is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

A device sends ICMP destination unreachable messages by following these rules:

· The device sends the source an ICMP network unreachable message when the following conditions are met:

¡ The received packet does not match any route.

¡ No default route exists in the routing table.

· The device sends the source an ICMP protocol unreachable message when the following conditions are met:

¡ The received packet is destined for the device.

¡ The transport layer protocol of the packet is not supported by the device.

· The device sends the source an ICMP port unreachable message when the following conditions are met:

¡ The received UDP packet is destined for the device.

¡ The packet's port number does not match the running process.

· The device sends the source an ICMP source route failed message when the following conditions are met:

¡ The source uses Strict Source Routing to send packets.

¡ The intermediate device finds that the next hop specified by the source is not directly connected.

· The device sends the source an ICMP fragmentation needed and DF set message when the following conditions are met:

¡ The MTU of the sending interface is smaller than the packet.

¡ The packet has Don't Fragment set.

Examples

# Enable sending ICMP destination unreachable messages.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ip unreachables enable

reset ip statistics

Use reset ip statistics to clear IP traffic statistics.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

reset ip statistics

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

reset ip statistics [ slot slot-number ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

reset ip statistics [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number ]

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command clears IP traffic statistics for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command clears IP traffic statistics for all member devices. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command clears IP traffic statistics for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

Use this command to clear history IP traffic statistics before you collect IP traffic statistics for a time period.

Examples

# Clear IP traffic statistics.

<Sysname> reset ip statistics

Related commands

display ip interface

display ip statistics

reset tcp statistics

Use reset tcp statistics to clear TCP traffic statistics.

Syntax

reset tcp statistics

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Examples

# Clear TCP traffic statistics.

<Sysname> reset tcp statistics

Related commands

display tcp statistics

reset udp statistics

Use reset udp statistics to clear UDP traffic statistics.

Syntax

reset udp statistics

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Examples

# Clear UDP traffic statistics.

<Sysname> reset udp statistics

Related commands

display udp statistics

tcp mss

Use tcp mss to set the TCP maximum segment size (MSS).

Use undo tcp mss to restore the default.

Syntax

tcp mss value

undo tcp mss

Default

The TCP MSS is not set.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

value: Specifies the TCP MSS in the range of 128 to 1610 bytes.

Usage guidelines

The MSS option informs the receiver of the largest segment that the sender can accept. Each end announces its MSS during TCP connection establishment. If the size of a TCP segment is smaller than the MSS of the receiver, TCP sends the TCP segment without fragmentation. If not, TCP fragments the segment according to the receiver's MSS.

If you set the TCP MSS on an interface, the size of each TCP segment received or sent on the interface cannot exceed the MSS value.

This configuration takes effect only on TCP connections that are established after the configuration and not on the TCP connections that already exist.

This configuration is effective only on IP packets. If MPLS is enabled on the interface, do not set the TCP MSS on the interface.

Examples

# Set the TCP MSS to 300 bytes on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] tcp mss 300

tcp path-mtu-discovery

Use tcp path-mtu-discovery to enable TCP path MTU discovery.

Use undo tcp path-mtu-discovery to disable TCP path MTU discovery.

Syntax

tcp path-mtu-discovery [ aging age-time | no-aging ]

undo tcp path-mtu-discovery

Default

TCP path MTU discovery is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

aging age-time: Specifies the aging time for the path MTU, in the range of 10 to 30 minutes. The default aging time is 10 minutes.

no-aging: Does not age out the path MTU.

Usage guidelines

After you enable TCP path MTU discovery, all new TCP connections detect the path MTU. The device uses the path MTU to calculate the MSS to avoid IP fragmentation.

After you disable TCP path MTU discovery, the system stops all path MTU timers. The TCP connections established later do not detect the path MTU, but the TCP connections previously established still can detect the path MTU.

Examples

# Enable TCP path MTU discovery and set the path MTU aging time to 20 minutes.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] tcp path-mtu-discovery aging 20

tcp syn-cookie enable

Use tcp syn-cookie enable to enable SYN Cookie to protect the device from SYN flood attacks.

Use undo tcp syn-cookie enable to disable SYN Cookie.

Syntax

tcp syn-cookie enable

undo tcp syn-cookie enable

Default

SYN Cookie is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

A TCP connection is established through a three-way handshake:

1. The sender sends a SYN packet to the server.

2. The server receives the SYN packet, establishes a TCP semi-connection in SYN_RECEIVED state, and replies with a SYN ACK packet to the sender.

3. The sender receives the SYN ACK packet and replies with an ACK packet. Then, a TCP connection is established.

An attacker can exploit this mechanism to mount SYN flood attacks. The attacker sends a large number of SYN packets, but they do not respond to the SYN ACK packets from the server. As a result, the server establishes a large number of TCP semi-connections and cannot handle normal services.

SYN Cookie can protect the server from SYN flood attacks. When the server receives a SYN packet, it responds to the request with a SYN ACK packet without establishing a TCP semi-connection.

The server establishes a TCP connection and enters ESTABLISHED state only when it receives an ACK packet from the sender.

Examples

# Enable SYN Cookie.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] tcp syn-cookie enable

tcp timer fin-timeout

Use tcp timer fin-timeout to set the TCP FIN wait timer.

Use undo tcp timer fin-timeout to restore the default.

Syntax

tcp timer fin-timeout time-value

undo tcp timer fin-timeout

Default

The TCP FIN wait timer is 675 seconds.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

time-value: Specifies the TCP FIN wait timer in the range of 76 to 3600 seconds.

Usage guidelines

TCP starts the FIN wait timer when the state of a TCP connection changes to FIN_WAIT_2. If no FIN packet is received within the timer interval, the TCP connection is terminated.

If a FIN packet is received, TCP changes the connection state to TIME_WAIT. If a non-FIN packet is received, TCP restarts the timer and tears down the connection when the timer expires.

Examples

# Set the TCP FIN wait timer to 800 seconds.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] tcp timer fin-timeout 800

tcp timer syn-timeout

Use tcp timer syn-timeout to set the TCP SYN wait timer.

Use undo tcp timer syn-timeout to restore the default.

Syntax

tcp timer syn-timeout time-value

undo tcp timer syn-timeout

Default

The TCP SYN wait timer is 75 seconds.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

time-value: Specifies the TCP SYN wait timer in the range of 2 to 600 seconds.

Usage guidelines

TCP starts the SYN wait timer after sending a SYN packet. Within the SYN wait timer if no response is received or the upper limit on TCP connection tries is reached, TCP fails to establish the connection.

Examples

# Set the TCP SYN wait timer to 80 seconds.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] tcp timer syn-timeout 80

tcp window

Use tcp window to set the size of the TCP receive/send buffer.

Use undo tcp window to restore the default.

Syntax

tcp window window-size

undo tcp window

Default

The size of the TCP receive/send buffer is 63 KB.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

window-size: Specifies the size of the TCP receive/send buffer, in the range of 1 to 64 KB.

Examples

# Set the size of the TCP receive/send buffer to 3 KB.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] tcp window 3

UDP helper commands

The following matrix shows the feature and hardware compatibility:

Hardware	UDP helper compatibility
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE /810-LM-HK/MSR810-W-LM-HK	Yes
MSR810-LMS/810-LUS	No
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	Yes
MSR 2630	Yes
MSR3600-28/3600-51	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	No
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	Yes
MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	Yes
MSR 5620/5660/5680	Yes

Hardware	UDP helper compatibility
MSR810-LM-GL	Yes
MSR810-W-LM-GL	Yes
MSR830-6EI-GL	Yes
MSR830-10EI-GL	Yes
MSR830-6HI-GL	Yes
MSR830-10HI-GL	Yes
MSR2600-6-X1-GL	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI-GL	Yes

display udp-helper interface

Use display udp-helper interface to display information about broadcast to unicast conversion by UDP helper on an interface.

Syntax

display udp-helper interface interface-type interface-number

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number.

Usage guidelines

This command displays information about destination servers and total number of unicast packets converted from UDP broadcast packets by UDP helper.

Examples

# Display information about broadcast to unicast conversion by UDP helper on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> display udp-helper interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

Interface Server VPN instance Server address Packets sent

GigabitEthernet1/0/1 abc 192.1.1.2 0

GigabitEthernet1/0/1 N/A 192.1.1.2 0

Table 64 Command output

Field	Description
Interface	Interface name.
Server VPN instance	VPN instance to which the destination server belongs.
Server address	Destination server to which UDP packets are forwarded.
Packets sent	Number of unicast packets that are converted from broadcast packets by UDP helper.

Related commands

reset udp-helper statistics

udp-helper server

reset udp-helper statistics

Use reset udp-helper statistics to clear packet statistics for UDP helper.

Syntax

reset udp-helper statistics

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Examples

# Clear the packet statistics for UDP helper.

<Sysname> reset udp-helper statistics

Related commands

display udp-helper interface

udp-helper broadcast-map

Use udp-helper broadcast-map to specify a multicast address for UDP helper to convert broadcast to multicast.

Use undo udp-helper broadcast-map to restore the default.

Syntax

udp-helper broadcast-map multicast-address [ acl acl-number ]

undo udp-helper broadcast-map multicast-address

Default

No multicast address is specified for UDP helper to convert broadcast to multicast.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

multicast-address: Specifies the destination multicast address to which the destination broadcast address is converted.

acl acl-number: Specifies an ACL by its number. The ACL filters incoming broadcast packets for UDP helper. Packets permitted by the ACL can be converted. If no ACL is specified, all incoming broadcast packets are checked for UDP helper.

· For a basic ACL, the value range is 2000 to 2999.

· For an advanced ACL, the value range is 3000 to 3999.

Usage guidelines

Use this command on the interface that receives broadcast packets.

You can configure a maximum of 20 unicast and multicast addresses for UDP helper to convert broadcast packets.

Examples

# Configure UDP helper to convert received broadcast packets on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to multicast packets destined for 225.0.0.1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] udp-helper broadcast-map 225.0.0.1

udp-helper enable

Use udp-helper enable to enable UDP helper.

Use undo udp-helper enable to disable UDP helper.

Syntax

udp-helper enable

undo udp-helper enable

Default

UDP helper is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

For UDP helper to take effect, make sure the following conditions are met:

· UDP helper is enabled.

· A UDP port number is specified by using the udp-helper port command.

· Packet conversion for UDP helper is configured by using the udp-helper server, udp-helper broadcast-map, or udp-helper multicast-map command.

Examples

# Enable UDP helper.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] udp-helper enable

Related commands

udp-helper port

udp-helper server

udp-helper multicast-map

udp-helper broadcast-map

udp-helper multicast-map

Use udp-helper multicast-map to map a multicast address to a directed broadcast or a unicast address for UDP helper.

Use undo udp-helper multicast-map to restore the default.

Syntax

udp-helper multicast-map multicast-address ip-address [ global | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] [ acl acl-number ]

undo udp-helper multicast-map multicast-address ip-address [ global | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

Default

No address mapping is specified for UDP helper to convert multicast to broadcast or unicast.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

multicast-address: Specifies the destination address of the multicast packets.

ip-address: Specifies a unicast address or a directed broadcast address to which a destination multicast address is converted.

global: Forwards converted packets on the public network.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance to which the destination unicast or broadcast address belongs. The VPN instance name is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

acl acl-number: Specifies an ACL by its number. The ACL filters incoming multicast packets. Packets permitted by the ACL can be converted. If no ACL is specified, all incoming multicast packets are checked for UDP helper.

· For a basic ACL, the value range is 2000 to 2999.

· For an advanced ACL, the value range is 3000 to 3999.

Usage guidelines

Use this command on the interface that receives multicast packets.

If the global keyword and a VPN instance are not specified, UDP helper forwards converted packets in the VPN bound to the interface that receives multicast packets. If the interface is not bound to any VPNs, UDP helper forwards the converted packets on the public network.

You can map one multicast address to a maximum of 16 broadcast and unicast addresses. The packets destined for the multicast address are forwarded to all mapping addresses.

Examples

# Configure UDP helper to convert the multicast packets destined for 225.0.0.1 to broadcast packets destined for 192.168.1.255.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] udp-helper multicast-map 225.0.0.1 192.168.1.255

# Configure UDP helper to convert the multicast packets destined for 225.0.0.1 to unicast packets destined for 192.168.1.3 in VPN instance a.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] udp-helper multicast-map 225.0.0.1 192.168.1.3 vpn-instance a

udp-helper port

Use udp-helper port to specify a UDP port number for UDP helper.

Use undo udp-helper port to remove UDP port numbers.

Syntax

udp-helper port { port-number | dns | netbios-ds | netbios-ns | tacacs | tftp | time }

undo udp-helper port { port-number | dns | netbios-ds | netbios-ns | tacacs | tftp | time }

Default

No UDP port numbers are specified for UDP helper.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

port-number: Specifies a UDP port number in the range of 1 to 65535 (except 67 and 68).

dns: Specifies the UDP port 53 used by DNS packets.

netbios-ds: Specifies the UDP port 138 used by NetBIOS distribution service packets.

netbios-ns: Specifies the UDP port 137 used by NetBIOS name service packets.

tacacs: Specifies the UDP port 49 used by TACACS packets.

tftp: Specifies the UDP port 69 used by TFTP packets.

time: Specifies the UDP port 37 used by time protocol packets.

Usage guidelines

To specify a UDP port, you can specify the port number or the protocol keyword. For example, udp-helper port 53 and udp-helper port dns specify the same UDP port.

You can specify a maximum of 256 UDP ports on a device.

Examples

# Specify the UDP port 100 for UDP helper.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] udp-helper port 100

udp-helper server

Use udp-helper server to specify a destination server for UDP helper to convert broadcast to unicast.

Use undo udp-helper server to remove a destination server.

Syntax

udp-helper server ip-address [ global | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

undo udp-helper server [ ip-address [ global | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] ]

Default

No destination server is specified for UDP helper to convert broadcast to unicast.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ip-address: Specifies the IP address of a destination server, in dotted decimal notation.

global: Forwards converted unicast packets to the server on the public network.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance to which the server belongs. The VPN instance name is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

Usage guidelines

Specify destination servers on an interface that receives UDP broadcast packets.

You can specify a maximum of 20 unicast and multicast addresses for UDP helper to convert broadcast packets on an interface.

If you do not specify the ip-address argument, the undo udp-helper server command removes all destination servers on the interface.

If you specify only the IP address, UDP helper forwards converted unicast packets in the VPN bound to the interface that receives broadcast packets. If the interface is not bound to any VPNs, UDP helper forwards the unicast packets on the public network.

Examples

# Specify the destination server 192.1.1.2 for UDP helper to convert broadcast to unicast on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] udp-helper server 192.1.1.2

# Specify the destination server 192.1.1.2 in VPN instance a for UDP helper to convert broadcast to unicast on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] udp-helper server 192.1.1.2 vpn-instance a

Related commands

display udp-helper interface

IPv6 basics commands

· MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS.

· MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI.

Commands and descriptions for centralized devices apply to the following routers:

· MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS.

· MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1.

· MSR 2630.

· MSR3600-28/3600-51.

· MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI.

· MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC.

· MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660.

· MSR810-LM-GL/810-W-LM-GL/830-6EI-GL/830-10EI-GL/830-6HI-GL/830-10HI-GL/2600-6-X1-GL/3600-28-SI-GL.

Commands and descriptions for distributed devices apply to the following routers:

· MSR5620.

· MSR 5660.

· MSR 5680.

display ipv6 fib

Use display ipv6 fib to display IPv6 FIB entries.

Syntax

display ipv6 fib [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] [ ipv6-address [ prefix-length ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

ipv6-address: Specifies an IPv6 address.

prefix-length: Specifies a prefix length for the IPv6 address, in the range of 0 to 128.

Usage guidelines

An IPv6 FIB entry includes the destination address, prefix length, next hop address, and output interface information.

If you do not specify a VPN, this command displays IPv6 FIB entries for the public network.

If you do not specify the prefix length, this command displays the IPv6 FIB entry longest matching the IPv6 address. If you specify a prefix, this command displays the IPv6 FIB entry that exactly matches the IPv6 address and prefix length.

If you do not specify any parameters, this command displays all IPv6 FIB entries for the public network.

Examples

# Display all IPv6 FIB entries for the public network.

<Sysname> display ipv6 fib

Destination count: 1 FIB entry count: 1

Flag:

U:Useable G:Gateway H:Host B:Blackhole D:Dynamic S:Static

R:Relay F:FRR

Destination: ::1 Prefix length: 128

Nexthop : ::1 Flags: UH

Time stamp : 0x1 Label: Null

Interface : InLoop0 Token: Invalid

Table 65 Command output

Field	Description
Destination count	Total number of destination addresses.
FIB entry count	Total number of IPv6 FIB entries.
Destination	Destination address.
Prefix length	Prefix length of the destination address.
Nexthop	Next hop address.
Flags	Route flag: · U—Usable route. · G—Gateway route. · H—Host route. · B—Black hole route. · D—Dynamic route. · S—Static route. · R—Recursive route. · F—Fast re-route.
Time stamp	Time when the IPv6 FIB entry was generated.
Label	Inner MPLS label.
Interface	Outgoing interface.
Token	Label switched path index number.

display ipv6 icmp statistics

Use display ipv6 icmp statistics to display ICMPv6 packet statistics.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display ipv6 icmp statistics

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display ipv6 icmp statistics [ slot slot-number ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display ipv6 icmp statistics [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays ICMPv6 packet statistics for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays ICMPv6 packet statistics for all member devices. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays ICMPv6 packet statistics for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

This command displays statistics about received and sent ICMPv6 packets.

Examples

# Display ICMPv6 packet statistics.

<Sysname> display ipv6 icmp statistics

Input: bad code 0 too short 0

checksum error 0 bad length 0

path MTU changed 0 destination unreachable 0

too big 0 parameter problem 0

echo request 0 echo reply 0

neighbor solicit 0 neighbor advertisement 0

router solicit 0 router advertisement 0

redirect 0 router renumbering 0

output: parameter problem 0 echo request 0

echo reply 0 unreachable no route 0

unreachable admin 0 unreachable beyond scope 0

unreachable address 0 unreachable no port 0

too big 0 time exceed transit 0

time exceed reassembly 0 redirect 0

ratelimited 0 other errors 0

display ipv6 interface

Use display ipv6 interface to display IPv6 interface information.

Syntax

display ipv6 interface [ interface-type [ interface-number ] ] [ brief ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface-type: Specifies an interface by its type.

interface-number: Specifies an interface by its number.

brief: Displays brief information.

Usage guidelines

If you specify the brief keyword, this command displays brief IPv6 interface information, including physical status, link-layer protocols, and IPv6 address.

If you do not specify the brief keyword, this command displays detailed IPv6 interface information, including IPv6 configuration and operating information, and IPv6 packet statistics.

If you do not specify an interface, this command displays IPv6 information about all interfaces except VA interfaces.

If you specify only the interface-type argument, this command displays IPv6 information about the interfaces of the specified type.

If you specify both the interface-type and the interface-number arguments, this command displays IPv6 information about the specified interface.

Examples

# Display IPv6 information about the interface GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> display ipv6 interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

GigabitEthernet1/0/1 current state: UP

Line protocol current state: UP

IPv6 is enabled, link-local address is FE80::200:1FF:FE04:5D00 [TENTATIVE]

Global unicast address(es):

10::1234:56FF:FE65:4322, subnet is 10::/64 [TENTATIVE] [AUTOCFG]

[valid lifetime 4641s/preferred lifetime 4637s]

20::1234:56ff:fe65:4322, subnet is 20::/64 [TENTATIVE] [EUI-64]

30::1, subnet is 30::/64 [TENTATIVE] [ANYCAST]

40::2, subnet is 40::/64 [TENTATIVE] [DHCP]

50::3, subnet is 50::/64 [TENTATIVE]

Joined group address(es):

FF02::1

FF02::2

FF02::1:FF00:1

FF02::1:FF04:5D00

MTU is 1500 bytes

ND DAD is enabled, number of DAD attempts: 1

ND reachable time is 30000 milliseconds

ND retransmit interval is 1000 milliseconds

Hosts use stateless autoconfig for addresses

IPv6 Packet statistics:

InReceives: 0

InTooShorts: 0

InTruncatedPkts: 0

InHopLimitExceeds: 0

InBadHeaders: 0

InBadOptions: 0

ReasmReqds: 0

ReasmOKs: 0

InFragDrops: 0

InFragTimeouts: 0

OutFragFails: 0

InUnknownProtos: 0

InDelivers: 0

OutRequests: 0

OutForwDatagrams: 0

InNoRoutes: 0

InTooBigErrors: 0

OutFragOKs: 0

OutFragCreates: 0

InMcastPkts: 0

InMcastNotMembers: 0

OutMcastPkts: 0

InAddrErrors: 0

InDiscards: 0

OutDiscards: 0

Table 66 Command output

Field	Description
GigabitEthernet1/0/1 current state	Physical state of the interface: · Administratively DOWN—The interface has been administratively shut down by using the shutdown command. · DOWN—The interface is administratively up but its physical state is down, possibly because of a connection or link failure. · UP—The administrative and physical states of the interface are both up.
Line protocol current state	Link layer state of the interface: · DOWN—The link layer protocol state of the interface is down. · UP—The link layer protocol state of the interface is up.
IPv6 is enabled	IPv6 is enabled on the interface. This feature is automatically enabled after an IPv6 address is configured for an interface.
link-local address	Link-local address of the interface.
Global unicast address(es)	Global unicast addresses of the interface. IPv6 address states: · TENTATIVE—Initial state. DAD is being performed or is to be performed on the address. · DUPLICATE—The address is not unique on the link. · PREFERRED—The address is preferred and can be used as the source or destination address of a packet. If an address is in this state, the command does not display the address state. · DEPRECATED—The address is beyond the preferred lifetime but in the valid lifetime. It is valid, but it cannot be used as the source address for a new connection. Packets destined for the address are processed correctly. If a global unicast address is not manually configured, the following notations indicate how the address is obtained: · AUTOCFG—Stateless autoconfigured. · DHCP—Assigned by a DHCPv6 server. · EUI-64—Manually configured EUI-64 IPv6 address. · RANDOM—Random address automatically generated. If the address is a manually configured anycast address, it is noted with ANYCAST.
valid lifetime	Specifies how long autoconfigured global unicast addresses using a prefix are valid.
preferred lifetime	Specifies how long autoconfigured global unicast addresses using a prefix are preferred.
Joined group address(es)	Addresses of the multicast groups that the interface has joined.
MTU	MTU of the interface.
ND DAD is enabled, number of DAD attempts	DAD is enabled. · If DAD is enabled, this field displays the number of attempts to send an NS message for DAD (set by using the ipv6 nd dad attempts command). · If DAD is disabled, this field displays ND DAD is disabled. To disable DAD, set the number of attempts to 0.
ND reachable time	Time during which a neighboring device is reachable.
ND retransmit interval	Interval for retransmitting an NS message.
Hosts use stateless autoconfig for addresses	Hosts obtained IPv6 addresses through stateless autoconfiguration.
InReceives	Received IPv6 packets, including error messages.
InTooShorts	Received IPv6 packets that are too short. For example, the received IPv6 packet is less than 40 bytes.
InTruncatedPkts	Received IPv6 packets with a length less than the payload length field specified in the packet header.
InHopLimitExceeds	Received IPv6 packets with a hop count exceeding the hop limit field specified in the packet header.
InBadHeaders	Received IPv6 packets with incorrect basic headers.
InBadOptions	Received IPv6 packets with incorrect extension headers.
ReasmReqds	Received IPv6 fragments.
ReasmOKs	Number of reassembled IPv6 packets.
InFragDrops	Received IPv6 fragments that are discarded because of certain errors.
InFragTimeouts	Received IPv6 fragments that are discarded because the amount of time they stay in the system buffer exceeds the specified interval.
OutFragFails	IPv6 packets that fail to be fragmented on the output interface.
InUnknownProtos	Received IPv6 packets with unknown or unsupported protocol type.
InDelivers	Received IPv6 packets that are delivered to user protocols (such as ICMPv6, TCP, and UDP).
OutRequests	Local IPv6 packets sent by IPv6 user protocols.
OutForwDatagrams	IPv6 packets forwarded by the interface.
InNoRoutes	Received IPv6 packets that are discarded because no matching route can be found.
InTooBigErrors	Received IPv6 packets that fail to be forwarded because they exceeded the Path MTU.
OutFragOKs	Fragmented IPv6 packets on the output interface.
OutFragCreates	Number of IPv6 fragments on the output interface.
InMcastPkts	Received IPv6 multicast packets.
InMcastNotMembers	Received IPv6 multicast packets that are discarded because the interface is not in the multicast group.
OutMcastPkts	IPv6 multicast packets sent by the interface.
InAddrErrors	Received IPv6 packets that are discarded due to invalid destination addresses.
InDiscards	Received IPv6 packets that are discarded due to resource problems rather than packet errors.
OutDiscards	IPv6 packets that fail to be sent due to resource problems rather than packet errors.

# Display brief IPv6 information about all interfaces.

<Sysname> display ipv6 interface brief

*down: administratively down

(s): spoofing

Interface Physical Protocol IPv6 Address

GigabitEthernet1/0/1 up up 2001::1

GigabitEthernet1/0/2 up up Unassigned

Table 67 Command output

Field	Description
*down: administratively down	The interface has been administratively shut down by using the shutdown command.
(s): spoofing	Spoofing attribute of the interface. The link protocol state of the interface is up, but the link is temporarily established on demand or does not exist.
Interface	Name of the interface.
Physical	Physical state of the interface: · *down—The interface has been administratively shut down by using the shutdown command. · down—The interface is administratively up but its physical state is down, possibly because of a connection or link failure. · up—The administrative and physical states of the interface are both up.
Protocol	Link layer protocol state of the interface: · down—The network layer protocol state of the interface is down. · up—The network layer protocol state of the interface is up.
IPv6 Address	IPv6 address of the interface. · If multiple global unicast addresses are configured, this field displays the lowest address. · If no global unicast address is configured, this field displays the link-local address. · If no address is configured, this field displays Unassigned.

display ipv6 interface prefix

Use display ipv6 interface prefix to display IPv6 prefix information for an interface.

Syntax

display ipv6 interface interface-type interface-number prefix

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number.

Examples

# Display IPv6 prefix information for GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> display ipv6 interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/1 prefix

Prefix: 1001::/65 Origin: ADDRESS

Age: - Flag: AL

Lifetime(Valid/Preferred): 2592000/604800

Prefix: 2001::/64 Origin: STATIC

Age: - Flag: L

Lifetime(Valid/Preferred): 3000/2000

Prefix: 3001::/64 Origin: RA

Age: 600 Flag: A

Lifetime(Valid/Preferred): -

Table 68 Command output

Filed	Description
Prefix	IPv6 address prefix.
Origin	How the prefix is generated: · STATIC—Manually configured by using the ipv6 nd ra prefix command. · RA—Advertised in RA messages after stateless autoconfiguration is enabled. · ADDRESS—Generated by a manually configured address.
Age	Aging time in seconds. If the prefix does not age out, this field displays a hyphen (-).
Flag	Flags advertised in RA messages. If no flags are available, this field displays a hyphen (-). · L—The address with the prefix is directly reachable on the link. · A—The prefix is used for stateless autoconfiguration.
Lifetime	Lifetime in seconds advertised in RA messages. If the prefix does not need to be advertised, this field displays a hyphen (-). · Valid—Valid lifetime of the prefix. · Preferred—Preferred lifetime of the prefix.

Related commands

ipv6 nd ra prefix

display ipv6 nd suppression xconnect-group

Use display ipv6 nd suppression xconnect-group to display ND suppression entries.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display ipv6 nd suppression xconnect-group [ name group-name ] [ count ]

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display ipv6 nd suppression xconnect-group [ name group-name ] [ slot slot-number ] [ count ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display ipv6 nd suppression xconnect-group [ name group-name ] [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number ] [ count ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

name group-name: Specifies a cross-connect group by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters excluding hyphens.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays ND suppression entries for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays ND suppression entries for all member devices. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays ND suppression entries for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

The following matrix shows the command and hardware compatibility:

Hardware	Command compatibility
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK	Yes
MSR810-LMS/810-LUS	No
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	Yes
MSR 2630	No
MSR3600-28/3600-51	No
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	No
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	Yes
MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	No
MSR5620/5660/5680	Yes

Hardware	Command compatibility
MSR810-LM-GL	Yes
MSR810-W-LM-GL	Yes
MSR830-6EI-GL	Yes
MSR830-10EI-GL	Yes
MSR830-6HI-GL	Yes
MSR830-10HI-GL	Yes
MSR2600-6-X1-GL	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI-GL	No

Examples

# Display ND suppression entries for all cross-connect groups.

<Sysname> display ipv6 nd suppression xconnect-group

IPv6 address MAC address Xconnect-group Connection Aging

2001::1 000c-29fe-5a8f vpna svc 25

2001::2 000c-29fe-5aa3 vpna svc 2

# Display the total number of ND suppression entries.

<Sysname> display ipv6 nd suppression xconnect-group count

Total entries: 2

Table 69 Command output

Filed	Description
IPv6 address	IPv6 address in the ND suppression entry.
MAC address	MAC address in the ND suppression entry
Xconnect-group	Name of the cross-connect group to which the ND suppression entry belongs.
Connection	Name of the cross-connect to which the ND suppression entry belongs.
Aging	Remaining aging time of the ND suppression entry, in minutes.

display ipv6 neighbors

Use display ipv6 neighbors to display IPv6 neighbor information.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display ipv6 neighbors { ipv6-address | all | dynamic | interface interface-type interface-number | static | vlan vlan-id } [ verbose ]

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display ipv6 neighbors { { ipv6-address | all | dynamic | static } [ slot slot-number ] | interface interface-type interface-number | vlan vlan-id } [ verbose ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display ipv6 neighbors { { ipv6-address | all | dynamic | static } [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number ] | interface interface-type interface-number | vlan vlan-id } [ verbose ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

ipv6-address: Specifies the IPv6 address of a neighbor whose information is displayed.

all: Displays information about all neighbors, including neighbors acquired dynamically and configured statically on the public network and all private networks.

dynamic: Displays information about all neighbors acquired dynamically.

static: Displays information about all neighbors configured statically.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays IPv6 neighbor information for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays IPv6 neighbor information for all member devices. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays IPv6 neighbor information for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number.

vlan vlan-id: Displays information about neighbors in the specified VLAN. The value range for VLAN ID is 1 to 4094.

verbose: Displays detailed neighbor information.

Usage guidelines

You can use the reset ipv6 neighbors command to clear IPv6 neighbor information.

Examples

# Display all neighbor information.

<Sysname> display ipv6 neighbors all

Type: S-Static D-Dynamic O-Openflow R-Rule I-Invalid

IPv6 Address Link Layer VID Interface State T Age

FE80::200:5EFF:FE32:B800 0000-5e32-b800 N/A GE1/0/1 REACH D 10

# Display detailed information about all neighbors.

<Sysname> display ipv6 neighbors all verbose

Type: S-Static D-Dynamic O-Openflow R-Rule I-Invalid

IPv6 Address: FE80::200:5EFF:FE32:B800

Link layer : 0000-5e32-b800 VID : N/A Interface: GE1/0/1

State : REACH Type: IS Age : -

Vpn-instance: vpn1

Nickname : 0x0001

Table 70 Command output

Field	Description
IPv6 Address	IPv6 address of a neighbor.
Link Layer	Link layer address (MAC address) of a neighbor.
VID	VLAN to which the interface connected to a neighbor belongs.
Interface	Interface connected to a neighbor.
State	State of a neighbor: · INCMP—The address is being resolved. The link layer address of the neighbor is unknown. · REACH—The neighbor is reachable. · STALE—Whether the neighbor is reachable is unknown. The device does not verify the reachability any longer unless data is sent to the neighbor. · DELAY—Whether the neighbor is reachable is unknown. The device sends an NS message after a delay. · PROBE—Whether the neighbor is reachable is unknown. The device sends an NS message to verify the reachability of the neighbor.
Type	Neighbor information type: · S—Statically configured. · D—Dynamically obtained. · O—Learned from the OpenFlow module. · R—Learned from the IPoE or Portal module. · I—Invalid.
Age	A hyphen (-) indicates a static entry. For a dynamic entry, this field displays the elapsed time in seconds. If the neighbor is never reachable, this field displays a pound sign (#).
Vpn-instance	Name of a VPN or [No Vrf] with no VPN configured.
Nickname	This field is not supported in the current software version. Nickname of a neighboring entry. The name is a 4-bit hexadecimal number.

Related commands

ipv6 neighbor

reset ipv6 neighbors

display ipv6 neighbors count

Use display ipv6 neighbors count to display the number of neighbor entries.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display ipv6 neighbors { all | dynamic | interface interface-type interface-number | static | vlan vlan-id } count

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display ipv6 neighbors { { all | dynamic | static } [ slot slot-number ] | interface interface-type interface-number | vlan vlan-id } count

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display ipv6 neighbors { { all | dynamic | static } [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number ] | interface interface-type interface-number | vlan vlan-id } count

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

all: Displays the total number of all neighbor entries, including neighbor entries created dynamically and configured statically.

dynamic: Displays the total number of neighbor entries created dynamically.

static: Displays the total number of neighbor entries configured statically.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays the number of neighbor entries for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.).

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays the number of neighbor entries for all member devices. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays the number of neighbor entries for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number.

vlan vlan-id: Displays the total number of neighbor entries in the specified VLAN. The value range for VLAN ID is 1 to 4094.

Examples

# Display the total number of neighbor entries created dynamically.

<Sysname> display ipv6 neighbors dynamic count

Total number of dynamic entries: 2

display ipv6 neighbors vpn-instance

Use display ipv6 neighbors vpn-instance to display neighbor information about a VPN.

Syntax

display ipv6 neighbors vpn-instance vpn-instance-name [ count ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. The VPN must already exist.

Examples

# Display neighbor information about the VPN vpn1.

<Sysname> display ipv6 neighbors vpn-instance vpn1

Type: S-Static D-Dynamic O-Openflow R-Rule I-Invalid

IPv6 address Link Layer VID Interface State T Age

FE80::200:5EFF:FE32:B800 0000-5e32-b800 N/A GE1/0/1 REACH IS -

Table 71 Command output

Field	Description
IPv6 address	IPv6 address of a neighbor.
Link-layer	Link layer address (MAC address) of a neighbor.
VID	VLAN to which the interface connected to a neighbor belongs.
Interface	Interface connected to a neighbor.
State	Neighbor state: · INCMP—The address is being resolved. The link layer address of the neighbor is unknown. · REACH—The neighbor is reachable. · STALE—Whether the neighbor is reachable is unknown. The device does not verify the reachability any longer unless data is sent to the neighbor. · DELAY—Whether the neighbor is reachable is unknown. The device sends an NS message after a delay. · PROBE—Whether the neighbor is reachable is unknown. The device sends an NS message to verify the reachability of the neighbor.
T	Neighbor information type: · S—Statically configured. · D—Dynamically obtained. · O—Learned from the OpenFlow module. · I—Invalid.
Age	A hyphen (-) indicates a static entry. For a dynamic entry, this field displays the elapsed time in seconds. If the neighbor is never reachable, this field displays a pound sign (#).

display ipv6 pathmtu

Use the display ipv6 pathmtu command to display IPv6 Path MTU information.

Syntax

display ipv6 pathmtu [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] { ipv6-address | { all | dynamic | static } [ count ] }

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If you do not specify this option, the command displays IPv6 Path MTU information about the public network.

ipv6-address: Specifies the destination IPv6 address for which the Path MTU information is to be displayed.

all: Displays all Path MTU information for the public network.

dynamic: Displays all dynamic Path MTU information.

static: Displays all static Path MTU information.

Usage guidelines

Use display ipv6 pathmtu to display the IPv6 Path MTU information, including the dynamic Path MTUs and the static Path MTUs.

Examples

# Display all Path MTU information.

<Sysname> display ipv6 pathmtu all

IPv6 destination address PathMTU Age Type

1:2::3:2 1800 - Static

1:2::4:2 1400 10 Dynamic

1:2::5:2 1280 10 Dynamic

# Displays the total number of Path MTU entries.

<Sysname> display ipv6 pathmtu all count

Total number of entries: 3

Table 72 Command output

Field	Description
PathMTU	Path MTU value on the network path to an IPv6 address.
Age	Time for a Path MTU to live. For a static Path MTU, this field displays a hyphen (-).
Type	Path MTU type: · Dynamic—Dynamically negotiated. · Static—Statically configured.
Total number of entries	Total number of Path MTU entries.

Related commands

ipv6 pathmtu

reset ipv6 pathmtu

display ipv6 prefix

Use display ipv6 prefix to display information about IPv6 prefixes, including dynamic and static prefixes.

Syntax

display ipv6 prefix [ prefix-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

prefix-number: Specifies the ID of an IPv6 prefix, in the range of 1 to 1024. If this argument is not specified, the command displays information about all IPv6 prefixes.

Usage guidelines

A static IPv6 prefix is configured by using the ipv6 prefix command.

A dynamic IPv6 prefix is obtained from the DHCPv6 server, and its prefix ID is configured by using the ipv6 dhcp client pd command.

Examples

# Display information about all IPv6 prefixes.

<Sysname> display ipv6 prefix

Number Prefix Type

1 1::/16 Static

2 11:77::/32 Dynamic

# Display information about the IPv6 prefix with prefix ID 1.

<Sysname> display ipv6 prefix 1

Number: 1

Type : Dynamic

Prefix: ABCD:77D8::/32

Preferred lifetime 90 sec, valid lifetime 120 sec

Table 73 Command output

Field	Description
Number	Prefix ID.
Type	Prefix type: · Static—Static IPv6 prefix. · Dynamic—Dynamic IPv6 prefix.
Prefix	Prefix and its length. If no prefix is obtained, this field displays Not-available.
Preferred lifetime 90 sec	Preferred lifetime in seconds. For a static IPv6 prefix, this field is not displayed.
valid lifetime 120 sec	Valid lifetime in seconds. For a static IPv6 prefix, this field is not displayed.

Related commands

ipv6 dhcp client pd

ipv6 prefix

display ipv6 rawip

Use display ipv6 rawip to display brief information about IPv6 RawIP connections.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display ipv6 rawip

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display ipv6 rawip [ slot slot-number ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display ipv6 rawip [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays brief information about IPv6 RawIP connections for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays brief information about IPv6 RawIP connections for all member devices. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays brief information about IPv6 RawIP connections for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

Brief information about IPv6 RawIP connections includes the local and peer IPv6 addresses, protocol number, and PCB.

Examples

# (Centralized devices in standalone mode.) Display brief information about IPv6 RawIP connections.

<Sysname> display ipv6 rawip

Local Addr Foreign Addr Protocol Slot PCB

2001:2002:2003:2 3001:3002:3003:3 58 0 0x0000000000000009

2002::100 2002::138 58 0 0x0000000000000008

:: :: 58 0 0x0000000000000002

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode.) Display brief information about IPv6 RawIP connections.

<Sysname> display ipv6 rawip

Local Addr Foreign Addr Protocol Slot PCB

2001:2002:2003:2 3001:3002:3003:3 58 1 0x0000000000000009

004:2005:2006:20 004:3005:3006:30

07:2008 07:3008

2002::100 2002::138 58 2 0x0000000000000008

:: :: 58 5 0x0000000000000002

# (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) Display brief information about IPv6 RawIP connections.

<Sysname> display ipv6 rawip

Local Addr Foreign Addr Protocol Chassis Slot PCB

2001:2002:2003:2 3001:3002:3003:3 58 1 1 0x0000000000000009

004:2005:2006:20 004:3005:3006:30

07:2008 07:3008

2002::100 2002::138 58 1 2 0x0000000000000008

:: :: 58 1 5 0x0000000000000002

Table 74 Command output

Field	Description
Local Addr	Local IPv6 address.
Foreign Addr	Peer IPv6 address.
Protocol	Protocol number.
Chassis	ID of the IRF member device. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)
Slot	Number of the slot that holds the card. (Centralized devices in standalone mode/distributed devices in standalone or IRF mode.)
Slot	ID of the IRF member device. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)
PCB	PCB index.

display ipv6 rawip verbose

Use display ipv6 rawip verbose to display detailed information about IPv6 RawIP connections.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display ipv6 rawip verbose [ pcb pcb-index ]

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display ipv6 rawip verbose [ slot slot-number [ pcb pcb-index ] ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display ipv6 rawip verbose [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number [ pcb pcb-index ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

pcb pcb-index: Displays detailed information about IPv6 RawIP connections of the specified PCB. The value range for the pcb-index argument is 1 to 16.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays detailed information about IPv6 RawIP connections for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays detailed information about IPv6 RawIP connections for all member devices. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays detailed information about IPv6 RawIP connections for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

Detailed information about an IPv6 RawIP connection includes socket's creator, state, option, type, and protocol number, and source and destination IPv6 addresses of the connection.

Examples

# (Centralized devices in standalone mode.) Display detailed information about an IPv6 RawIP connection.

<Sysname> display ipv6 rawip verbose

Total RawIP socket number: 1

Location:

Creator: ipv6stackd[320]

State: N/A

Options: N/A

Error: 0

Receiving buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/drop/state): 0 / 9216 / 1 / 0 / N/A

Sending buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/state): 0 / 9216 / 512 / N/A

Type: 3

Protocol: 58

Connection info: src = ::, dst = ::

Inpcb flags: N/A

Inpcb extflag: N/A

Inpcb vflag: INP_IPV6

Hop limit: 255 (minimum hop limit: 0)

Send VRF: 0xffff

Receive VRF: 0xffff

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode.) Display detailed information about an IPv6 RawIP connection.

<Sysname> display ipv6 rawip verbose

Total RawIP socket number: 1

Location: slot: 0

Creator: ipv6stackd[320]

State: N/A

Options: N/A

Error: 0

Receiving buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/drop/state): 0 / 9216 / 1 / 0 / N/A

Sending buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/state): 0 / 9216 / 512 / N/A

Type: 3

Protocol: 58

Connection info: src = ::, dst = ::

Inpcb flags: N/A

Inpcb extflag: N/A

Inpcb vflag: INP_IPV6

Hop limit: 255 (minimum hop limit: 0)

Send VRF: 0xffff

Receive VRF: 0xffff

# (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) Display detailed information about an IPv6 RawIP connection.

<Sysname> display ipv6 rawip verbose

Total RawIP socket number: 1

Location: chassis: 2 slot: 6

Creator: ping ipv6[320]

State: N/A

Options: N/A

Error: 0

Receiving buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/state): 0 / 9216 / 1 / N/A

Sending buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/state): 0 / 9216 / 512 / N/A

Type: 3

Protocol: 58

Connection info: src = ::, dst = ::

Inpcb flags: N/A

Inpcb extflag: N/A

Inpcb vflag: INP_IPV6

Hop limit: 255 (minimum hop limit: 0)

Send VRF: 0xffff

Receive VRF: 0xffff

Table 75 Command output

Field	Description
Total RawIP socket number	Total number of IPv6 RawIP sockets.
Location	Location of the card. (Distributed devices in standalone or IRF mode.)
Location	Location of the device. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)
chassis	ID of the IRF member device. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)
slot	Number of the slot that holds the card. (Distributed devices in standalone or IRF mode.)
slot	ID of the IRF member device. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)
Creator	Task name of the socket. The process number is in the square brackets.
State	Socket state.
Options	Socket options.
Error	Error code.
Receiving buffer (cc/hiwat/lowat/drop/state)	Displays receive buffer information in the following order: · cc—Used space. · hiwat—Maximum space. · lowat—Minimum space. · drop—Number of dropped packets. · state—Buffer state: ¡ CANTSENDMORE—Unable to send data to the peer. ¡ CANTRCVMORE—Unable to receive data from the peer. ¡ RCVATMARK—Receiving tag. ¡ N/A—None of the above states.
Sending buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/state)	Displays send buffer information in the following order: · cc—Used space. · hiwat—Maximum space. · lowat—Minimum space. · state—Buffer state: ¡ CANTSENDMORE—Unable to send data to the peer. ¡ CANTRCVMORE—Unable to receive data from the peer. ¡ RCVATMARK—Receiving tag. ¡ N/A—None of the above states.
Type	Socket type: · 1—SOCK_STREAM. This socket uses TCP to provide reliable transmission of byte streams. · 2—SOCK_DGRAM. This socket uses UDP to provide datagram transmission. · 3—SOCK_RAW. This socket allows an application to change the next upper-layer protocol header. · N/A—None of the above types.
Protocol	Number of protocol using the socket. 58 represents ICMP.
Connection info	Connection information, including the source and destination IPv6 addresses.
Inpcb flags	Flags in the Internet PCB: · INP_RECVOPTS—Receives IPv6 options. · INP_RECVRETOPTS—Receives replied IPv6 options. · INP_RECVDSTADDR—Receives destination IPv6 address. · INP_HDRINCL—Provides the entire IPv6 header. · INP_REUSEADDR—Reuses the IPv6 address. · INP_REUSEPORT—Reuses the port number. · INP_ANONPORT—Port number not specified. · INP_PROTOCOL_PACKET—Identifies a protocol packet. · INP_RCVVLANID—Receives the VLAN ID of the packet. Only UDP and RawIP support this flag. · IN6P_IPV6_V6ONLY—Only supports IPv6 protocol stack. · IN6P_PKTINFO—Receives the source IPv6 address and input interface of the packet. · IN6P_HOPLIMIT—Receives the hop limit. · IN6P_HOPOPTS—Receives the hop-by-hop options extension header. · IN6P_DSTOPTS—Receives the destination options extension header. · IN6P_RTHDR—Receives the routing extension header. · IN6P_RTHDRDSTOPTS—Receives the destination options extension header preceding the routing extension header. · IN6P_TCLASS—Receives the traffic class of the packet. · IN6P_AUTOFLOWLABEL—Attaches a flow label automatically. · IN6P_RFC2292—Uses the API specified in RFC 2292. · IN6P_MTU—Discovers differences in the MTU size of every link along a given data path. TCP does not support this flag. · INP_RCVMACADDR—Receives the MAC address of the frame. · INP_USEICMPSRC—Uses the specified IPv6 address as the source IPv6 address for outgoing ICMP packets. · INP_SYNCPCB—Waits until Internet PCB is synchronized. · N/A—None of the above flags.
Inpcb extflag	Extension flags in the Internet PCB: · INP_EXTRCVPVCIDX—Records the PVC index of the received packet. · INP_RCVPWID—Records the PW ID of the received packet. · N/A—None of the above flags.
Inpcb vflag	IP version flag in the Internet PCB: · INP_IPV4—IPv4 protocol. · INP_IPV6—IPv6 protocol. · INP_IPV6PROTO—Creates an Internet PCB based on IPv6 protocol. · INP_TIMEWAIT—In TIMEWAIT state. · INP_ONESBCAST—Sends broadcast packets. · INP_DROPPED—Protocol dropped flag. · INP_SOCKREF—Strong socket reference. · INP_DONTBLOCK—Do not block synchronization of the Internet PCB. · N/A—None of the above flags.
Hop limit	Hop limit in the Internet PCB.
Send VRF	Sent instances.
Receive VRF	Received instances.

display ipv6 router-renumber statistics

Use display ipv6 router-renumber statistics to display router renumbering statistics.

Syntax

display ipv6 router-renumber statistics

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Usage guidelines

You can use this command to display router renumbering traffic statistics and information about packet sequence number, reset sequence number, and segment number.

Examples

# Display router renumbering statistics.

<Sysname> display ipv6 router-renumber statistics

Enabling/disabling protocol failed: 0

Packets with sequence number error: 2

Packets with segment number error: 1

PCO check failed: 0

Packets with T-flag set and R-flag unset: 1

Router-renumber function disable: 0

Packets too short: 0

Packets with invalid destinations: 0

Create result packets failed: 0

Sent result packets failed: 0

Received command packets: 7

Received reset packets: 3

Sent result packets: 9

SequenceNumber: 0x2

ResetSequenceNumber: 0x2

SegmentNumber[0]: 0x1

SegmentNumber[1]: 0x0

SegmentNumber[2]: 0x0

SegmentNumber[3]: 0x0

SegmentNumber[4]: 0x0

SegmentNumber[5]: 0x0

SegmentNumber[6]: 0x0

SegmentNumber[7]: 0x0

Related commands

reset ipv6 router-renumber statistics

display ipv6 statistics

Use display ipv6 statistics to display IPv6 and ICMPv6 packet statistics.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display ipv6 statistics

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display ipv6 statistics [ slot slot-number ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display ipv6 statistics [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays IPv6 and ICMPv6 packet statistics for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays IPv6 and ICMPv6 packet statistics for all member devices. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays IPv6 and ICMPv6 packet statistics for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

This command displays statistics about received and sent IPv6 and ICMPv6 packets.

Use the reset ipv6 statistics command to clear the statistics of all IPv6 and ICMPv6 packets.

Examples

# Display IPv6 and ICMPv6 packet statistics.

<Sysname> display ipv6 statistics

IPv6 statistics:

Sent packets:

Total: 0

Sent locally: 0 Forwarded: 0

Raw packets: 0 Discarded: 0

Fragments: 0 Fragments failed: 0

Routing failed: 0

Received packets:

Total: 0

Received locally: 0 Hop limit exceeded: 0

Fragments: 0 Reassembled: 0

Reassembly failures: 0 Reassembly timeout: 0

Format errors: 0 Option errors: 0

Protocol errors: 0

ICMPv6 statistics:

Sent packets:

Total: 0

Unreachable: 0 Too big: 0

Hop limit exceeded: 0 Reassembly timeouts: 0

Parameter problems: 0

Echo requests: 0 Echo replies: 0

Neighbor solicits: 0 Neighbor adverts: 0

Router solicits: 0 Router adverts: 0

Redirects: 0 Router renumbering: 0

Send failed:

Rate limitation: 0 Other errors: 0

Received packets:

Total: 0

Checksum errors: 0 Too short: 0

Bad codes: 0

Unreachable: 0 Too big: 0

Hop limit exceeded: 0 Reassembly timeouts: 0

Parameter problems: 0 Unknown error types: 0

Echo requests: 0 Echo replies: 0

Neighbor solicits: 0 Neighbor adverts: 0

Router solicits: 0 Router adverts: 0

Redirects: 0 Router renumbering: 0

Unknown info types: 0

Deliver failed:

Bad length: 0

Related commands

reset ipv6 statistics

display ipv6 tcp

Use display ipv6 tcp to display brief information about IPv6 TCP connections.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display ipv6 tcp

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display ipv6 tcp [ slot slot-number ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display ipv6 tcp [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays brief information about IPv6 TCP connections for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays brief information about IPv6 TCP connections for all member devices. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays brief information about IPv6 TCP connections for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

Brief information about IPv6 TCP connections includes the local IPv6 address and port number, peer IPv6 address and port number, and TCP connection state.

Examples

# (Centralized devices in standalone mode.) Display brief information about IPv6 TCP connections.

<Sysname> display ipv6 tcp

*: TCP MD5 Connection

LAddr->port FAddr->port State Slot PCB

*2001:2002:2003:2 3001:3002:3003:3 ESTABLISHED 0 0x000000000000c387

004:2005:2006:20 004:3005:3006:30

07:2008->1200 07:3008->1200

2001::1->23 2001::5->1284 ESTABLISHED 0 0x0000000000000008

2003::1->25 2001::2->1283 LISTEN 0 0x0000000000000009

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode.) Display brief information about IPv6 TCP connections.

<Sysname> display ipv6 tcp

*: TCP MD5 Connection

LAddr->port FAddr->port State Slot PCB

*2001:2002:2003:2 3001:3002:3003:3 ESTABLISHED 1 0x000000000000c387

004:2005:2006:20 004:3005:3006:30

07:2008->1200 07:3008->1200

2001::1->23 2001::5->1284 ESTABLISHED 2 0x0000000000000008

2003::1->25 2001::2->1283 LISTEN 3 0x0000000000000009

# (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) Display brief information about IPv6 TCP connections.

<Sysname> display ipv6 tcp

*: TCP MD5 Connection

LAddr->port FAddr->port State Chassis Slot PCB

*2001:2002:2003:2 3001:3002:3003:3 ESTABLISHED 1 1 0x000000000000c387

004:2005:2006:20 004:3005:3006:30

07:2008->1200 07:3008->1200

2001::1->23 2001::5->1284 ESTABLISHED 1 2 0x0000000000000008

2003::1->25 2001::2->1283 LISTEN 1 3 0x0000000000000009

Table 76 Command output

Field	Description
*	Indicates that the TCP connection uses MD5 authentication.
LAddr->port	Local IPv6 address and port number.
FAddr->port	Peer IPv6 address and port number.
State	IPv6 TCP connection state.
Chassis	ID of the IRF member device. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)
Slot	Number of the slot that holds the card. (Centralized devices in standalone mode/distributed devices in standalone or IRF mode.)
Slot	ID of the IRF member device. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)
PCB	PCB index.

display ipv6 tcp verbose

Use display ipv6 tcp verbose to display detailed information about IPv6 TCP connections.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display ipv6 tcp verbose [ pcb pcb-index ]

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display ipv6 tcp verbose [ slot slot-number [ pcb pcb-index ] ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display ipv6 tcp verbose [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number [ pcb pcb-index ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

pcb pcb-index: Displays detailed information about IPv6 TCP connections of the specified PCB. The value range for the pcb-index argument is 1 to 16.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays detailed information about IPv6 TCP connections for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays detailed information about IPv6 TCP connections for all member devices. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays detailed information about IPv6 TCP connections for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

The detailed information includes socket's creator, state, option, type, protocol number, source IPv6 address and port number, destination IPv6 address and port number, and the connection state.

Examples

# (Centralized devices in standalone mode.) Display detailed information about an IPv6 TCP connection.

<Sysname> display ipv6 tcp verbose

TCP inpcb number: 1(tcpcb number: 1)

Location:

Creator: ipv6stackd[199]

State: ISCONNECTED

Options: N/A

Error: 0

Receiving buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/drop/state): 0 / 65536 / 1 / 0 / N/A

Sending buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/state): 0 / 65536 / 512 / N/A

Type: 1

Protocol: 6

Connection info: src = 2001::1->179 , dst = 2001::2->4181

Inpcb flags: N/A

Inpcb extflag: N/A

Inpcb vflag: INP_IPV6

Hop limit: 255 (minimum hop limit: 0)

Connection state: ESTABLISHED

TCP options: TF_REQ_SCALE TF_REQ_TSTMP TF_SACK_PERMIT TF_NSR

NSR state: READY(M)

Send VRF: 0x0

Receive VRF: 0x0

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode.) Display detailed information about an IPv6 TCP connection.

<Sysname> display ipv6 tcp verbose

TCP inpcb number: 1(tcpcb number: 1)

Location: slot: 0

NSR standby: N/A

Creator: ipv6stackd[199]

State: ISCONNECTED

Options: N/A

Error: 0

Receiving buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/drop/state): 0 / 65536 / 1 / 0 / N/A

Sending buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/state): 0 / 65536 / 512 / N/A

Type: 1

Protocol: 6

Connection info: src = 2001::1->179 , dst = 2001::2->4181

Inpcb flags: N/A

Inpcb extflag: N/A

Inpcb vflag: INP_IPV6

Hop limit: 255 (minimum hop limit: 0)

Connection state: ESTABLISHED

TCP options: TF_REQ_SCALE TF_REQ_TSTMP TF_SACK_PERMIT TF_NSR

NSR state: READY(M)

Send VRF: 0x0

Receive VRF: 0x0

# (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) Display detailed information about an IPv6 TCP connection.

<Sysname> display ipv6 tcp verbose

TCP inpcb number: 1(tcpcb number: 1)

Location: Chassis: 2 Slot: 6

NSR standby: N/A

Creator: bgpd[199]

State: ISCONNECTED

Options: N/A

Error: 0

Receiving buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/state): 0 / 65536 / 1 / N/A

Sending buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/state): 0 / 65536 / 512 / N/A

Type: 1

Protocol: 6

Connection info: src = 2001::1->179 , dst = 2001::2->4181

Inpcb flags: N/A

Inpcb extflag: N/A

Inpcb vflag: INP_IPV6

Hop limit: 255 (minimum hop limit: 0)

Connection state: ESTABLISHED

TCP options: TF_REQ_SCALE TF_REQ_TSTMP TF_SACK_PERMIT TF_NSR

NSR state: READY(M)

Send VRF: 0x0

Receive VRF: 0x0

Table 77 Command output

Field	Description
TCP inpcb number	Number of IPv6 TCP Internet PCBs.
tcpcb number	Number of IPv6 TCP PCBs (excluding PCBs of TCP in TIME_WAIT state).
Location	Location of the card. (Distributed devices in standalone or IRF mode.)
Location	Location of the device. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)
Chassis	ID of the IRF member device. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)
Slot	Number of the slot that holds the card. (Distributed devices in standalone or IRF mode.)
Slot	ID of the IRF member device. (Centralized devices in IRF mode)
NSR standby:	ID of the IRF member device and number of the slot where the NSR standby card resides. This field displays N/A if no NSR standby card is present.
Creator	Task name of the socket. The process number is in the square brackets.
State	Socket state.
Options	Socket options.
Error	Error code.
Receiving buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/drop/state)	Displays receive buffer information in the following order: · cc—Used space. · hiwat—Maximum space. · lowat—Minimum space. · drop—Number of dropped packets. · state—Buffer state: ¡ CANTSENDMORE—Unable to send data to the peer. ¡ CANTRCVMORE—Unable to receive data from the peer. ¡ RCVATMARK—Receiving tag. ¡ N/A—None of the above states.
Sending buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/state)	Displays send buffer information in the following order: · cc—Used space. · hiwat—Maximum space. · lowat—Minimum space. · state—Buffer state: ¡ CANTSENDMORE—Unable to send data to the peer. ¡ CANTRCVMORE—Unable to receive data from the peer. ¡ RCVATMARK—Receiving tag. ¡ N/A—None of the above states.
Type	Socket type: · 1—SOCK_STREAM. This socket uses TCP to provide reliable transmission of byte streams. · 2—SOCK_DGRAM. This socket uses UDP to provide datagram transmission. · 3—SOCK_RAW. This socket allows an application to change the next upper-layer protocol header. · N/A—None of the above types.
Protocol	Number of the protocol using the socket. 6 represents TCP.
Connection info	Connection information, including source IPv6 address and port number, and destination IPv6 address and port number.
Inpcb flags	Flags in the Internet PCB: · INP_RECVOPTS—Receives IPv6 options. · INP_RECVRETOPTS—Receives replied IPv6 options. · INP_RECVDSTADDR—Receives destination IPv6 address. · INP_HDRINCL—Provides the entire IPv6 header. · INP_REUSEADDR—Reuses the IPv6 address. · INP_REUSEPORT—Reuses the port number. · INP_ANONPORT—Port number not specified. · INP_PROTOCOL_PACKET—Identifies a protocol packet. · INP_RCVVLANID—Receives the VLAN ID of the packet. Only UDP and RawIP support this flag. · IN6P_IPV6_V6ONLY—Only supports IPv6 protocol stack. · IN6P_PKTINFO—Receives the source IPv6 address and input interface of the packet. · IN6P_HOPLIMIT—Receives the hop limit. · IN6P_HOPOPTS—Receives the hop-by-hop options extension header. · IN6P_DSTOPTS—Receives the destination options extension header. · IN6P_RTHDR—Receives the routing extension header. · IN6P_RTHDRDSTOPTS—Receives the destination options extension header preceding the routing extension header. · IN6P_TCLASS—Receives the traffic class of the packet. · IN6P_AUTOFLOWLABEL—Attaches a flow label automatically. · IN6P_RFC2292—Uses the API specified in RFC 2292. · IN6P_MTU—Discovers differences in the MTU size of every link along a given data path. TCP does not support this flag. · INP_RCVMACADDR—Receives the MAC address of the frame. · INP_SYNCPCB—Waits until Internet PCB is synchronized. · N/A—None of the above flags.
Inpcb extflag	Extension flags in the Internet PCB: · INP_EXTRCVPVCIDX—Records the PVC index of the received packet. · INP_RCVPWID—Records the PW ID of the received packet. · INP_EXLISTEN—Listens to the socket. · N/A—None of the above flags.
Inpcb vflag	IP version flags in the Internet PCB: · INP_IPV4—IPv4 protocol. · INP_IPV6—IPv6 protocol. · INP_IPV6PROTO—Creates an Internet PCB based on IPv6 protocol. · INP_TIMEWAIT—In TIMEWAIT state. · INP_ONESBCAST—Sends broadcast packets. · INP_DROPPED—Protocol dropped flag. · INP_SOCKREF—Strong socket reference. · INP_DONTBLOCK—Do not block synchronization of the Internet PCB. · N/A—None of the above flags.
Hop limit	Hop limit in the Internet PCB.
Connection state	TCP connection state: · CLOSED—The server receives a disconnection request's reply from the client. · LISTEN—The server is waiting for connection requests. · SYN_SENT—The client is waiting for the server to reply to the connection request. · SYN_RCVD—The server receives a connection request. · ESTABLISHED—The server and client have established connections and can transmit data bidirectionally. · CLOSE_WAIT—The server receives a disconnection request from the client. · FIN_WAIT_1—The client is waiting for the server to reply to a disconnection request. · CLOSING—The server and client are waiting for peer's disconnection reply when receiving disconnection requests from each other. · LAST_ACK—The server is waiting for the client to reply to a disconnection request. · FIN_WAIT_2—The client receives a disconnection reply from the server. · TIME_WAIT—The client receives a disconnection request from the server.
TCP options	TCP options: · TF_MD5SIG—Enables MD5 signature. · TF_PASSWORD—The MD5 password is configured. · TF_NODELAY—Do not delay sending acknowledgements. · TF_NOOPT—No TCP options. · TF_NOPUSH—Allows TCP to send non-full-sized segments. · TF_BINDFOREIGNADDR—Bind the peer IP address. · TF_NSR—Enables TCP NSR. · TF_REQ_SCALE—Enables the TCP window scale option. · TF_REQ_TSTMP—Enables the time stamp option. · TF_SACK_PERMIT—Enables the TCP selective acknowledgement option.
NSR state	State of the TCP connections. Between the parentheses is the role of the connection: · M—Main connection. · S—Standby connection.
Send VRF	Sent instances.
Receive VRF	Received instances.

display ipv6 tcp-proxy

Use display ipv6 tcp-proxy to display brief information about IPv6 TCP proxy.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display ipv6 tcp-proxy

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display ipv6 tcp-proxy slot slot-number

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display ipv6 tcp-proxy chassis chassis-number slot slot-number

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

The following matrix shows the command and hardware compatibility:

Hardware	Command compatibility
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK	Yes
MSR810-LMS/810-LUS	No
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	Yes
MSR 2630	Yes
MSR3600-28/3600-51	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	No
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	Yes
MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	Yes
MSR5620/5660/5680	Yes

Hardware	Command compatibility
MSR810-LM-GL	Yes
MSR810-W-LM-GL	Yes
MSR830-6EI-GL	Yes
MSR830-10EI-GL	Yes
MSR830-6HI-GL	Yes
MSR830-10HI-GL	Yes
MSR2600-6-X1-GL	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI-GL	No

IPv6 TCP proxy splits every IPv6 TCP connection that passes through it into two IPv6 TCP connections to relay data packets between servers and clients. The split is transparent to the servers and client. This feature reduces bandwidth use and improves IPv6 TCP performance. It is used for services such as load balancing, WAAS, and SSL VPN.

Examples

# Display brief information about IPv6 TCP proxy.

<Sysname> display ipv6 tcp-proxy slot 1

LAddr->port FAddr->port State Service type

2001::1->45 11:22:33:44->54602 ESTABLISHED WAAS

11:22:33:44->54602 2001::1->45 ESTABLISHED WAAS

Table 78 Command output

Field	Description
LAddr->port	Local IPv6 address and port number.
Faddr->port	Peer IPv6 address and port number.
State	IPv6 TCP connection state.
Service type	Type of services that the IPv6 TCP proxy is used for: · LB—Load balancing services. · WAAS—Wide area application services. · SSL VPN—SSL VPN services.

display ipv6 tcp-proxy port-info

Use display ipv6 tpc-proxy port-info to display the usage of non-well known ports for IPv6 TCP proxy.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display ipv6 tcp-proxy port-info

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display ipv6 tcp-proxy port-info slot slot-number

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display ipv6 tcp-proxy port-info chassis chassis-number slot slot-number

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays non-well known port usage for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays non-well known port usage for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

The following matrix shows the command and hardware compatibility:

Hardware	Command compatibility
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK	Yes
MSR810-LMS/810-LUS	No
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	Yes
MSR 2630	Yes
MSR3600-28/3600-51	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	No
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	Yes
MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	Yes
MSR5620/5660/5680	Yes

Hardware	Command compatibility
MSR810-LM-GL	Yes
MSR810-W-LM-GL	Yes
MSR830-6EI-GL	Yes
MSR830-10EI-GL	Yes
MSR830-6HI-GL	Yes
MSR830-10HI-GL	Yes
MSR2600-6-X1-GL	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI-GL	No

The TCP ports are divided into well-known ports (port numbers from 0 through 1023) and non-well known ports (port numbers from 1024 through 65535).

· Well known ports are for certain services, for example, port 23 for Telnet service, ports 20 and 21 for FTP service, and port 80 for HTTP service.

· Non-well known ports are available for various services. You can use the display ipv6 tpc-proxy port-info command to display the usage of these ports.

Examples

# Display the usage of non-well known ports for IPv6 TCP proxy.

<Sysname> display ipv6 tcp-proxy port-info

Index Range State

16 [1024, 1087] USABLE

17 [1088, 1151] USABLE

18 [1152, 1215] USABLE

19 [1216, 1279] USABLE

20 [1280, 1343] USABLE

...

1020 [65280, 65343] USABLE

1021 [65344, 65407] USABLE

1022 [65408, 65471] USABLE

1023 [65472, 65535] USABLE

Table 79 Command output

Field	Description
Index	Index of the port range.
Range	Start port number and end port number.
State	State of the port range: · USABLE—The ports are assignable. · ASSIGNED—Some ports are dynamically assigned and some ports are not. · ALLASSIGNED—All ports are dynamically assigned. The assigned ports can be reclaimed. · TO RECLAIM—Some ports are statically assigned. The assigned ports can be reclaimed. · RESERVED—The ports are reserved. The reserved ports cannot be dynamically assigned.

display ipv6 udp

Use display ipv6 udp to display brief information about IPv6 UDP connections.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display ipv6 udp

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display ipv6 udp [ slot slot-number ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display ipv6 udp [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays brief information about IPv6 UDP connections for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays brief information about IPv6 UDP connections for all member devices. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays brief information about IPv6 UDP connections for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

Brief information about an IPv6 UDP connection includes local IPv6 address and port number, and peer IPv6 address and port number.

Examples

# (Centralized devices in standalone mode.) Displays brief information about IPv6 UDP connections.

<Sysname> display ipv6 udp

LAddr->port FAddr->port Slot PCB

2001:2002:2003:2 3001:3002:3003:3 0 0x000000000000c387

004:2005:2006:20 004:3005:3006:30

07:2008->1200 07:3008->1200

2001::1->23 2001::5->1284 0 0x0000000000000008

2003::1->25 2001::2->1283 0 0x0000000000000009

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode.) Displays brief information about IPv6 UDP connections.

<Sysname> display ipv6 udp

LAddr->port FAddr->port Slot PCB

2001:2002:2003:2 3001:3002:3003:3 1 0x000000000000c387

004:2005:2006:20 004:3005:3006:30

07:2008->1200 07:3008->1200

2001::1->23 2001::5->1284 2 0x0000000000000008

2003::1->25 2001::2->1283 3 0x0000000000000009

# (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) Displays brief information about IPv6 UDP connections.

<Sysname> display ipv6 udp

LAddr->port FAddr->port Chassis Slot PCB

2001:2002:2003:2 3001:3002:3003:3 1 1 0x000000000000c387

004:2005:2006:20 004:3005:3006:30

07:2008->1200 07:3008->1200

2001::1->23 2001::5->1284 1 2 0x0000000000000008

2003::1->25 2001::2->1283 1 3 0x0000000000000009

Table 80 Command output

Field	Description
LAddr->port	Local IPv6 address and port number.
FAddr->port	Peer IPv6 address and port number.
Chassis	ID of the IRF member device. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)
Slot	Number of the slot that holds the card. (Centralized devices in standalone mode/distributed devices in standalone or IRF mode.)
Slot	ID of the IRF member device. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)
PCB	PCB index.

display ipv6 udp verbose

Use display ipv6 udp verbose to display detailed information about IPv6 UDP connections.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display ipv6 udp verbose [ pcb pcb-index ]

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display ipv6 udp verbose [ slot slot-number [ pcb pcb-index ] ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display ipv6 udp verbose [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number [ pcb pcb-index ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

pcb pcb-index: Displays detailed information about IPv6 UDP connections of the specified PCB. The value range for the pcb-index argument is 1 to 16.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays detailed information about IPv6 UDP connections for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays detailed information about IPv6 UDP connections for all member devices. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays detailed information about IPv6 UDP connections for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

The detailed information includes socket's creator, state, option, type, protocol number, source IPv6 address and port number, destination IPv6 address and port number, and connection state.

Examples

# (Centralized devices in standalone mode.) Display detailed information about an IPv6 UDP connection.

<Sysname> display ipv6 udp verbose

Total UDP socket number: 1

Location:

Creator: sock_test_mips[250]

State: N/A

Options: N/A

Error: 0

Receiving buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/drop/state): 0 / 41600 / 1 / 0 / N/A

Sending buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/state): 0 / 9216 / 512 / N/A

Type: 2

Protocol: 17

Connection info: src = ::->69, dst = ::->0

Inpcb flags: N/A

Inpcb extflag: N/A

Inpcb vflag: INP_IPV6

Hop limit: 255 (minimum hop limit: 0)

Send VRF: 0xffff

Receive VRF: 0xffff

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode.) Display detailed information about an IPv6 UDP connection.

<Sysname> display ipv6 udp verbose

Total UDP socket number: 1

Location: slot: 0

Creator: ipv6stackd[250]

State: N/A

Options: N/A

Error: 0

Receiving buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/drop/state): 0 / 41600 / 1 / 0 / N/A

Sending buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/state): 0 / 9216 / 512 / N/A

Type: 2

Protocol: 17

Connection info: src = ::->69, dst = ::->0

Inpcb flags: N/A

Inpcb extflag: N/A

Inpcb vflag: INP_IPV6

Hop limit: 255 (minimum hop limit: 0)

Send VRF: 0xffff

Receive VRF: 0xffff

# (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) Display detailed information about an IPv6 UDP connection.

<Sysname> display ipv6 udp verbose

Total UDP socket number: 1

Location: chassis: 2 slot: 6

Creator: sock_test_mips[250]

State: N/A

Options: N/A

Error: 0

Receiving buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/state): 0 / 41600 / 1 / N/A

Sending buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/state): 0 / 9216 / 512 / N/A

Type: 2

Protocol: 17

Connection info: src = ::->69, dst = ::->0

Inpcb flags: N/A

Inpcb extflag: N/A

Inpcb vflag: INP_IPV6

Hop limit: 255 (minimum hop limit: 0)

Send VRF: 0xffff

Receive VRF: 0xffff

Table 81 Command output

Field	Description
Total UDP socket number	Total number of IPv6 UDP sockets.
Location	Location of the card. (Distributed devices in standalone or IRF mode.)
Location	Location of the device. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)
chassis	ID of the IRF member device. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)
slot	Number of the slot that holds the card. (Distributed devices in standalone or IRF mode.)
slot	ID of the IRF member device. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)
Creator	Task name of the socket. The progress number is in the square brackets.
State	Socket state.
Options	Socket options.
Error	Error code.
Receiving buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/drop/state)	Displays receive buffer information in the following order: · cc—Used space. · hiwat—Maximum space. · lowat—Minimum space. · drop—Number of dropped packets. · state—Buffer state: ¡ CANTSENDMORE—Unable to send data to the peer. ¡ CANTRCVMORE—Unable to receive data from the peer. ¡ RCVATMARK—Receiving tag. ¡ N/A—None of the above states.
Sending buffer(cc/hiwat/lowat/state)	Displays send buffer information in the following order: · cc—Used space. · hiwat—Maximum space. · lowat—Minimum space. · state—Buffer state: ¡ CANTSENDMORE—Unable to send data to the peer. ¡ CANTRCVMORE—Unable to receive data from the peer. ¡ RCVATMARK—Receiving tag. ¡ N/A—None of the above states.
Type	Socket type: · 1—SOCK_STREAM. This socket uses TCP to provide reliable transmission of byte streams. · 2—SOCK_DGRAM. This socket uses UDP to provide datagram transmission. · 3—SOCK_RAW. This socket allows an application to change the next upper-layer protocol header. · N/A—None of the above types.
Protocol	Number of the protocol using the socket. 17 represents UDP.
Connection info	Connection information, including source IPv6 address and port number, and destination IPv6 address and port number.
Inpcb flags	Flags in the Internet PCB: · INP_RECVOPTS—Receives IPv6 options. · INP_RECVRETOPTS—Receives replied IPv6 options. · INP_RECVDSTADDR—Receives destination IPv6 address. · INP_HDRINCL—Provides the entire IPv6 header. · INP_REUSEADDR—Reuses the IPv6 address. · INP_REUSEPORT—Reuses the port number. · INP_ANONPORT—Port number not specified. · INP_PROTOCOL_PACKET—Identifies a protocol packet. · INP_RCVVLANID—Receives the VLAN ID of the packet. Only UDP and RawIP support this flag. · IN6P_IPV6_V6ONLY—Only supports IPv6 protocol stack. · IN6P_PKTINFO—Receives the source IPv6 address and input interface of the packet. · IN6P_HOPLIMIT—Receives the hop limit. · IN6P_HOPOPTS—Receives the hop-by-hop options extension header. · IN6P_DSTOPTS—Receives the destination options extension header. · IN6P_RTHDR—Receives the routing extension header. · IN6P_RTHDRDSTOPTS—Receives the destination options extension header preceding the routing extension header. · IN6P_TCLASS—Receives the traffic class of the packet. · IN6P_AUTOFLOWLABEL—Attaches a flow label automatically. · IN6P_RFC2292—Uses the API specified in RFC 2292. · IN6P_MTU—Discovers differences in the MTU size of every link along a given data path. TCP does not support this flag. · INP_RCVMACADDR—Receives the MAC address of the frame. · INP_SYNCPCB—Waits until Internet PCB is synchronized. · N/A—None of the above flags.
Inpcb extflag	Extension flags in the Internet PCB: · INP_EXTRCVPVCIDX—Records the PVC index of the received packet. · INP_RCVPWID—Records the PW ID of the received packet. · N/A—None of the above flags.
Inpcb vflag	IP version flags in the Internet PCB: · INP_IPV4—IPv4 protocol. · INP_IPV6—IPv6 protocol. · INP_IPV6PROTO—Creates an Internet PCB based on IPv6 protocol. · INP_TIMEWAIT—In TIMEWAIT state. · INP_ONESBCAST—Sends broadcast packets. · INP_DROPPED—Protocol dropped flag. · INP_SOCKREF—Strong socket reference. · INP_DONTBLOCK—Do not block synchronization of the Internet PCB. · N/A—None of the above flags.
Hop limit	Hop limit in the Internet PCB.
Send VRF	Sent instances.
Receive VRF	Received instances.

ipv6 address

Use ipv6 address to configure an IPv6 global unicast address for an interface.

Use undo ipv6 address to delete an IPv6 address of the interface.

Syntax

ipv6 address { ipv6-address prefix-length | ipv6-address/prefix-length }

undo ipv6 address [ ipv6-address prefix-length | ipv6-address/prefix-length ]

Default

No IPv6 global unicast address is configured for an interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ipv6-address: Specifies an IPv6 address.

prefix-length: Specifies a prefix length in the range of 1 to 128.

Usage guidelines

Like public IPv4 addresses, IPv6 global unicast addresses are assigned to ISPs. This type of address allows for prefix aggregation to reduce the number of global routing entries.

If you do not specify any parameters, the undo ipv6 address command deletes all IPv6 addresses of an interface.

Examples

# Set the IPv6 global unicast address of GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to 2001::1 with prefix length 64.

Method 1:

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ipv6 address 2001::1/64

Method 2:

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ipv6 address 2001::1 64

ipv6 address anycast

Use ipv6 address anycast to configure an IPv6 anycast address for an interface.

Use undo ipv6 address anycast to delete the IPv6 anycast address of the interface.

Syntax

ipv6 address { ipv6-address prefix-length | ipv6-address/prefix-length } anycast

undo ipv6 address { ipv6-address prefix-length | ipv6-address/prefix-length } anycast

Default

No IPv6 anycast address is configured for an interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ipv6-address: Specifies an IPv6 anycast address.

prefix-length: Specifies a prefix length in the range of 1 to 128.

Examples

# Set the IPv6 anycast address of interface GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to 2001::1 with prefix length 64.

Method 1:

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ipv6 address 2001::1/64 anycast

Method 2:

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ipv6 address 2001::1 64 anycast

ipv6 address auto

Use ipv6 address auto to enable the stateless address autoconfiguration feature on an interface, so that the interface can automatically generate a global unicast address.

Use undo ipv6 address auto to disable this feature.

Syntax

ipv6 address auto

undo ipv6 address auto

Default

The stateless address autoconfiguration feature is disabled.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

After a global unicast address is generated through stateless autoconfiguration, a link-local address is generated automatically.

To delete the global unicast address and the link-local address that are automatically generated, use either of the following commands:

· undo ipv6 address auto

· undo ipv6 address

Examples

# Enable stateless address autoconfiguration on interface GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ipv6 address auto

ipv6 address auto link-local

Use ipv6 address auto link-local to automatically generate a link-local address for an interface.

Use undo ipv6 address auto link-local to restore the default.

Syntax

ipv6 address auto link-local

undo ipv6 address auto link-local

Default

No link-local address is configured on an interface. A link-local address is automatically generated after an IPv6 global unicast address is configured for the interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

Link-local addresses are used for neighbor discovery and stateless autoconfiguration on the local link. Packets using link-local addresses as the source or destination addresses cannot be forwarded to other links.

After an IPv6 global unicast address is configured for an interface, a link-local address is automatically generated. This link-local address is the same as the one generated by using the ipv6 address auto link-local command.

The undo ipv6 address auto link-local command deletes only the link-local addresses generated through the ipv6 address auto link-local command. If the undo command is executed on an interface with an IPv6 global unicast address configured, the interface still has a link-local address.

You can also manually assign an IPv6 link-local address for an interface by using the ipv6 address link-local command. Manual assignment takes precedence over automatic generation for IPv6 link-local addresses.

· If you first use automatic generation and then manual assignment, the manually assigned link-local address overwrites the automatically generated address.

· If you first use manual assignment and then automatic generation, both of the following occur:

¡ The automatically generated link-local address does not take effect.

¡ The link-local address of an interface is still the manually assigned address.

If you delete the manually assigned address, the automatically generated link-local address takes effect.

Examples

# Configure GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to automatically generate a link-local address.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ipv6 address auto link-local

Related commands

ipv6 address link-local

ipv6 address eui-64

Use ipv6 address eui-64 to configure an EUI-64 IPv6 address for an interface.

Use undo ipv6 address eui-64 to delete an EUI-64 IPv6 address from an interface.

Syntax

ipv6 address { ipv6-address prefix-length | ipv6-address/prefix-length } eui-64

undo ipv6 address [ ipv6-address prefix-length | ipv6-address/prefix-length ] eui-64

Default

No EUI-64 IPv6 address is configured for an interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ipv6-address/prefix-length: Specifies an IPv6 address and IPv6 prefix length. The ipv6-address and prefix-length arguments jointly specify the prefix of an EUI-64 IPv6 address. The value range for the prefix-length argument is 1 to 64.

Usage guidelines

An EUI-64 IPv6 address is generated based on the specified prefix and the automatically generated interface ID. To display the EUI-64 IPv6 address, use the display ipv6 interface command.

The prefix length of an EUI-64 IPv6 address cannot be greater than 64.

Examples

# Configure an EUI-64 IPv6 address for interface GigabitEthernet 1/0/1. The prefix of the address is the same as that of 2001::1/64, and the interface ID is generated based on the MAC address of the device.

Method 1:

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ipv6 address 2001::1/64 eui-64

Method 2:

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ipv6 address 2001::1 64 eui-64

Related commands

display ipv6 interface

ipv6 address link-local

Use ipv6 address link-local to configure a link-local address for the interface.

Use undo ipv6 address link-local to restore the default.

Syntax

ipv6 address ipv6-address link-local

undo ipv6 address ipv6-address link-local

Default

No link-local address is configured for the interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ipv6-address: Specifies an IPv6 link-local address. The first 10 bits of an address must be 1111111010 (binary). The first group of hexadecimals in the address must be FE80 to FEBF.

Usage guidelines

Manual assignment takes precedence over automatic generation.

If you use automatic generation, and then use manual assignment, the manually assigned link-local address overwrites the one that is automatically generated.

If you use manual assignment and then use automatic generation, both of the following occur:

· The automatically generated link-local address does not take effect.

· The manually assigned link-local address of an interface remains.

After you delete the manually assigned address, the automatically generated link-local address takes effect. For automatic generation of an IPv6 link-local address, see the ipv6 address auto link-local command.

Examples

# Configure a link-local address for GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ipv6 address fe80::1 link-local

Related commands

ipv6 address auto link-local

ipv6 address prefix-number

Use ipv6 address prefix-number to specify an IPv6 prefix for an interface to automatically generate an IPv6 global unicast address and advertise the prefix.

Use undo ipv6 address prefix-number to restore the default.

Syntax

ipv6 address prefix-number sub-prefix/prefix-length

undo ipv6 address prefix-number

Default

No IPv6 prefix is specified for IPv6 address autoconfiguration.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

prefix-number: Specifies an IPv6 prefix by its ID in the range of 1 to 1024. The specified IPv6 prefix can be manually configured or obtained through DHCPv6.

sub-prefix: Specifies the sub-prefix bit and host bit for the IPv6 global unicast address.

prefix-length: Specifies the sub-prefix length in the range of 1 to 128.

Usage guidelines

This command enables an interface to automatically generate an IPv6 global unicast address based on the specified IPv6 prefix, sub-prefix bit, and host bit.

An interface can generate only one IPv6 global unicast address based on the prefix specified by using the ipv6 address command. To configure the interface to generate a new IPv6 address, execute the undo ipv6 address command to delete the configuration, and then execute the ipv6 address command.

Examples

# Configure a static IPv6 prefix AAAA::/16 and assign ID 1 to the prefix. Configure GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to use this prefix to generate the IPv6 address AAAA:CCCC:DDDD::10/32 and advertise this prefix.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ipv6 prefix 1 AAAA::/16

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ipv6 address 1 BBBB:CCCC:DDDD::10/32

# Configure GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to obtain an IPv6 prefix through DHCPv6 and assign ID 2 to the obtained prefix. Configure GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to use the obtained prefix to generate an IPv6 address and advertise the prefix.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ipv6 dhcp client pd 2 rapid-commit option-group 1

[Sysname-Vlan-interface10] quit

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ipv6 address 2 BBBB:CCCC:DDDD::10/32

Related commands

ipv6 prefix

ipv6 dhcp client pd

ipv6 bandwidth-based-sharing

Use ipv6 bandwidth-based-sharing to enable IPv6 load sharing based on bandwidth.

Use undo ipv6 bandwidth-based-sharing to disable IPv6 loading sharing based on bandwidth.

Syntax

ipv6 bandwidth-based-sharing

undo ipv6 bandwidth-based-sharing

Default

IPv6 load sharing based on bandwidth is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

This feature load shares IPv6 traffic among multiple output interfaces based on their load percentages. The device calculates the load percentage for each output interface in terms of the interface expected bandwidth.

For devices that run load sharing protocols, they implement load sharing based on the ratios defined by these protocols.

Examples

# Enable IPv6 load sharing based on bandwidth.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ipv6 bandwidth-based-sharing

ipv6 extension-header drop enable

Use ipv6 extension-header drop enable to enable a device to discard IPv6 packets that contain extension headers.

Use undo ipv6 extension-header drop enable to disable a device from discarding IPv6 packets that contain extension headers.

Syntax

ipv6 extension-header drop enable

undo ipv6 extension-header drop enable

Default

A device does not discard IPv6 packets that contain extension headers.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

This feature enables a device to discard a received IPv6 packet in which the extension headers cannot be processed by the device.

Examples

# Enable the device to discard IPv6 packets that contain extension headers.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ipv6 extension-header drop enable

ipv6 hop-limit

Use ipv6 hop-limit to set the Hop Limit field in the IPv6 header.

Use undo ipv6 hop-limit to restore the default.

Syntax

ipv6 hop-limit value

undo ipv6 hop-limit

Default

The hop limit is 64.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

value: Specifies the number of hops, in the range of 1 to 255.

Usage guidelines

The hop limit determines the number of hops that an IPv6 packet generated by the device can travel.

The device advertises the hop limit in RA messages. All RA message receivers use the advertised value to fill in the Hop Limit field for IPv6 packets to be sent. To disable the device from advertising the hop limit, use the ipv6 nd ra hop-limit unspecified command.

Examples

# Set the maximum number of hops to 100.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ipv6 hop-limit 100

Related commands

ipv6 nd ra hop-limit unspecified

ipv6 hoplimit-expires enable

Use ipv6 hoplimit-expires enable to enable sending ICMPv6 time exceeded messages.

Use undo ipv6 hoplimit-expires to disable sending ICMPv6 time exceeded messages.

Syntax

ipv6 hoplimit-expires enable

undo ipv6 hoplimit-expires enable

Default

Sending ICMPv6 time exceeded messages is enabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

ICMPv6 time exceeded messages are sent to the source of IPv6 packets after the device discards IPv6 packets because hop or reassembly times out.

To prevent too many ICMPv6 error messages from affecting device performance, disable this feature. Even with the feature disabled, the device still sends fragment reassembly time exceeded messages.

Examples

# Disable sending ICMPv6 time exceeded messages.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] undo ipv6 hoplimit-expires enable

ipv6 icmpv6 error-interval

Use ipv6 icmpv6 error-interval to set the bucket size and the interval for tokens to arrive in the bucket for ICMPv6 error messages.

Use undo ipv6 icmpv6 error-interval to restore the default.

Syntax

ipv6 icmpv6 error-interval interval [ bucketsize ]

undo ipv6 icmpv6 error-interval

Default

The bucket allows a maximum of 10 tokens, and a token is placed in the bucket every 100 milliseconds.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interval: Specifies the interval for tokens to arrive in the bucket. The value range is 0 to 2147483647 milliseconds. To disable the ICMPv6 rate limit, set the value to 0.

bucketsize: Specifies the maximum number of tokens allowed in the bucket. The value range is 1 to 200.

Usage guidelines

This command limits the rate at which ICMPv6 error messages are sent. Use this command to prevent network congestion caused by excessive ICMPv6 error messages generated within a short period. A token bucket algorithm is used with one token representing one ICMPv6 error message.

A token is placed in the bucket at intervals until the maximum number of tokens that the bucket can hold is reached.

A token is removed from the bucket when an ICMPv6 error message is sent. When the bucket is empty, ICMPv6 error messages are not sent until a new token is placed in the bucket.

Examples

# Set the bucket size to 40 tokens and the interval for tokens to arrive in the bucket to 200 milliseconds for ICMPv6 error messages.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ipv6 icmpv6 error-interval 200 40

ipv6 icmpv6 multicast-echo-reply enable

Use ipv6 icmpv6 multicast-echo-reply enable to enable replying to multicast echo requests.

Use undo ipv6 icmpv6 multicast-echo-reply to restore the default.

Syntax

ipv6 icmpv6 multicast-echo-reply enable

undo ipv6 icmpv6 multicast-echo-reply enable

Default

The device is disabled from replying to multicast echo requests.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

If a host is configured to reply to multicast echo requests, an attacker can use this mechanism to attack the host. For example, the attacker can send an echo request to a multicast address with Host A as the source. All hosts in the multicast group will send echo replies to Host A.

To prevent attacks, do not enable the device to reply to multicast echo requests unless necessary.

Examples

# Enable replying to multicast echo requests.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ipv6 icmpv6 multicast-echo-reply enable

ipv6 icmpv6 source

Use ipv6 icmpv6 source to specify an IPv6 address as the source address for outgoing ICMPv6 packets.

Use undo ipv6 icmpv6 source to remove the specified IPv6 source address for outgoing ICMPv6 packets.

Syntax

ipv6 icmpv6 source [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] ipv6-address

undo ipv6 icmpv6 source [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

Default

No IPv6 source address for outgoing ICMPv6 packets is specified. The device uses the IPv6 address of the sending interface as the source IPv6 address for outgoing ICMPv6 packets.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies the VPN instance to which the specified address belongs. The VPN instance name is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. The specified VPN instance must already exist. If the specified IPv6 address is on the public network, do not use this option.

ipv6-address: Specifies an IPv6 address.

Usage guidelines

It is a good practice to specify the IPv6 address of the loopback interface as the source IPv6 address for outgoing ping echo request and ICMPv6 error messages. This feature helps users to easily locate the sending device.

Examples

# Specify IPv6 address 1::1 as the source address for outgoing ICMPv6 packets.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ipv6 icmpv6 source 1::1

ipv6 mtu

Use ipv6 mtu to configure the MTU of IPv6 packets sent over an interface.

Use undo ipv6 mtu to restore the default MTU.

Syntax

ipv6 mtu size

undo ipv6 mtu

Default

No MTU is configured for an interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

size: Specifies the size of the MTUs of an interface, in the range of 1280 to 1650 bytes.

Usage guidelines

IPv6 routers do not support packet fragmentation. After an IPv6 router receives an IPv6 packet, if the packet size is greater than the MTU of the forwarding interface, the router discards the packet. Meanwhile, the router sends the MTU to the source host through an ICMPv6 packet — Packet Too Big message. The source host fragments the packet according to the MTU and resends it. To reduce the extra flow overhead resulting from packet drops, set an appropriate interface MTU for your network.

Examples

# Set the MTU of IPv6 packets over GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to 1280 bytes.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ipv6 mtu 1280

ipv6 nd autoconfig managed-address-flag

Use ipv6 nd autoconfig managed-address-flag to set the managed address configuration flag (M) to 1 in RA advertisements to be sent.

Use undo ipv6 nd autoconfig managed-address-flag to restore the default.

Syntax

ipv6 nd autoconfig managed-address-flag

undo ipv6 nd autoconfig managed-address-flag

Default

The M flag is set to 0 in RA advertisements. Hosts receiving the advertisements will obtain IPv6 addresses through stateless autoconfiguration.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

The M flag in RA advertisements determines whether receiving hosts use stateful autoconfiguration to obtain IPv6 addresses.

· If the M flag is set to 1 in RA advertisements, receiving hosts use stateful autoconfiguration (for example, from an DHCPv6 server) to obtain IPv6 addresses.

· If the M flag is set to 0 in RA advertisements, receiving hosts use stateless autoconfiguration. Stateless autoconfiguration generates IPv6 addresses according to link-layer addresses and the prefix information in the RA advertisements.

Examples

# Set the M flag to 1 in RA advertisements to be sent.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ipv6 nd autoconfig managed-address-flag

ipv6 nd autoconfig other-flag

Use ipv6 nd autoconfig other-flag to set the other stateful configuration flag (O) to 1 in RA advertisements to be sent.

Use undo ipv6 nd autoconfig other-flag to restore the default.

Syntax

ipv6 nd autoconfig other-flag

undo ipv6 nd autoconfig other-flag

Default

The O flag is set to 0 in RA advertisements. Hosts receiving the advertisements will acquire other information through stateless autoconfiguration.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

The O flag in RA advertisements determines whether receiving hosts use stateful autoconfiguration to obtain configuration information other than IPv6 addresses.

· If the O flag is set to 1 in RA advertisements, receiving hosts use stateful autoconfiguration (for example, from a DHCPv6 server) to obtain configuration information other than IPv6 addresses.

· If the O flag is set to 0 in RA advertisements, receiving hosts use stateless autoconfiguration to obtain configuration information other than IPv6 addresses.

Examples

# Set the O flag to 0 in RA advertisements to be sent.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] undo ipv6 nd autoconfig other-flag

ipv6 nd dad attempts

Use ipv6 nd dad attempts to set the number of attempts to send an NS message for DAD.

Use undo ipv6 nd dad attempts to restore the default.

Syntax

ipv6 nd dad attempts interval

undo ipv6 nd dad attempts

Default

The number of attempts to send an NS message for DAD is 1.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interval: Specifies the number of attempts to send an NS message for DAD, in the range of 0 to 600. If it is set to 0, DAD is disabled.

Usage guidelines

An interface sends an NS message for DAD after obtaining an IPv6 address.

If the interface does not receive a response within the time specified by using ipv6 nd ns retrans-timer, it resends an NS message.

If the interface receives no response after making the maximum sending attempts (set by using ipv6 nd dad attempts), the interface uses the obtained address.

Examples

# Set the number of attempts to send an NS message for DAD to 20.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ipv6 nd dad attempts 20

Related commands

display ipv6 interface

ipv6 nd ns retrans-timer

Use ipv6 nd ns retrans-timer to set the interval for retransmitting an NS message.

Use undo ipv6 nd ns retrans-timer to restore the default.

Syntax

ipv6 nd ns retrans-timer value

undo ipv6 nd ns retrans-timer

Default

The local interface sends NS messages at every an interval of 1000 milliseconds, and the Retrans Timer field in the RA messages sent is 0. The interval for retransmitting an NS message is determined by the receiving device.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

value: Specifies the interval value in the range of 1000 to 4294967295 milliseconds.

Usage guidelines

If a device does not receive a response from the peer within the specified interval, the device resends an NS message. The device retransmits an NS message at the specified interval and uses the interval value to fill the Retrans Timer field in RA messages to be sent.

Examples

# Specify GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to retransmit NS messages every 10000 milliseconds.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ipv6 nd ns retrans-timer 10000

Related commands

display ipv6 interface

ipv6 nd nud reachable-time

Use ipv6 nd nud reachable-time to set the neighbor reachable time on an interface.

Use undo ipv6 nd nud reachable-time to restore the default.

Syntax

ipv6 nd nud reachable-time time

undo ipv6 nd nud reachable-time

Default

The neighbor reachable time on the local interface is 30000 milliseconds, and the value of the Reachable Time field in RA messages is 0. The reachable time is determined by the receiving device.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

time: Specifies the neighbor reachable time in the range of 1 to 3600000 milliseconds.

Usage guidelines

If the neighbor reachability detection shows that a neighbor is reachable, the device considers the neighbor reachable within the specified reachable time. If the device must send a packet to the neighbor after the specified reachable time expires, the device reconfirms whether the neighbor is reachable. The device sets the specified value as the neighbor reachable time on the local interface and uses the value to fill the Reachable Time field in RA messages to be sent.

Examples

# Set the neighbor reachable time on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to 10000 milliseconds.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ipv6 nd nud reachable-time 10000

Related commands

display ipv6 interface

ipv6 nd ra halt

Use ipv6 nd ra halt to suppress an interface from advertising RA messages.

Use undo ipv6 nd ra halt to disable this feature.

Syntax

ipv6 nd ra halt

undo ipv6 nd ra halt

Default

An interface is suppressed from sending RA messages.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Examples

# Disable RA message suppression on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] undo ipv6 nd ra halt

ipv6 nd ra hop-limit unspecified

Use ipv6 nd ra hop-limit unspecified to specify unlimited hops in RA messages.

Use undo ipv6 nd ra hop-limit unspecified to restore the default.

Syntax

ipv6 nd ra hop-limit unspecified

undo ipv6 nd ra hop-limit unspecified

Default

The maximum number of hops in the RA messages is limited to 64.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

To set the maximum number of hops to a value rather than the default setting, use the ipv6 hop-limit command.

Examples

# Specify unlimited hops in the RA messages on interface GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ipv6 nd ra hop-limit unspecified

Related commands

ipv6 hop-limit

ipv6 nd ra interval

Use ipv6 nd ra interval to set the maximum and minimum intervals for advertising RA messages.

Use undo ipv6 nd ra interval to restore the default.

Syntax

ipv6 nd ra interval max-interval min-interval

undo ipv6 nd ra interval

Default

The maximum interval between RA messages is 600 seconds, and the minimum interval is 200 seconds.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

max-interval: Specifies the maximum interval value in seconds, in the range of 4 to 1800.

min-interval: Specifies the minimum interval value in the range of 3 seconds to three-fourths of the maximum interval.

Usage guidelines

The device advertises RA messages randomly between the maximum interval and the minimum interval.

The maximum interval for sending RA messages should be less than or equal to the router lifetime in RA messages.

Examples

# Set the maximum interval for advertising RA messages to 1000 seconds and the minimum interval to 700 seconds.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ipv6 nd ra interval 1000 700

Related commands

ipv6 nd ra router-lifetime

ipv6 nd ra no-advlinkmtu

Use ipv6 nd ra no-advlinkmtu to turn off the MTU option in RA messages.

Use undo ipv6 nd ra no-advlinkmtu to restore the default.

Syntax

ipv6 nd ra no-advlinkmtu

undo ipv6 nd ra no-advlinkmtu

Default

RA messages contain the MTU option.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

The MTU option in the RA messages specifies the link MTU to ensure that all nodes on the link use the same MTU.

Examples

# Turn off the MTU option in RA messages on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ipv6 nd ra no-advlinkmtu

ipv6 nd ra prefix

Use ipv6 nd ra prefix to configure the prefix information in RA messages.

Use undo ipv6 nd ra prefix to restore the default.

Syntax

ipv6 nd ra prefix { ipv6-prefix prefix-length | ipv6-prefix/prefix-length } valid-lifetime preferred-lifetime [ no-autoconfig | off-link ] *

undo ipv6 nd ra prefix { ipv6-prefix | ipv6-prefix/prefix-length }

Default

No prefix information is configured for RA messages. Instead, the IPv6 address of the interface sending RA messages is used as the prefix information.

If the IPv6 address is manually configured, the prefix uses the fixed valid lifetime 2592000 seconds (30 days) and preferred lifetime 604800 seconds (7 days).

If the IPv6 address is automatically obtained (through DHCP, for example), the prefix uses the valid and preferred lifetime of the IPv6 address.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ipv6-prefix: Specifies the IPv6 prefix.

prefix-length: Specifies the prefix length of the IPv6 address.

valid-lifetime: Specifies the valid lifetime of a prefix, in the range of 0 to 4294967295 seconds.

preferred-lifetime: Specifies the preferred lifetime of a prefix used for stateless autoconfiguration, in the range of 0 to 4294967295 seconds. The preferred lifetime cannot be greater than the valid lifetime.

no-autoconfig: Specifies a prefix not to be used for stateless autoconfiguration. If you do not specify this keyword, the prefix is used for stateless autoconfiguration.

off-link: Indicates that the address with the prefix is not directly reachable on the link. If you do not specify this keyword, the address with the prefix is directly reachable on the link.

Usage guidelines

After hosts on the same link receive RA messages, they can use the prefix information in the RA messages for stateless autoconfiguration.

Examples

# Configure the prefix information in RA messages on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

Method 1:

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ipv6 nd ra prefix 2001:10::100/64 100 10

Method 2:

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ipv6 nd ra prefix 2001:10::100 64 100 10

ipv6 nd ra router-lifetime

Use ipv6 nd ra router-lifetime to set the router lifetime in RA messages.

Use undo ipv6 nd ra router-lifetime to restore the default.

Syntax

ipv6 nd ra router-lifetime time

undo ipv6 nd ra router-lifetime

Default

The router lifetime in RA messages is 1800 seconds.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

time: Specifies the router lifetime in the range of 0 to 9000 seconds. If the value is set to 0, the router does not act as the default router.

Usage guidelines

The router lifetime in RA messages specifies how long the router sending the RA messages acts as the default router. Hosts receiving the RA messages check this value to determine whether to use the sending router as the default router. If the router lifetime is 0, the router cannot be used as the default router.

The router lifetime in RA messages must be greater than or equal to the advertising interval.

Examples

# Set the router lifetime in RA messages on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to 1000 seconds.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ipv6 nd ra router-lifetime 1000

Related commands

ipv6 nd ra interval

ipv6 nd route-direct advertise

Use ipv6 nd route-direct advertise to enable ND direct route advertisement.

Use undo ipv6 nd route-direct advertise to disable ND direct route advertisement.

Syntax

ipv6 nd route-direct advertise

undo ipv6 nd route-direct advertise

Default

The ND direct route advertisement feature is disabled.

Views

L3VE interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Examples

# Enable ND direct route advertisement for L3VE interface VE-L3VPN 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface ve-l3vpn 1

[Sysname-VE-L3VPN1] ipv6 nd route-direct advertise

ipv6 nd router-preference

Use ipv6 nd router-preference to set a router preference in RA messages.

Use undo ipv6 nd router-preference to restore the default.

Syntax

ipv6 nd router-preference { high | low | medium }

undo ipv6 nd router-preference

Default

The router preference is medium.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

high: Sets the router preference to the highest setting.

low: Sets the router preference to the lowest setting.

medium: Sets the router preference to the medium setting.

Usage guidelines

A hosts selects a router with the highest preference as the default router.

When router preferences are the same in RA messages, a host selects the router corresponding to the first received RA message as the default gateway.

Examples

# Set the router preference in RA messages to the lowest on interface GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ipv6 nd router-preference low

ipv6 nd suppression enable

Use ipv6 nd suppression enable to enable IPv6 ND suppression.

Use undo ipv6 nd suppression enable to disable IPv6 ND suppression.

Syntax

ipv6 nd suppression enable

undo ipv6 nd suppression enable

Default

IPv6 ND suppression is disabled.

Views

Cross-connect view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

The following matrix shows the command and hardware compatibility:

Hardware	Command compatibility
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK	Yes
MSR810-LMS/810-LUS	No
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	Yes
MSR 2630	Yes
MSR3600-28/3600-51	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	No
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	Yes
MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	Yes
MSR5620/5660/5680	Yes

Hardware	Command compatibility
MSR810-LM-GL	Yes
MSR810-W-LM-GL	Yes
MSR830-6EI-GL	Yes
MSR830-10EI-GL	Yes
MSR830-6HI-GL	Yes
MSR830-10HI-GL	Yes
MSR2600-6-X1-GL	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI-GL	No

You must enable L2VPN before you enter cross-connect view.

Examples

# Enable IPv6 ND suppression for cross-connect 2 in cross-connect group 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] xconnect-group 1

[Sysname-xcg-1] connection 2

[Sysname-xcg-1-2] ipv6 nd suppression enable

Related commands

ipv6 nd suppression push interval

Use ipv6 nd suppression push interval to enable the ND suppression push feature and set a push interval.

Use undo ipv6 nd suppression push interval to disable the ND suppression push feature.

Syntax

ipv6 nd suppression push interval interval

undo ipv6 nd suppression push interval

Default

The ND suppression push feature is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interval: Specifies the push interval value in the range of 1 to 1440 minutes.

Usage guidelines

The following matrix shows the command and hardware compatibility:

Hardware	Command compatibility
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK	Yes
MSR810-LMS/810-LUS	No
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	Yes
MSR 2630	No
MSR3600-28/3600-51	No
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	No
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	Yes
MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	No
MSR5620/5660/5680	Yes

Hardware	Command compatibility
MSR810-LM-GL	Yes
MSR810-W-LM-GL	Yes
MSR830-6EI-GL	Yes
MSR830-10EI-GL	Yes
MSR830-6HI-GL	Yes
MSR830-10HI-GL	Yes
MSR2600-6-X1-GL	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI-GL	No

The ND suppression push feature regularly pushes ND suppression entries by advertising NA messages.

Examples

# Enable the device to push ND suppression entries every 2 minutes.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname]ipv6 nd suppression push interval 2

Related commands

ipv6 nd suppression enable

ipv6 neighbor

Use ipv6 neighbor to configure a static neighbor entry.

Use undo ipv6 neighbor to delete a static neighbor entry.

Syntax

ipv6 neighbor ipv6-address mac-address { vlan-id port-type port-number | interface interface-type interface-number } [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

undo ipv6 neighbor ipv6-address interface-type interface-number

Default

No static neighbor entries exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ipv6-address: Specifies the IPv6 address of the static neighbor entry.

mac-address: Specifies the MAC address (48 bits) of the static neighbor entry, in the format of H-H-H.

vlan-id: Specifies the VLAN ID of the static neighbor entry, in the range of 1 to 4094.

port-type port-number: Specifies a Layer 2 port of the static neighbor entry by its type and number.

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies a Layer 3 interface of the static neighbor entry by its type and number.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies the MPLS L3VPN instance to which the static neighbor entry belongs. The VPN instance name is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If the static neighbor entry is for the public network, do not specify this option.

Usage guidelines

A neighbor entry stores information about a link-local node. The entry can be created dynamically through NS and NA messages, or configured statically.

The device uniquely identifies a static neighbor entry by using the neighbor's IPv6 address and the number of the Layer 3 interface that connects to the neighbor. You can configure a static neighbor entry by using either of the following methods:

· Method 1—Associate a neighbor IPv6 address and link-layer address with the Layer 3 interface of the local node.

· Method 2—Associate a neighbor IPv6 address and link-layer address with a Layer 2 port in a VLAN containing the local node.

You can use either of the previous configuration methods to configure a static neighbor entry for a VLAN interface.

· If Method 1 is used, the neighbor entry is in INCMP state. After the device obtains the corresponding Layer 2 port information, the neighbor entry goes into REACH state.

· If Method 2 is used, the port specified by port-type port-number must belong to the VLAN specified by vlan-id and the corresponding VLAN interface must already exist. After the static neighbor entry is configured, the device associates the VLAN interface with the IPv6 address to uniquely identify the static neighbor entry. The entry will be in REACH state.

To delete a static neighbor entry for a VLAN interface, specify only the corresponding VLAN interface.

Examples

# Configure a static neighbor entry for Layer 3 interface GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ipv6 neighbor 2000::1 fe-e0-89 interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

Related commands

display ipv6 neighbors

reset ipv6 neighbors

ipv6 neighbor link-local minimize

Use ipv6 neighbor link-local minimize to minimize link-local ND entries.

Use undo ipv6 neighbor link-local minimize to restore the default.

Syntax

ipv6 neighbor link-local minimize

undo ipv6 neighbor link-local minimize

Default

All ND entries are assigned to the driver.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

Perform this command to minimize link-local ND entries assigned to the driver. Link-local ND entries refer to ND entries that contain link-local addresses.

By default, the device assigns all ND entries to the driver. With this feature enabled, the device does not add newly learned link-local ND entries whose link local addresses are not the next hop of any route to the driver. This saves driver resources.

This feature affects only newly learned link-local ND entries rather than existing ND entries.

Examples

# Minimize link-local ND entries.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ipv6 neighbor link-local minimize

ipv6 neighbor stale-aging

Use ipv6 neighbor stale-aging to set the aging timer for ND entries in stale state.

Use undo ipv6 neighbor stale-aging to restore the default.

Syntax

ipv6 neighbor stale-aging aging-time

undo ipv6 neighbor stale-aging

Default

The aging timer for ND entries in stale state is 240 minutes.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

aging-time: Specifies the aging timer for ND entries in stale state, in the range of 1 to 1440 minutes.

Usage guidelines

This aging time applies to all ND entries in stale state. If an ND entry in stale state is not updated before the timer expires, it moves to the delay state. If it is still not updated in 5 seconds, the ND entry moves to the probe state. The device sends an NS message for detection a maximum of three times. If no response is received, the device deletes the ND entry.

Examples

# Set the aging timer for ND entries in stale state to 120 minutes.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ipv6 neighbor stale-aging 120

ipv6 neighbors max-learning-num

Use ipv6 neighbors max-learning-num to set the maximum number of dynamic neighbor entries that an interface can learn. This prevents the interface from occupying too many neighbor table resources.

Use undo ipv6 neighbors max-learning-num to restore the default.

Syntax

ipv6 neighbors max-learning-num max-number

undo ipv6 neighbors max-learning-num

Default

The following matrix shows the default values for the max-number argument:

Hardware	Default
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK	2048
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	2048
MSR 2630	2048
MSR3600-28/3600-51	2048
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	2048
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	4096
MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	4096
MSR5620/5660/5680	4096

Hardware	Default
MSR810-LM-GL	2048
MSR810-W-LM-GL	2048
MSR830-6EI-GL	2048
MSR830-10EI-GL	2048
MSR830-6HI-GL	2048
MSR830-10HI-GL	2048
MSR2600-6-X1-GL	2048
MSR3600-28-SI-GL	2048

Views

Layer 2/Layer 3 interface view

Layer 2/Layer 3 aggregate interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

max-number: Specifies the maximum number of dynamic neighbor entries that an interface can learn.

The following matrix shows the value ranges for the max-number argument:

Hardware	Value range
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK	0 to 2048
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	0 to 2048
MSR 2630	0 to 2048
MSR3600-28/3600-51	0 to 2048
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	0 to 2048
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	0 to 4096
MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	0 to 4096
MSR5620/5660/5680	0 to 4096

Usage guidelines

The following matrix shows the command and hardware compatibility:

Hardware	Command compatibility
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK	Yes
MSR810-LMS/810-LUS	No
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	Yes
MSR 2630	Yes
MSR3600-28/3600-51	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	Yes
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	Yes
MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	Yes
MSR5620/5660/5680	Yes

The device can dynamically acquire the link-layer address of a neighboring node through NS and NA messages and add it into the neighbor table.

When the number of dynamic neighbor entries reaches the threshold, the interface stops learning neighbor information.

Examples

# Set the maximum number of dynamic neighbor entries that GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 can learn to 10.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ipv6 neighbors max-learning-num 10

ipv6 pathmtu

Use ipv6 pathmtu to set a static Path MTU for an IPv6 address.

Use undo ipv6 pathmtu to delete the Path MTU configuration for an IPv6 address.

Syntax

ipv6 pathmtu [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] ipv6-address value

undo ipv6 pathmtu [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] ipv6-address

Default

No static Path MTU is set.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies the MPLS L3VPN instance to which the Path MTU belongs. The VPN instance name is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If the Path MTU is for the public network, do not specify this option.

ipv6-address: Specifies an IPv6 address.

value: Specifies the Path MTU of the specified IPv6 address, in the range of 1280 to 10240 bytes.

Usage guidelines

You can set a static Path MTU for a destination IPv6 address. When a source host sends a packet through an interface, it compares the interface MTU with the static Path MTU of the specified destination IPv6 address. If the packet size is larger than the smaller one of the two values, the host fragments the packet according to the smaller value.

Examples

# Set a static Path MTU for an IPv6 address.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ipv6 pathmtu fe80::12 1300

Related commands

display ipv6 pathmtu

reset ipv6 pathmtu

ipv6 pathmtu age

Use ipv6 pathmtu age to set the aging time for a dynamic Path MTU.

Use undo ipv6 pathmtu age to restore the default.

Syntax

ipv6 pathmtu age age-time

undo ipv6 pathmtu age

Default

The aging time for dynamic Path MTU is 10 minutes.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

age-time: Specifies the aging time for Path MTU in minutes, in the range of 10 to 100.

Usage guidelines

After the path MTU from a source host to a destination host is dynamically determined, the source host sends subsequent packets to the destination host based on this MTU. After the aging time expires, the following events occur:

· The dynamic Path MTU is removed.

· The source host determines a dynamic path MTU through the Path MTU mechanism again.

The aging time is invalid for a static Path MTU.

Examples

# Set the aging time for a dynamic Path MTU to 40 minutes.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ipv6 pathmtu age 40

Related commands

display ipv6 pathmtu

ipv6 prefer temporary-address

Use ipv6 prefer temporary-address to enable the system to preferentially use the temporary IPv6 address of the sending interface as the source address of a packet.

Use undo ipv6 prefer temporary-address to disable the system to preferentially use the temporary IPv6 address of the sending interface as the source address of a packet.

Syntax

ipv6 prefer temporary-address

undo ipv6 prefer temporary-address

Default

The system is disabled to preferentially use the temporary IPv6 address of the sending interface as the source address of a packet.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

The temporary address feature enables the system to generate and preferentially use the temporary IPv6 address of the sending interface as the source address of a packet. If the temporary IPv6 address cannot be used because of a DAD conflict, the system uses the public IPv6 address.

Examples

# Enable the system to preferentially use the temporary IPv6 address of the sending interface as the source address of the packet.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ipv6 prefer temporary-address

Related commands

ipv6 address auto

ipv6 nd ra prefix

ipv6 temporary-address

ipv6 prefix

Use ipv6 prefix to configure a static IPv6 prefix.

Use undo ipv6 prefix to delete a static IPv6 prefix.

Syntax

ipv6 prefix prefix-number ipv6-prefix/prefix-length

undo ipv6 prefix prefix-number

Default

No static IPv6 prefixes exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

prefix-number: Specifies a prefix ID in the range of 1 to 1024.

ipv6-prefix/prefix-length: Specifies a prefix and its length. The value range for the prefix-length argument is 1 to 128.

Usage guidelines

To modify an existing static prefix, execute the undo ipv6 prefix command to delete the existing static prefix, and then execute the ipv6 prefix command.

Dynamic IPv6 prefixes obtained from DHCPv6 servers cannot be manually removed or modified.

A static IPv6 prefix can have the same prefix ID with a dynamic IPv6 prefix, but the static one takes precedence over the dynamic one.

Examples

# Create static IPv6 prefix 2001:0410::/32 with prefix ID 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ipv6 prefix 1 2001:0410::/32

Related commands

display ipv6 prefix

ipv6 reassemble local enable

Use ipv6 reassemble local enable to enable IPv6 local fragment reassembly.

Use undo ipv6 reassemble local enable to disable IPv6 local fragment reassembly.

Syntax

ipv6 reassemble local enable

undo ipv6 reassemble local enable

Default

IPv6 local fragment reassembly is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

Execute this command on a distributed device to improve IPv6 local fragment reassembly efficiency. This feature allows the receiving LPU to reassemble the fragments of an IPv6 packet if all fragments arrive at it. If this feature is disabled, all fragments are delivered to the active MPU for reassembly.

This feature applies only to fragments destined for the same LPU.

Examples

# Enable IPv6 local fragment reassembly.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ipv6 reassemble local enable

ipv6 redirects enable

Use ipv6 redirects enable to enable sending ICMPv6 redirect messages.

Use undo ipv6 redirects enable to disable sending ICMPv6 redirect messages.

Syntax

ipv6 redirects enable

undo ipv6 redirects enable

Default

Sending ICMPv6 redirect messages is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

The default gateway sends an ICMPv6 redirect message to the source of an IPv6 packet to inform the source of a better first hop.

Sending ICMPv6 redirect messages enables hosts that hold few routes to establish routing tables and find the best route. Because this feature adds host routes into the routing tables, host performance degrades when there are too many host routes. As a result, sending ICMPv6 redirect messages is disabled by default.

Examples

# Enable sending ICMPv6 redirect messages.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ipv6 redirects enable

ipv6 router-renumber enable

Use ipv6 router-renumber enable to enable router renumbering on the interface.

Use undo ipv6 router-renumber enable to disable router renumbering on the interface.

Syntax

ipv6 router-renumber enable

undo ipv6 router-renumber enable

Default

Router renumbering is disabled.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

When a device receives a legitimate router renumbering message, it renumbers the prefixes and IP addresses of all Layer 3 interfaces that are enabled with the router renumbering feature.

Examples

# Enable router renumbering on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ipv6 router-renumber enable

ipv6 temporary-address

Use ipv6 temporary-address to enable the temporary IPv6 address feature.

Use undo ipv6 temporary-address to restore the default.

Syntax

ipv6 temporary-address [ valid-lifetime preferred-lifetime ]

undo ipv6 temporary-address

Default

The system does not generate any temporary IPv6 address.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

valid-lifetime: Specifies the valid lifetime for temporary IPv6 addresses, in the range of 600 to 4294967295 seconds. The default valid lifetime is 604800 seconds (7 days).

preferred-lifetime: Specifies the preferred lifetime for temporary IPv6 addresses, in the range of 600 to 4294967295 seconds. The default preferred lifetime is 86400 seconds (1 day).

Usage guidelines

You must enable stateless autoconfiguration before enabling the temporary address feature.

The valid lifetime for temporary IPv6 addresses must be greater than or equal to the preferred lifetime for temporary IPv6 addresses.

In stateless address autoconfiguration, an interface automatically generates an IPv6 global unicast address by using the address prefix in the received RA message and the interface ID. On an IEEE 802 interface (such as an Ethernet interface or a VLAN interface), the interface ID is generated based on the interface's MAC address and is globally unique. An attacker can exploit this rule to easily identify the sending device.

To fix the vulnerability, you can enable the temporary address feature. An IEEE 802 interface generates the following addresses:

· Public IPv6 address—Includes an address prefix in the RA message and a fixed interface ID generated based on the interface's MAC address.

· Temporary IPv6 address—Includes an address prefix in the RA message and a random interface ID generated through MD5.

When the valid lifetime of a temporary IPv6 address expires, the system deletes the address and generates a new one. This enables the system to send packets with different source addresses through the same interface. The preferred lifetime and valid lifetime for a temporary IPv6 address are determined as follows:

· The preferred lifetime of a temporary IPv6 address takes the smaller of the following values:

¡ The preferred lifetime of the address prefix in the RA message.

¡ The preferred lifetime configured for temporary IPv6 addresses minus DESYNC_FACTOR (a random number in the range of 0 to 600 seconds).

· The valid lifetime of a temporary IPv6 address takes the smaller of the following values:

¡ The valid lifetime of the address prefix.

¡ The valid lifetime configured for temporary IPv6 addresses.

Examples

# Enable the system to generate a temporary IPv6 address.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ipv6 temporary-address

Related commands

ipv6 address auto

ipv6 nd ra prefix

ipv6 prefer temporary-address

ipv6 unreachables enable

Use ipv6 unreachables enable to enable sending ICMPv6 destination unreachable messages.

Use undo ipv6 unreachables to disable sending ICMPv6 destination unreachable messages.

Syntax

ipv6 unreachables enable

undo ipv6 unreachables enable

Default

Sending ICMPv6 destination unreachable messages is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

If the device fails to forward a received IPv6 packet because of a destination unreachable error, it performs the following operations:

· Drops the packet.

· Sends an ICMPv6 destination unreachable message to the source.

If the device is generating ICMPv6 destination unreachable messages incorrectly, disable sending ICMPv6 destination unreachable messages to prevent attack risks.

Examples

# Enable sending ICMPv6 destination unreachable messages.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ipv6 unreachables enable

local-proxy-nd enable

Use local-proxy-nd enable to enable local ND proxy.

Use undo local-proxy-nd enable to disable local ND proxy.

Syntax

local-proxy-nd enable

undo local-proxy-nd enable

Default

Local ND proxy is disabled.

Views

VLAN interface view

Layer 3 Ethernet interface view

Layer 3 Ethernet subinterface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Examples

# Enable local ND proxy on interface GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] local-proxy-nd enable

Related commands

proxy-nd enable

Use proxy-nd enable to enable common ND proxy.

Use undo proxy-nd enable to disable common ND proxy.

Syntax

proxy-nd enable

undo proxy-nd enable

Default

Common ND proxy is disabled.

Views

VLAN interface view

Layer 3 Ethernet interface view

Layer 3 Ethernet subinterface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Examples

# Enable common ND proxy on interface GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] proxy-nd enable

Related commands

local-proxy-nd enable

reset ipv6 nd suppression xconnect-group

Use reset ipv6 nd suppression xconnect-group to clear ND suppression entries.

Syntax

reset ipv6 nd suppression xconnect-group [ name group-name ]

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

name group-name: Specifies a cross-connect group by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters excluding hyphens (-).

Usage guidelines

The following matrix shows the command and hardware compatibility:

Hardware	Command compatibility
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK	Yes
MSR810-LMS/810-LUS	No
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	Yes
MSR 2630	No
MSR3600-28/3600-51	No
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	No
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	Yes
MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	No
MSR5620/5660/5680	Yes

Hardware	Command compatibility
MSR810-LM-GL	Yes
MSR810-W-LM-GL	Yes
MSR830-6EI-GL	Yes
MSR830-10EI-GL	Yes
MSR830-6HI-GL	Yes
MSR830-10HI-GL	Yes
MSR2600-6-X1-GL	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI-GL	Yes

Examples

# Clear ND suppression entries on the device.

<Sysname> reset ipv6 nd suppression xconnect-group

Related commands

display ipv6 nd suppression xconnect-group

reset ipv6 neighbors

Use reset ipv6 neighbors to clear IPv6 neighbor information.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

reset ipv6 neighbors { all | dynamic | interface interface-type interface-number | static }

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

reset ipv6 neighbors { all | dynamic | interface interface-type interface-number | slot slot-number | static }

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

reset ipv6 neighbors { all | dynamic | interface interface-type interface-number | chassis chassis-number slot slot-number | static }

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

all: Clears static and dynamic neighbor information for all interfaces.

dynamic: Clears dynamic neighbor information for all interfaces.

interface interface-type interface-number: Clears dynamic neighbor information for the interface specified by its type and number.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a cad, this command clears dynamic neighbor information for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command clears dynamic neighbor information for all member devices. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command clears dynamic neighbor information for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

static: Clears static neighbor information for all interfaces.

Usage guidelines

You can use the display ipv6 neighbors command to display IPv6 neighbor information.

Examples

# Clear neighbor information for all interfaces.

<Sysname> reset ipv6 neighbors all

This will delete all the entries. Continue? [Y/N]:Y

# Clear dynamic neighbor information for all interfaces.

<Sysname> reset ipv6 neighbors dynamic

This will delete all the dynamic entries. Continue? [Y/N]:Y

# Clear all neighbor information for GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> reset ipv6 neighbors interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

This will delete all the dynamic entries by the interface you specified. Continue? [Y/N]:Y

Related commands

display ipv6 neighbors

ipv6 neighbor

reset ipv6 pathmtu

Use reset ipv6 pathmtu to clear the Path MTU information.

Syntax

reset ipv6 pathmtu { all | dynamic | static }

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

all: Clears all Path MTUs.

dynamic: Clears all dynamic Path MTUs.

static: Clears all static Path MTUs.

Examples

# Clear all Path MTUs.

<Sysname> reset ipv6 pathmtu all

Related commands

display ipv6 pathmtu

reset ipv6 router-renumber statistics

Use reset ipv6 router-renumber statistics to clear router renumbering statistics.

Syntax

reset ipv6 router-renumber statistics

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

This command does not clear the sequence number, the reset sequence number, or the segment number.

Examples

# Clear router renumbering statistics.

<Sysname> reset ipv6 router-renumber statistics

Related commands

display ipv6 router-renumber statistics

reset ipv6 statistics

Use reset ipv6 statistics to clear IPv6 and ICMPv6 packet statistics.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

reset ipv6 statistics

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

reset ipv6 statistics [ slot slot-number ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

reset ipv6 statistics [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number ]

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a cad, this command clears IPv6 and ICMPv6 packet statistics for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command clears IPv6 and ICMPv6 packet statistics for all member devices. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command clears IPv6 and ICMPv6 packet statistics for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Examples

# Clear IPv6 and ICMPv6 packet statistics.

<Sysname> reset ipv6 statistics

Related commands

display ipv6 statistics

DHCPv6 commands

DHCPv6 features are not supported on the following routers:

· MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS.

· MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI.

Commands and descriptions for centralized devices apply to the following routers:

· MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS.

· MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1.

· MSR 2630.

· MSR3600-28/3600-51.

· MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI.

· MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC.

· MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660.

· MSR810-LM-GL/810-W-LM-GL/830-6EI-GL/830-10EI-GL/830-6HI-GL/830-10HI-GL/2600-6-X1-GL/3600-28-SI-GL.

Commands and descriptions for distributed devices apply to the following routers:

· MSR5620.

· MSR 5660.

· MSR 5680.

Common DHCPv6 commands

display ipv6 dhcp duid

Use display ipv6 dhcp duid to display the DUID of the local device.

Syntax

display ipv6 dhcp duid

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Usage guidelines

A DHCP unique identifier (DUID) uniquely identifies a DHCPv6 device (DHCPv6 client, server, or relay agent). A DHCPv6 device adds its DUID in a sent packet.

This command displays output only after the DHCPv6 process is running on the device.

Examples

# Display the DUID of the local device.

<Sysname> display ipv6 dhcp duid

The DUID of this device: 0003000100e0fc005552.

ipv6 dhcp dscp

Use ipv6 dhcp dscp to set the DSCP value for the DHCPv6 packets sent by the DHCPv6 server or the DHCPv6 relay agent.

Use undo ipv6 dhcp dscp to restore the default.

Syntax

ipv6 dhcp dscp dscp-value

undo ipv6 dhcp dscp

Default

The DSCP value is 56 in DHCPv6 packets sent by the DHCPv6 server or the DHCPv6 relay agent.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

dscp-value: Specifies the DSCP value for DHCPv6 packets, in the range of 0 to 63.

Usage guidelines

The DSCP value of a packet specifies the priority level of the packet and affects the transmission priority of the packet. A bigger DSCP value represents a higher priority.

Examples

# Set the DSCP value to 30 for DHCPv6 packets sent by the DHCPv6 server or the DHCPv6 relay agent.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ipv6 dhcp dscp 30

ipv6 dhcp log enable

Use ipv6 dhcp log enable to enable DHCPv6 server logging.

Use undo ipv6 dhcp log enable to disable DHCPv6 server logging.

Syntax

ipv6 dhcp log enable

undo ipv6 dhcp log enable

Default

DHCPv6 server logging is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

This command enables the DHCPv6 server to generate DHCPv6 logs and send them to the information center. For information about the log destination and output rule configuration in the information center, see Network Management and Monitoring Configuration Guide.

As a best practice, disable this feature if the log generation affects the device performance or reduces the address and prefix allocation efficiency. For example, this situation might occur when a large number of clients frequently come online or go offline.

Examples

# Enable DHCPv6 server logging.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ipv6 dhcp log enable

ipv6 dhcp select

Use ipv6 dhcp select to enable the DHCPv6 server or DHCPv6 relay agent on an interface.

Use undo ipv6 dhcp select to restore the default.

Syntax

ipv6 dhcp select { relay | server }

undo ipv6 dhcp select

Default

An interface does not work in the DHCPv6 server mode or in the DHCPv6 relay agent mode. It discards DHCPv6 packets from DHCPv6 clients.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

relay: Enables the DHCPv6 relay agent on the interface.

server: Enables the DHCPv6 server on the interface.

Usage guidelines

Before changing the DHCPv6 server mode to the DHCPv6 relay agent mode on an interface, use the following commands to remove IPv6 address/prefix bindings:

· reset ipv6 dhcp server ip-in-use

· reset ipv6 dhcp server pd-in-use

Do not configure the DHCPv6 client on the interface that has been configured as the DHCPv6 relay agent or DHCPv6 server.

Examples

# Enable the DHCPv6 server on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] ipv6 dhcp select server

Related commands

display ipv6 dhcp relay server-address

display ipv6 dhcp server

DHCPv6 server commands

address range

Use address range to specify a non-temporary IPv6 address range in a DHCPv6 address pool for dynamic allocation.

Use undo address range to restore the default.

Syntax

address range start-ipv6-address end-ipv6-address [ preferred-lifetime preferred-lifetime valid-lifetime valid-lifetime ]

undo address range

Default

No non-temporary IPv6 address range exists.

Views

DHCPv6 address pool view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

start-ipv6-address: Specifies the start IPv6 address.

end-ipv6-address: Specifies the end IPv6 address.

preferred-lifetime preferred-lifetime: Specifies the preferred lifetime for the non-temporary IPv6 addresses. The value range is 60 to 4294967295 seconds, and the default is 604800 seconds (7 days).

valid-lifetime valid-lifetime: Specifies the valid lifetime for the non-temporary IPv6 addresses. The value range is 60 to 4294967295 seconds, and the default is 2592000 seconds (30 days). The valid lifetime cannot be shorter than the preferred lifetime.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify a non-temporary IPv6 address range, all unicast addresses on the subnet specified by the network command in address pool view are assignable. If you specify a non-temporary IPv6 address range, only the IPv6 addresses in the specified IPv6 address range are assignable.

You can specify only one non-temporary IPv6 address range in an address pool. If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

The non-temporary IPv6 address range specified by the address range command must be on the subnet specified by the network command.

Examples

# Configure a non-temporary IPv6 address range from 3ffe:501:ffff:100::10 through 3ffe:501:ffff:100::31 in address pool 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ipv6 dhcp pool 1

[Sysname-dhcp6-pool-1] network 3ffe:501:ffff:100::/64

[Sysname-dhcp6-pool-1] address range 3ffe:501:ffff:100::10 3ffe:501:ffff:100::31

Related commands

display ipv6 dhcp pool

network

temporary address range

class pool

Use class pool to specify a DHCPv6 address pool for a DHCPv6 user class.

Use undo class pool to restore the default.

Syntax

class class-name pool pool-name

undo class class-name pool

Default

No DHCPv6 address pool is specified for a DHCPv6 user class.

Views

DHCPv6 policy view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

class-name: Specifies a DHCPv6 user class by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters.

pool-name: Specifies a DHCPv6 address pool by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters.

Usage guidelines

You can specify only one DHCPv6 address pool for a DHCPv6 user class in a DHCPv6 policy. If you execute this command multiple times for a user class, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Specify DHCPv6 address pool pool1 for DHCPv6 user class test in DHCPv6 policy 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ipv6 dhcp policy 1

[Sysname-dhcp6-policy-1] class test pool pool1

Related commands

default pool

ipv6 dhcp policy

ipv6 dhcp pool

default pool

Use default pool to specify the default DHCPv6 address pool.

Use undo default pool to restore the default.

Syntax

default pool pool-name

undo default pool

Default

No default DHCPv6 address pool is specified.

Views

DHCPv6 policy view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

pool-name: Specifies a DHCPv6 address pool by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters.

Usage guidelines

In a DHCPv6 policy, the DHCPv6 server uses the default address pool to assign IPv6 address, IPv6 prefix, or other parameters to clients that do not match any user class.

You can specify only one default address pool in a DHCPv6 policy. If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Specify DHCPv6 address pool pool1 as the default DHCPv6 address pool in DHCPv6 policy 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ipv6 dhcp policy 1

[Sysname-dhcp6-policy-1] default pool pool1

Related commands

class pool

ipv6 dhcp policy

display ipv6 dhcp option-group

Use display ipv6 dhcp option-group to display information about a DHCPv6 option group.

Syntax

display ipv6 dhcp option-group [ option-group-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

option-group-number: Specifies a static or dynamic DHCPv6 option group by its ID. The value range for the option group ID is 1 to 100. If you do not specify an option group, this command displays information about all DHCPv6 option groups.

Usage guidelines

A static DHCPv6 option group is created by using the ipv6 dhcp option-group command.

A dynamic DHCPv6 option group is created automatically by a DHCPv6 client after it obtains the DHCPv6 configuration parameters. Dynamic option groups cannot be manually modified or removed.

Examples

# Display information about all DHCPv6 option groups.

<Sysname> display ipv6 dhcp option-group

DHCPv6 option group: 1

DNS server addresses:

Type: Static

Interface: N/A

1::1

DNS server addresses:

Type: Dynamic (DHCPv6 address allocation)

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

1::1

Domain name:

Type: Static

Interface: N/A

aaa.com

Domain name:

Type: Dynamic (DHCPv6 address allocation)

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

aaa.com

Options:

Code: 23

Type: Dynamic (DHCPv6 prefix allocation)

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

Length: 2 bytes

Hex: ABCD

DHCPv6 option group: 20

DNS server addresses:

Type: Static

Interface: N/A

1::1

DNS server addresses:

Type: Dynamic (DHCPv6 address allocation)

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

1::1

Domain name:

Type: Static

Interface: N/A

aaa.com

Domain name:

Type: Dynamic (DHCPv6 address allocation)

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

aaa.com

Options:

Code: 23

Type: Dynamic (DHCPv6 prefix allocation)

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

Length: 2 bytes

Hex: ABCD

Table 82 Command output

Field	Description
DHCPv6 option group	ID of the DHCPv6 option group.
Type	Types of the DHCPv6 option: · Static—Parameter in a static DHCPv6 option group. · Dynamic (DHCPv6 address allocation)—Parameter in a dynamic DHCPv6 option group created during IPv6 address acquisition. · Dynamic (DHCPv6 prefix allocation)—Parameters in a dynamic DHCPv6 option group created during IPv6 prefix acquisition. · Dynamic (DHCPv6 address and prefix allocation)—Parameters in a dynamic DHCPv6 option group created during IPv6 address and prefix acquisition.
Interface	Interface name.
DNS server addresses	IPv6 address of the DNS server.
Domain name	Domain name suffix.
SIP server addresses	IPv6 address of the SIP server.
SIP server domain names	Domain name of the SIP server.
Options	Self-defined options.
Code	Code of the self-defined option.
Length	Self-defined option length in bytes.
Hex	Self-defined option content represented by a hexadecimal string.

Related commands

ipv6 dhcp option-group

display ipv6 dhcp pool

Use display ipv6 dhcp pool to display information about a DHCPv6 address pool.

Syntax

display ipv6 dhcp pool [ pool-name | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

pool-name: Displays information about the specified DHCPv6 address pool. The pool name is a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. If you do not specify a DHCPv6 address pool, this command displays information about all DHCPv6 address pools.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name. The MPLS L3VPN instance name is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. To display information about DHCPv6 address pools for the public network, do not specify this option.

Examples

# Display information about DHCPv6 address pool 1.

<Sysname> display ipv6 dhcp pool 1

DHCPv6 pool: 1

Network: 3FFE:501:FFFF:100::/64

Preferred lifetime 604800, valid lifetime 2592000

Prefix pool: 1

Preferred lifetime 24000, valid lifetime 36000

Addresses:

Range: from 3FFE:501:FFFF:100::1

to 3FFE:501:FFFF:100::99

Preferred lifetime 70480, valid lifetime 200000

Total address number: 153

Available: 153

In-use: 0

Temporary addresses:

Range: from 3FFE:501:FFFF:100::200

to 3FFE:501:FFFF:100::210

Preferred lifetime 60480, valid lifetime 259200

Total address number: 17

Available: 17

In-use: 0

Static bindings:

DUID: 0003000100e0fc000001

IAID: 0000003f

Prefix: 3FFE:501:FFFF:200::/64

Preferred lifetime 604800, valid lifetime 2592000

DUID: 0003000100e0fc00cff1

IAID: 00000001

Address: 3FFE:501:FFFF:2001::1/64

Preferred lifetime 604800, valid lifetime 2592000

DNS server addresses:

2::2

Domain name:

aaa.com

SIP server addresses:

5::1

SIP server domain names:

bbb.com

# Display information about DHCPv6 address pool 1.

<Sysname> display ipv6 dhcp pool 1

DHCPv6 pool: 1

Network: Not-available

Preferred lifetime 604800, valid lifetime 2592000

# Display information about DHCPv6 address pool 1.

<Sysname> display ipv6 dhcp pool 1

DHCPv6 pool: 1

Network: 1::/64(Zombie)

Preferred lifetime 604800, valid lifetime 2592000

Table 83 Command output

Field	Description
DHCPv6 pool	Name of the DHCPv6 address pool.
Network	IPv6 subnet for dynamic IPv6 address allocation. If the subnet prefix is ineffective, this field displays Not-available. If the subnet prefix becomes ineffective after a configuration recovery (for example, a switchover from the backup to the master), the prefix is marked (Zombie).
Prefix pool	Prefix pool referenced by the address pool.
Preferred lifetime	Preferred lifetime in seconds.
valid lifetime	Valid lifetime in seconds.
Addresses	Non-temporary IPv6 address range.
Range	IPv6 address range for dynamic allocation.
Total address number	Total number of IPv6 addresses.
Available	Total number of available IPv6 addresses.
In-use	Total number of assigned IPv6 addresses.
Temporary addresses	Temporary IPv6 address range for dynamic allocation.
Static bindings	Static bindings configured in the address pool.
DUID	Client DUID.
IAID	Client IAID. If no IAID is configured, this field displays Not configured.
Prefix	IPv6 address prefix.
Address	Static IPv6 address.
DNS server addresses	DNS server address.
Domain name	Domain name.
SIP server addresses	SIP server address.
SIP server domain names	Domain name of the SIP server.

display ipv6 dhcp prefix-pool

Use display ipv6 dhcp prefix-pool to display information about a prefix pool.

Syntax

display ipv6 dhcp prefix-pool [ prefix-pool-number ] [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

prefix-pool-number: Displays detailed information about a prefix pool specified by its number in the range of 1 to 128. If you do not specify a prefix pool, this command displays brief information about all prefix pools.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name. The MPLS L3VPN instance name is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. To display information about prefix pools for the public network, do not specify this option.

Examples

# Display brief information about all prefix pools.

<Sysname> display ipv6 dhcp prefix-pool

Prefix-pool Prefix Available In-use Static

1 5::/64 64 0 0

# Display brief information about all prefix pools.

<Sysname> display ipv6 dhcp prefix-pool

Prefix-pool Prefix Available In-use Static

2 Not-available 0 0 0

# Display brief information about all prefix pools.

<Sysname> display ipv6 dhcp prefix-pool

Prefix-pool Prefix Available In-use Static

11 21::/112(Zombie) 0 64 0

# Display detailed information about prefix pool 1.

<Sysname> display ipv6 dhcp prefix-pool 1

Prefix: 5::/64

Assigned length: 70

Total prefix number: 64

Available: 64

In-use: 0

Static: 0

# Display detailed information about prefix pool 1.

<Sysname> display ipv6 dhcp prefix-pool 1

Prefix: Not-available

Assigned length: 70

Total prefix number: 0

Available: 0

In-use: 0

Static: 0

# Display detailed information about prefix pool 1.

<Sysname> display ipv6 dhcp prefix-pool 1

Prefix: 5::/64(Zombie)

Assigned length: 70

Total prefix number: 10

Available: 0

In-use: 10

Static: 0

Table 84 Command output

Field	Description
Prefix-pool	Prefix pool number.
Prefix	Prefix specified in the prefix pool. If the prefix is ineffective, this field displays Not-available. If the prefix becomes ineffective after a configuration recovery (for example, a switchover from the backup to the master), the prefix is marked (Zombie).
Available	Number of available prefixes.
In-use	Number of assigned prefixes.
Static	Number of statically bound prefixes.
Assigned length	Length of assigned prefixes.
Total prefix number	Number of prefixes.

display ipv6 dhcp server

Use display ipv6 dhcp server to display DHCPv6 server configuration information.

Syntax

display ipv6 dhcp server [ interface interface-type interface-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface interface-type interface-number: Displays DHCPv6 server configuration information for the specified interface. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays DHCPv6 server configuration information for all interfaces.

Examples

# Display DHCPv6 server configuration information for all interfaces.

<Sysname> display ipv6 dhcp server

Interface Pool

GigabitEthernet1/0/1 1

GigabitEthernet1/0/2 global

# Display DHCPv6 server configuration information for the interface GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> display ipv6 dhcp server interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

Using pool: 1

Preference value: 0

Allow-hint: Enabled

Rapid-commit: Disabled

Table 85 Command output

Field	Description
Interface	Interface enabled with DHCPv6 server.
Pool	Address pool applied to the interface. If no address pool is applied to the interface, global is displayed. The DHCPv6 server selects a global address pool to assign a prefix, an address, and other configuration parameters to a client.
Using pool	Address pool applied to the interface. If no address pool is applied to the interface, global is displayed. The DHCPv6 server selects a global address pool to assign a prefix, an address, and other configuration parameters to a client.
Preference value	Server preference in the DHCPv6 Advertise message. The value range is 0 to 255. The bigger the value is, the higher preference the server has.
Allow-hint	Indicates whether desired address/prefix assignment is enabled.
Rapid-commit	Indicates whether rapid address/prefix assignment is enabled.

display ipv6 dhcp server conflict

Use display ipv6 dhcp server conflict to display information about IPv6 address conflicts.

Syntax

display ipv6 dhcp server conflict [ address ipv6-address ] [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

address ipv6-address: Displays conflict information for the specified IPv6 address. If you do not specify an IPv6 address, this command displays information about all IPv6 address conflicts.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name. The MPLS L3VPN instance name is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. To display conflict information for IPv6 addresses on the public network, do not specify this option.

Usage guidelines

The DHCPv6 server creates IP address conflict information in the following conditions:

· The DHCPv6 client sends a DECLINE packet to the DHCPv6 server to inform the server of an IPv6 address conflict.

· The DHCPv6 server discovers that the only assignable address in the address pool is its own IPv6 address.

Examples

# Display information about all address conflicts.

<Sysname> display ipv6 dhcp server conflict

IPv6 address Detect time

2001::1 Apr 25 16:57:20 2007

1::1:2 Apr 25 17:00:10 2007

Table 86 Command output

Field	Description
IPv6 address	Conflicted IPv6 address.
Detect time	Time when the conflict was discovered.

Related commands

reset ipv6 dhcp server conflict

display ipv6 dhcp server database

Use display ipv6 dhcp server database to display information about DHCPv6 binding auto backup.

Syntax

display ipv6 dhcp server database

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Examples

# Display information about DHCPv6 binding auto backup.

<Sysname> display ipv6 dhcp server database

File name : database.dhcp

Username :

Password :

Update interval : 600 seconds

Latest write time : Feb 8 16:02:23 2014

Status : Last write succeeded.

Table 87 Command output

Field	Description
File name	Name of the DHCPv6 binding backup file.
Username	Username for accessing the URL of the remote backup file.
Password	Password for accessing the URL of the remote backup file. This field displays ****** if a password is configured.
Update interval	Waiting time in seconds after a DHCPv6 binding change for the DHCPv6 server to update the backup file.
Latest write time	Time of the latest update.
Status	Status of the update: · Writing—The backup file is being updated. · Last write succeeded—The backup file was successfully updated. · Last write failed—The backup file failed to be updated.

display ipv6 dhcp server expired

Use display ipv6 dhcp server expired to display lease expiration information.

Syntax

display ipv6 dhcp server expired [ [ address ipv6-address ] [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] | pool pool-name ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

address ipv6-address: Displays lease expiration information for the specified IPv6 address. If you do not specify an IPv6 address, this command displays lease expiration information for all IPv6 addresses.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name. The MPLS L3VPN instance name is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. To display lease expiration information about IPv6 addresses on the public network, do not specify this option.

pool pool-name: Displays lease expiration information for the DHCPv6 address pool specified by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. If you do not specify a DHCPv6 address pool, this command displays lease expiration information for all DHCPv6 address pools.

Usage guidelines

DHCPv6 assigns the expired IPv6 addresses to DHCPv6 clients when all available addresses have been assigned.

Examples

# Display all lease expiration information.

<Sysname> display ipv6 dhcp server expired

IPv6 address DUID Lease expiration

2001:3eff:fe80:4caa: 3030-3066-2e65-3230-302e- Apr 25 17:10:47 2007

37ee:7::1 3130-3234-2d45-7468-6572-

6e65-7430-2f31

Table 88 Command output

Field	Description
IPv6 address	Expired IPv6 address.
DUID	Client DUID bound to the expired IPv6 address.
Lease expiration	Time when the lease expired.

Related commands

reset ipv6 dhcp server expired

display ipv6 dhcp server ip-in-use

Use display ipv6 dhcp server ip-in-use to display binding information for assigned IPv6 addresses.

Syntax

display ipv6 dhcp server ip-in-use [ [ address ipv6-address ] [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] | pool pool-name ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

address ipv6-address: Displays binding information for the specified IPv6 address. If you do not specify an IPv6 address, this command displays binding information for all IPv6 addresses.

pool pool-name: Displays IPv6 address binding information for the DHCPv6 address pool specified by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. If you do not specify a DHCPv6 address pool, this command displays IPv6 address binding information for all DHCPv6 address pools.

Examples

# Display binding information for all assigned IPv6 address.

<Sysname> display ipv6 dhcp server ip-in-use

Pool: 1

IPv6 address Type Lease expiration

2:1::1 Auto(O) Jul 10 19:45:01 2008

Pool: 2

IPv6 address Type Lease expiration

1:1::2 Static(F) Not available

Pool: 3

IPv6 address Type Lease expiration

1:2::1F1 Static(O) Oct 9 09:23:31 2008

Pool: 4

IPv6 address Type Lease expiration

1:2::2 Auto(Z) Oct 11 09:23:31 2008

# Display binding information for all assigned IPv6 addresses for the specified DHCPv6 address pool.

<Sysname> display ipv6 dhcp server ip-in-use pool 1

Pool: 1

IPv6 address Type Lease expiration

2:1::1 Auto(O) Jul 10 22:22:22 2008

3:1::2 Static(C) Jan 1 11:11:11 2008

# Display binding information for the specified IPv6 address.

<Sysname> display ipv6 dhcp server ip-in-use address 2:1::3

Pool: 1

Client: FE80::C800:CFF0:FE18:0

Type: Auto(O)

DUID: 00030001CA000C180000

IAID: 0x00030001

IPv6 address: 2:1::3

Preferred lifetime 400, valid lifetime 500

Expires at Jul 10 09:45:01 2008 (288 seconds left)

Table 89 Command output

Field	Description
Pool	DHCPv6 address pool.
IPv6 address	IPv6 address assigned.
Type	IPv6 address binding types: · Static(F)—Free static binding whose IPv6 address has not been assigned. · Static(O)—Offered static binding whose IPv6 address has been selected and sent by the DHCPv6 server in a DHCPv6-OFFER packet to the client. · Static(C)—Committed static binding whose IPv6 address has been assigned to the client. · Auto(O)—Offered dynamic binding whose IPv6 address has been dynamically selected by the DHCPv6 server and sent in a DHCPv6-OFFER packet to the DHCPv6 client. · Auto(C)—Committed dynamic binding whose IPv6 address has been dynamically assigned to the DHCPv6 client. · Auto(Z)—Zombie dynamic binding whose IPv6 address has been dynamically assigned to the DHCPv6 client. The binding becomes zombie because the subnet prefix goes invalid for address allocation after a configuration recovery, for example, after a switchover from the backup to the master.
Lease-expiration	Time when the lease of the IPv6 address will expire. If the lease expires after the year 2100, this field displays Expires after 2100. For an unassigned static binding, this field displays Not available.
Client	IPv6 address of the DHCPv6 client. For an unassigned static binding, this field is blank.
DUID	Client DUID.
IAID	Client IAID. For an unassigned static binding without IAID specified, this field displays N/A.
Preferred lifetime	Preferred lifetime in seconds of the IPv6 address.
valid lifetime	Valid lifetime in seconds of the IPv6 address.
Expires at	Time when the lease of an IPv6 address will expire. If the lease expires after the year 2100, this field displays Expires after 2100.

Related commands

reset ipv6 dhcp server ip-in-use

display ipv6 dhcp server pd-in-use

Use display ipv6 dhcp server pd-in-use to display binding information for the assigned IPv6 prefixes.

Syntax

display ipv6 dhcp server pd-in-use [ pool pool-name | [ prefix prefix/prefix-len ] [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

pool pool-name: Displays IPv6 prefix binding information for the DHCPv6 address pool specified by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. If you do not specify a DHCPv6 address pool, this command displays IPv6 prefix binding information for all DHCPv6 address pools.

prefix prefix/prefix-len: Displays binding information for the specified IPv6 prefix. The value range for the prefix length is 1 to 128. If you do not specify an IPv6 prefix, this command displays binding information for all IPv6 prefixes.

Examples

# Display all IPv6 prefix binding information.

<Sysname> display ipv6 dhcp server pd-in-use

Pool: 1

IPv6 prefix Type Lease expiration

2:1::/24 Auto(O) Jul 10 19:45:01 2008

Pool: 2

IPv6 prefix Type Lease expiration

1:1::/64 Static(F) Not available

Pool: 3

IPv6 prefix Type Lease expiration

1:2::/64 Static(O) Oct 9 09:23:31 2008

Pool: 4

IPv6 prefix Type Lease expiration

12::/80 Auto(Z) Oct 17 09:34:59 2008

# Display IPv6 prefix binding information for DHCPv6 address pool 1.

<Sysname> display ipv6 dhcp server pd-in-use pool 1

Pool: 1

IPv6 prefix Type Lease expiration

2:1::/24 Auto(O) Jul 10 22:22:22 2008

3:1::/64 Static(C) Jan 1 11:11:11 2008

# Display binding information for the IPv6 prefix 2:1::3/24.

<Sysname> display ipv6 dhcp server pd-in-use prefix 2:1::3/24

Pool: 1

Client: FE80::C800:CFF:FE18:0

Type: Auto(O)

DUID: 00030001CA000C180000

IAID: 0x00030001

IPv6 prefix: 2:1::/24

Preferred lifetime 400, valid lifetime 500

Expires at Jul 10 09:45:01 2008 (288 seconds left)

Table 90 Command output

Field	Description
IPv6 prefix	IPv6 prefix assigned.
Type	Prefix binding types: · Static(F)—Free static binding whose IPv6 prefix has not been assigned. · Static(O)—Offered static binding whose IPv6 prefix has been selected and sent by the DHCPv6 server in a DHCPv6-OFFER packet to the client. · Static(C)—Committed static binding whose IPv6 prefix has been assigned to the client. · Auto(O)—Offered dynamic binding whose IPv6 prefix has been dynamically selected by the DHCPv6 server and sent in a DHCPv6-OFFER packet to the DHCPv6 client. · Auto(C)—Committed dynamic binding whose IPv6 prefix has been dynamically assigned to the DHCPv6 client. · Auto(Z)—Zombie dynamic binding whose IPv6 prefix has been dynamically assigned to the DHCPv6 client. The binding becomes zombie because the prefix in the prefix pool goes invalid after a configuration recovery, for example, after a switchover from the backup to the master.
Pool	Address pool.
Lease-expiration	Time when the lease of the IPv6 prefix will expire. If the lease will expire after the year 2100, this field displays Expires after 2100. For an unassigned static binding, this field displays Not available.
Client	IPv6 address of the DHCPv6 client. For an unassigned static binding, this field is blank.
DUID	Client DUID.
IAID	Client IAID. For an unassigned static binding without IAID, this field displays N/A.
Preferred lifetime	Preferred lifetime in seconds of the IPv6 prefix.
valid lifetime	Valid lifetime in seconds of the IPv6 prefix.
Expires at	Time when the lease of the prefix will expire. If the lease expires after the year 2100, this field displays Expires after 2100.

Related commands

reset ipv6 dhcp server pd-in-use

display ipv6 dhcp server statistics

Use display ipv6 dhcp server statistics to display DHCPv6 packet statistics on the DHCPv6 server.

Syntax

display ipv6 dhcp server statistics [ pool pool-name | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

pool pool-name: Displays DHCPv6 packet statistics for the DHCPv6 address pool specified by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. If you do not specify an address pool, this command displays DHCPv6 packet statistics for all address pools.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name. The MPLS L3VPN instance name is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. To display DHCPv6 server statistics for the public network, do not specify this option.

Examples

# Display all DHCPv6 packet statistics on the DHCPv6 server.

<Sysname> display ipv6 dhcp server statistics

Bindings:

Ip-in-use : 1

Pd-in-use : 0

Expired : 0

Conflict : 0

Packets received : 1

Solicit : 1

Request : 0

Confirm : 0

Renew : 0

Rebind : 0

Release : 0

Decline : 0

Information-request : 0

Relay-forward : 0

Packets dropped : 0

Packets sent : 0

Advertise : 0

Reconfigure : 0

Reply : 0

Relay-reply : 0

Table 91 Command output

Field	Description
Bindings	Number of bindings: · Ip-in-use—Total number of address bindings. · Pd-in-use—Total number of prefix bindings. · Expired—Total number of expired address bindings.
Conflict	Total number of conflicted addresses. If statistics about an address pool are displayed, this field is not displayed.
Packets received	Number of messages received by the DHCPv6 server. The message types include: · Solicit. · Request. · Confirm. · Renew. · Rebind. · Release. · Decline. · Information-request. · Relay-forward. If statistics about an address pool are displayed, this field is not displayed.
Packets dropped	Number of packets discarded. If statistics about an address pool are displayed, this field is not displayed.
Packets sent	Number of messages sent by the DHCPv6 server. The message types include: · Advertise. · Reconfigure. · Reply. · Relay-reply. If statistics about an address pool are displayed, this field is not displayed.

Related commands

reset ipv6 dhcp server statistics

dns-server

Use dns-server to specify a DNS server in a DHCPv6 address pool.

Use undo dns-server to remove the specified DNS server from a DHCPv6 address pool.

Syntax

dns-server ipv6-address

undo dns-server ipv6-address

Default

No DNS server address is specified.

Views

DHCPv6 address pool view

DHCPv6 option group view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ipv6-address: Specifies the IPv6 address of a DNS server.

Usage guidelines

You can use the dns-server command to specify up to eight DNS servers in an address pool. A DNS server specified earlier has a higher preference.

Examples

# Specify the DNS server address 2:2::3 in DHCPv6 address pool 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ipv6 dhcp pool 1

[Sysname-dhcp6-pool-1] dns-server 2:2::3

Related commands

display ipv6 dhcp pool

domain-name

Use domain-name to specify a domain name suffix in a DHCPv6 address pool.

Use undo domain-name to restore the default.

Syntax

domain-name domain-name

undo domain-name

Default

No domain name suffix is specified.

Views

DHCPv6 address pool view

DHCPv6 option group view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

domain-name: Specifies a domain name suffix, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 50 characters.

Usage guidelines

You can configure only one domain name suffix in an address pool.

If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Specify the domain name aaa.com in DHCPv6 address pool 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ipv6 dhcp pool 1

[Sysname-dhcp6-pool-1] domain-name aaa.com

Related commands

display ipv6 dhcp pool

if-match

Use if-match to configure a match rule for a DHCPv6 user class.

Use undo if-match to delete a match rule for a DHCP user class.

Syntax

if-match rule rule-number { option option-code [ ascii ascii-string [ offset offset | partial ] | hex hex-string [ mask mask | offset offset length length | partial ] ] | relay-agent gateway-ipv6-address }

undo if-match rule rule-number

Default

No match rules are configured for the DHCPv6 user class.

Views

DHCPv6 user class view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

rule rule-number: Assigns the match rule an ID in the range of 1 to 128. A smaller ID represents a higher match priority.

option option-code: Specifies a DHCPv6 option by its number in the range of 1 to 65535.

ascii ascii-string: Specifies an ASCII string of 1 to 128 characters.

offset offset: Specifies the offset in bytes after which the match operation starts. The value range is 0 to 65534. If you specify an ASCII string, a packet matches the rule if the option content after the offset is the same as the ASCII string. If you specify a hexadecimal string, a packet matches the rule if the option content of the specified length after the offset is the same as the hexadecimal string.

partial: Enables partial match. A packet matches the rule if the specified option in the packet contains the ASCII or hexadecimal string specified in the rule. For example, if the specified string is abc, option content xabc, xyzabca, xabcyz, and abcxyz all match the rule.

hex hex-string: Specifies a hexadecimal string. The length of the hexadecimal string must be an even number in the range of 2 to 256.

mask mask: Specifies the mask for the match operation. The mask is a hexadecimal string whose length is an even number in the range of 2 to 256 and must be the same as the hex-string length. The DHCPv6 server selects a string of the mask length from the start of the option, and ANDs the selected string and the specified hexadecimal string with the mask. The packet matches the rule if the two AND operation results are the same.

length length: Specifies the length of the option content to be matched, in the range of 1 to 128 bytes. The length must be the same as the hex-string length.

relay-agent gateway-ipv6-address: Specifies a link-address field value. The value is an IPv6 address. A packet matches the rule if its link-address field value is the same as that in the rule.

Usage guidelines

You can configure multiple match rules for a DHCPv6 user class. Each match rule is uniquely identified by a rule ID within its type (option or relay agent address). The DHCPv6 server compares the option content or relay agent address in the DHCPv6 requests against the match rules. If a match is found, the DHCPv6 client matches the DHCPv6 user class.

As a best practice, do not configure rules of different types to use the same ID. Any two rules cannot have the same content.